r.lHKAKV
University of California.
oit^-1^ < ^\'
Received Mf-^y/^-^i .i8o<^.
Accessions No: ^d^y 3- Class No. "J h^,
J74p
. A'
'?'^f^^:r
>e: ';v'.
, "1?^"';/
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2007 with funding from
IVIicrosoft Corporation
http://www.archive.org/details/firstlessonsinlaOOjonerich
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN:
ADAPTED TO THE
LATIN GRAMMAES
Jt^.£c
ALLEN AND GREENOUGH, ANDREWS AND STODDARD, BARTHOLOM
BULLIONS AND MORRIS, GILDERSLEEVE,
AND HARKNESS,
AND PREPARED AS AN
INTEODUCTTON TO CESAR'S COMMENTAEIES
ON THE GALLIC WAR.
ELISHA JONES, M. A.,
ACTING ASSISTANT PROFESSOR OF LATIN IN THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN,
AND AUTHOR OF
*' EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION."
CHICAGO:
S. C. GRIGGS AND COMPANY.
1878,
Uyi^
Copyright, 1877.
By S. C. GRIGGS AND COMPANY.
University Press : Welch, Bigelow, & Co.,
Cambridge.
^v^^ 0? THIS! >|^
[UHI7BESIT7)
PKEFACE
These Lessons are intended as a practical drill-book for tlie
beginner in Latin. They aim to make him familiar with the
ordinary Latin inflections and the simpler principles of Latin
syntax ; to teach him as many words and expressions from
Caesar's Commentaries as he can learn with profit, and thus
prepare him for the successful study of that work.
Eeferences are made to six of our best Latin grammars, with
any one of which the book may be used. In the part devoted
to inflection, the learner's attention is directed, as far as thought
practicable, to the elements of words declined and conjugated,
— to stems, endings, signs, and connecting vowels. The root
and formation of stems are not referred to ; these subjects be-
long more properly to a later stage of the study. In syntax,
the principal rules only are introduced, and these are illustrated
by numerous examples. Of the latter, translations are given
which the learner may imitate in rendering the parallel exer-
cises that follow ; these exercises are taken chiefly from the
Commentaries and accompanied by explanatory notes. English
exercises to be turned into Latin are also added ; these are so
formed that the Latin sentences immediately preceding furnish
models for their construction.
IV PREFACE.
A few pages of fables and selections from early Eoman his-
tory, together with the necessary annotations, follow the lessons.
Complete vocabularies are added ; in the Latin-English part,
such derivations of Latin words as can be most readily under-
stood are given, and al^ some English derivatives. Of these
others will suggest themselves. With neither, however, should
the mind of the beginner be much burdened. Their main use
at this time is to aid him in fixing the meanings of words.
The chief worh of the first year in Latin is to master the injiec-
tions and build up a vocabulary.
The order of the grammars has not been followed. The verb
is introduced early and made to alternate with the declensions,
so as to give greater variety to the character of the sentences.
No effort has been made to adapt the length of the lessons to
the capacity of all classes ; such an attempt would be futile.
It will often be found necessary to devote two or more recita-
tions to a single lesson. Some teachers may think it expedient
to omit a few sentences from many of the exercises. To in-
sure a good preparation for Caesar, however, nothing should be
omitted. It is believed that for classes in general the book con-
tains matter sufficient for a year's labor.
The use of blackboards sufficiently extensive for an entire
class cannot be too urgently recommended. The practice of
requiring inflections and translations to be written every day
upon the blackboard, and subjected to the criticism of the class,
is most excellent. It not only adds great interest to the recita-
tion, but also secures an accuracy and readiness which cannot be
as easily attained, perhaps, by any other means.
The plan of the book was formed for the most part during a
seven years' experience with beginners. It does not seem to me
PREFACE. V
necessary to give a list of the introductory books, grammars, edi-
tions of Caesar, and lexicons — American, English, and German
— which have been consulted in its preparation. Some things
which appear to be common property have been adopted without
credit. I may here express my sincere thanks to kind friends
for encouragement and practical suggestions ; to the University
Press of Cambridge for great patience and pains in securing typo-
graphical excellence ; and especially to my publishers, Messrs.
S. C. Griggs & Co. of Chicago, for sparing no expense to produce
a school-book unsurpassed in mechanical execution.
These Lessons are offered to the public with much hesitation,
but with the hope that they may prove serviceable to some
teachers and beginners.
ELISHA JONES.
University of Michigan, August, 1877.
>>^ Off THR^^
CONTENTS.
Page
ABBREVIATIONS . . . . . . . . . . ix
INTRODUCTORY PRINCIPLES AND DEFINITIONS . . 1
LESSON I. — Nouns : First Declension 3
LESSON II. — Nouns : First Declension. — Prepositions . 4
Declension of deS. and fili^.
LESSON III. — Nouns : Second Declension .... 6
Nouns in iis ; Gender.
LESSON IV. — Nouns: Second Declension. — Prepositions 7
Nouns in r and um. — Prepositions used with the Ablative.
LESSON V. — Nouns : Second Declension. — Prepositions . 9
Genitive Singular of Nouns in iiis or ium ; Vocative of filiiis and
proper names in iiis. ; Declension of deiis. — Use of in and siib.
LESSON VI. — Adjectives: First and Second Declensions . 11
Declension and Agreement of Adjectives.
LESSON VII. — Adjectives: First and Second Declensions
{continued) . . . . . . . . . . .12
Genitive in iiis and Dative in i.
LESSON VIII. — Additional Exercises. — Apposition. . 14
LESSON IX. — Verbs : Preliminary Definitions . . ,15
LESSON X. — Verbs : First Conjugation . . . . 16
Personal Endings of the Active Voice ; Present Stem ; Present Indica-
tive Active of ^mo.
LESSON XI. — The Simple Sentence . . ' . . .18
Subject Nominative. —Agreement of Verb. — Direct Object.
LESSON XII. — Verbs : First Conjugation {continued) . . 19
Imperfect and Future Indicative Active of ^mo.
LESSON XIII. — Modifiers of the Subject and Predicate;
Dative of Indirect Object ; Genitive with Nouns . . 21
LESSON XIV. — Verbs: First Conjugation ; Perfect, Pluper-
fect, AND Future Perfect Tenses ; the Perfect Stem . . 23
LESSON XV. — Verbs : First Conjugation : Imperative Mood ;
Use of the Imperative 25
LESSON XVI. — Verbs : Infinitives, Participles, Gerund, and
Supine 26
VlU CONTENTS.
LESSON XVII. — Use of the Infinitive .... 27
Infinitive as Object ; Subject of the Infinitive.
LESSON XVIIL — General Exercise. Ablative of Means . 29
LESSON XIX. —Third Declension: Nouns .... 31
LESSON XX. — Third Declension (continued) .... 32
LESSON XXI. — Third Declension (continued) ... 33
Two Accusatives of the same Person or Thing.
LESSON XXII. — Third J)ECLE^sio^(contimied) . . . .35
LESSON XXIII. —Thhid Declension (cwi^wmcc?) . . . 36
LESSON XXIV. —Conjugation OF the Verb Sum ... 38
LESSON XXV. — Predicate Noun and Adjective . . 38
LESSON XXVL— The Subjunctive Mood 40
LESSON XXVII. — Compounds of Sum. — Dative with Com-
pounds 41
LESSON XXVIII. — Conjugation of Possum. — Use of the
Infinitive 43
Infinitive without Subject Accusative.
LESSON XXIX. —Subjunctive Mood of Amo ... 44
LESSON XXX. —Review of Amo. —Two Accusatives . . 46
LESSON XXXI. — Passive Voice of Amo .... 48
Definitions and Personal Endings of the Passive Voice.
LESSON XXXII. —Passive Voice of A}.io (cmitinued) . . 49
LESSON XXXIII. — Vassiye Yoic-R OF Ako (continued) . . 51
LESSON XXXIV. — Subjunctive Passive of Amo ... 52
LESSON XXXV. —Deponent Verbs: First Conjugation . 53
LESSON XXXVI. — Ablative of Cause. — Complex and Com-
pound Sentences 55
LESSON XXXVII. — Adjectives : Third Declension . . 66
LESSON XXXVIII. — Adjectives : Third Declension (con-
tinued) ............ 58
LESSON XXXIX. — Comparison of Adjectives ... 59
Declension of Comparatives.
LESSON XL. — Comparison OF Adjectives (co?i^i?mc<i) . . 61
LESSON XLI. — Dative with Adjectives .... 62
LESSON XLIL— Adverbs 64
Definition; Derivation; Classification; Syntax.
LESSON XLIII. —Verbs: Second Conjugation: Active Voice 66
LESSON XLIV. —Additional Exercises 67
Accusative of Time.
CONTENTS. IX
LESSON XLY. — Yerbs : Second Conjugation : Passive Voice 69
LESSON XLYL — Deponent Yerbs : Second Conjugation . 70
LESSON XLYIL — Fourth Declension 72
Declension of dSniiis.
LESSON XLYIIL — Fifth Declension 73
LESSON XLIX. — Yerbs : Third Conjugation : Active Yoice 74
LESSON L. — Yerbs : Third Conjugation : Passive Yoice . 76
LESSON LL — Yerbs : Fourth Conjugation : Active and
Passive Yoices 78
LESSON LU. — Third Conjugation: Yerbs in lo . . 79
LESSON LIU. — Deponent Yerbs : Third and Fourth Conju-
gations 80
Ablative with certain Deponents.
LESSON LI Y. — General Exercise : Place .... 82
Place to which ; Place at or in which ; Place from which.
LESSON LY. — Numerals. — Extent in Space . . . .84
LESSON LYL — Compound Nouns. — Ablative of Time . 86
LESSON LYIL — Pronouns : Personal, Possessive, and Re-
flexive 87
LESSON LYIII. — Pronouns {continued) : Demonstrative . 89
LESSON LIX. — Pronouns (continued) : Relative . . .90
Declension ; Agreement.
LESSON LX. — Pronouns (continued) : Interrogative and In-
definite 92
Declension of ^liquis.
LESSON LXI. — Conjunctions 93
LESSON LXII. — Classification of Sentences . . . . 95
LESSON LXIIL — Participles ...... 96
Definitions ; Distinctions of Tense ; Used for a Subordinate Clause.
LESSON LXIY. — Ablative. Absolute 98
LESSON LXY. — Irregular Yerbs : Fero . . . .100
LESSON LXYI. — Compounds of Fero. — Ablative of Speci-
fication 101
LESSON LXYI I. — Irregular Yerbs {continued)', Yolo and its
Compounds 103
LESSON LXYIII. —Irregular Yrrbs (continued) : Eo and Fio 105
LESSON LXIX. — Defective and Impersonal Yerbs . . 106
Infinitive as Subject.
LESSON LXX. — The Periphrastic Conjugations. — Dative
of Agent 108
y>" OF THJt"**:^
X CONTENTS.
LESSON LXXI. — Use of the Dative 110
Dative with Intransitive Verbs.
LESSON LXXIL — Use of the Ablative and Subjunctive . 112
Ablative with Comparatives. — Subjunctive expressing a Wish or
Command.
LESSON LXXIII. — Sequence of Tenses. — Subjunctive in
Final Clauses 114
LESSON LXXIV. — Use of the Dative (continued) . . 116
Dative of the Person possessing ; Two Datives.
LESSON LXXV. — Subjunctive in Consecutive Clauses . .118
LESSON LXXVL — Use of the Genitive .... 120
Genitive with Adjectives ; Genitive in Predicate ; Genitive with cer-
tain Verbs.
LESSON LXXVII. — Conditional Sentences . . . .122
LESSON LXXVIII. — Use OF THE Ablative .... 124
Ablative expressing Measure of Difference ; Ablative of Quality.
LESSON LXXIX. — Concessive Clauses 126
LESSON LXXX, — Use of the Ablative (continued) . . 128
Ablative of Price ; Ablative of Distance ; Ablative with Adjectives.
LESSON LXXXL — Causal Clauses 130
LESSON LXXXII. — Temporal Clauses 132
LESSON LXXXIIL — Subjunctive in Indirect Questions . 134
LESSON LXXXI V. — Oratio Obliqu a. — Indirect Discourse 136
LESSON LXXXV. — Indirect Discourse (continued) . . .138
LESSON LXXXVL — Indirect Discourse (continued) . . 139
LESSON LXXXVIL— The Gerund 140
LESSON LXXXVIIL— The Gerundive 142
LESSON LXXXIX.— The Supine 144
LESSON XC. — The Roman Calendar. — Abbreviations . 146
LESSON XCL— General Exercise 148
LESSON XCII. — General Exercise 150
SELECTIONS FOR READING.
I. Fables 153
II. Stories from Early Roman History .... 156
GENERAL VOCABULARY.
I. Latin-English 167
II. English-Latin 211
ABBEEVIATIONS.
A. & G., Allen and Greenough's
Latin Grammar.
A. & S., Andrews and Stoddard's
Latin Grammar.
abl., ablative.
ace, accusative.
act., active.
adj., adjective.
B., Bartholomew's Latin Grammar.
B. & M., Bullions and Morris's Latin
Grammar.
of., confer, compare,
comp., comparative,
conj., conjunction,
dat., dative,
dem., demonstrative,
dep,, deponent.
Ex., Example,
f., feminine.
fr., from.
G., Gildersleeve's Latin Grammar,
gen., genitive.
H., Harkness's Latin Grammar, lat-
est edition,
ind., indicative.
indecl., indeclinable,
indef., indefinite,
interrog., interrogative,
lit., literal, literally.
Ln., Lesson.
m., masculine,
n., neuter,
num., numeral,
part., participle,
pass., passive,
perf., perfect,
pers., person,
pi., plural,
poss., possessive,
prep., preposition,
pres., present,
pron., pronoun.
Ref., Reference,
rel., relative,
sc, scilicet, understand,
sing., singular,
subst., substantive,
voc, vocative.
Yy., Vocabulary.
w., with.
N. B. — The different sections of this book are marked by italicized numerals.
Tlie numerals in the notes printed thus (4) refer to such sections.
INTEODUCTOEY PEINCIPLES AND DEFINITIONS.
The following numerals and letters refer to snch portions of
the grammar as are to be committed to memory. When two
are joined by a dash the intermediate sections or paragraphs
are also included : e. g. 2 - 4 or a - c signifies that the parts
designated by 2, 3, and 4, or by a, h, and c are to be committed
to memory. Only the coarse print is to be learned unless a
special reference is made to the fine.
1. Alphabet. A. & G. 1, 1, «, 6 ; A. & S. 2, 1 : 3, 1, 2 ; 4 :
B. 3-10, 10. fine print under 6 and 7: B. & M. 5; 5/ 6; 7: G. 1 ;
2 ; 6 : H. 2-4:, w. fine print under 3 and 4.
2, Promuiciation and Syllables, (a) 'Roman Method. A. & G.
\,b,a-d) 2, I, a-c: B. 11 - 15 ; 16-21: G. 3; 4; 7; 8; 9:
H. 15, 1-4; 16; 17; 18, 1-3.
(b) English Method. A. & G.2,2, a-d ; 1,5, a- d : A. & S. 7-12,
u\ fine print; 17-23: B. 377, the ivhole : B. & M. 11,' 12; IS, 1-6:
H. 6-14, w. fine print.
(c) Continental Method. A. & S. 6 ; 17-23: B. & M. i4, 1-5 ;
JS, 1-6: H. 19.
S. Quatitity. A. & G. 3, 1, 2,a-e, Note : A. & S. 5, 1 ; 13,
1-6, w. fineprint: B. 12, a-c : B. & M. 8,- 16-19: G. 2, 2 ; 10
- 13, Eemark 1 : R. 20-23, w. fine print.
4. Accent. A. & G. 4, 1, 2, a, 6, Note : A. & S. 14, 4, 5 ; 15, 1, 2 ;
16, 1 - 3 : B. 22 - 25 : B. & M. 20, w. fine print : G. 14 : H. 24; 25.
5. Parts of Speech and Inflection. A. & G. 5, 1 - 4 : A. &
S. 24, 1-4 ; 25, 1-3 ; 26, 1-7 : B. 26-33; 34-40; 115: B. &
M. 24; 25, 1, 2; 26, 1, 2, Ohs. 1-2; 27-SO: G. 15-17, the
whole: H. 37-40.
6. Gender. A. & G. 6, 1, a, c, 2-4 : A. & S. 27-30 ; 33; 34,
1-4: B. 116-118, L- III.: B. & Isi. 32 - 35 : G. 18; 19, 1.- III. ;
20, 1-3: H. 41; 42, I.-III.
2 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
7. Person^ Number , and Case. A. & G. 7, 1 - 7 : A. & S. 35,
1 - 2 ; 36 ; 37, 1 - 6 : B. 119 - 120, w. fine print : B. & M. 31 ; 4:2,
4. Case ; 43, w. fine print : G. 21 - 24 : H. 44 ; 45-, iv. fine print.
8, Declension. A. & G. 8, 1, a, 6, %a-f\ A. & S. 38 ; 39, I. ;
40, 2- 10 : B. 121 ; 122, Kem. 1 - 5 ; 123 : B. & M. 44-46, w. fine
print; 47; 50, Dec. I. : G. 25-26, the whole: H. 46, w. fine print;
47.
Note.
The division of the above introductory matter into suitable lessons is left
to the teacher. He may find it necessary at first to go over each lesson in
advance with the class and point out the portions designated. The follow-
ing suggestion is ottered. Each definition should be made practical by
application. E. g., as soon as the learner has committed to memory the
portions of grammar referred to under "J. Alphabet,'' he should turn to
"Lesson 1." and classify the letters of the Latin words there found. After
learning *'^," he should pronounce the same letters in accordance with the
rules under "^," and divide the words which they form into syllables.
JJearn thoroughly ; review often; use the blackboard.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
LESSON I.
NOUNS : FIRST DECLENSION.
0» Learn t"he declension of the model noun, the stem and case-
endings, the mfieaning of each case, and the rule of gender for nouns of
the First Declension. A. & G. 9, 1, 2, c ; 8, 1, a : A. & S. 41 ; 39, 1. ;
40, 2-10 : B. 121; 123; 124: B. & M. 46; 48, First; 51; 53:
G. 24 ; 2T, Remark 2 ; 28 : H. 46, 1 ; 48, 1, 2, I)- 3), 4.
10, The learner should make the words of the Vocabularies so
familiar that when the Laiin is pronounced, he can give promptly the
English equivalent, or when the English is pronounced, he can give
promptly the Latin equivalent. Not only the Nonlinative, but also
the Genitive and Gender of each Latin noun should always be learned.
VOCABULARY.
causa, ae,i f.^ cause, reason,
Geneva, ae, f. Geneva.^
gI5rla, ae, f. glory.
lingua, ae, f. tongue, language.
memoria, ae, f. memory.
ripa, ae, f. bank (of a stream).
via, ae, f. way, road.
1 ae is the case-ending of the Genitive. To form the Genitive of causa,
substitute ae for final a : e. g. Nom. causa, Gen. causae.
2 In the Vocabularies, f. stands for feminine gender, m. for masculine,
and n. for neuter.
^ For a fuller description of Proper Names given in the special Vocabu-
laries, see Vocabulary at end of the book.
%
4 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
N. B. Careful attention should be given to the pronunciation of each syl-
lable ; the rules for quantity and accent will need to be called to mind very
often. Kemember that the final syllable of a Latin word is never accented.
Pronounce; translate; decline and describe i eacli word.
1. Causa.2 2. Gloriamm.^ 3. Eipae. 4. Lingua.^
5. Memoria.^ 6. Linguas. 7. Yia. 8. Eipas. 9. Me-
moriae. 10. Gloriae. 11. Causas. 12. Yiam. 13. Memo-
rias. 14. Yia. 15. Gloriam. 16. Linguarum. 17. Causls.
18. Eipa. 19. Genevae.^
Write in r.atin.
1. Of a^ cause. 2. Of the causes. 3. Witli glory.
4. Eor glory. 5. With tongues. 6. In the language.
7. Memory. 8. In memory. 9. Of the banks. 10. Ey
the way.
Noies and Questions.
^ To describe a noun is to tell its case, number, and gender, its stem
and case-ending (termination).
2 The Latin language has no article. In translating Latin nouns into
English, a, an, or the may be supplied according to the sense. E. g. causa
may be rendered a cause, the cause, or simply catise.
3 AVhich syllable of gidriariim is accented ? Why ? (4) — Numerals
pinnted thus (4) refer to sections of this book.
4 What is the quantity of the penult of lingua ? Why ? (3)
5 The Ablative may often be rendered by the preposition in and the
noun : e. g. mgmoria, in memory ; lingua, in the language.
6 Locative Case ; translate by the preposition at or in and the noun :
e. g. Eomae, at Rome, or in Rome.
LESSON II.
NOUNS : FIRST DECLENSION. — PREPOSITIONS.
11, neclension of dea and filia. A. & G. 9, 2, e : A. & S.
43, 2, last part : B. 124, Rem. 1 : B. & M. 57: G. 27, Remark 3 :
H. 49, 4.
riRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 5
12. Use of JPrepositions, A. & G. 56, 1 : A. & S. 235 : B. 329,
Rule LXXX.: B. & M. 9Sl: G. 417: H. 432.
VOCABULARY.
Sd, prep. w. acc.i
to.
angustiae,2 arum, f.
narrow pass.
circum, prep. w. ace.
around.
dea, ae, f.
goddess.
filia, ae, f.
daughter.
Matrona, ae, m.
the Marne.
per, prep. w. ace.
through.
provincia, ae, f.
province.
silva, ae, f.
forest.
trans, prep. w. ace.
across.
1 "prep. w. ace." signifies that ad is a preposition used with the Accusa-
tive.
2 angustiae is rarely used in the singular. Notice that it is equivalent
to two English words, narrow, an adjective, and^a^s, a noun.
Pronounce; translate; decline and describe each noun.
1. Ad riprim.^ 2. Ad rlpam Matronae.^ 3. Trans Ma-
tronam. 4. Dea.'^ 5. Deae. 6. Deariim. 7. Deabus.
8. Trans viam. 9. Per angustias.^ 10. Per silvas. 11. Per
provinciam. 12. Circum Genevam. 13. Silvarum. 14. Sil-
vis.^ 15. Ad fllias dearum.
\'^
Write in L.atin.
1. The daughter. 2. A daughter. 3. daughter. 4. To
the daughter of a goddess. 5. To^ the Marne. 6. To^ the
banks of the Marne. 7. For the daughters. 8. Through the
provinces. 9. Through the forest. 10. In^ the forest.
11. In^ the memory of the daughters.
Notes and Questions.
1 When a noun is governed by a preposition, give the rule referred to
under 12.
b FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
2 Give the rule for gender of Matrona. {6)
3 See Ln. I., Note 2.
* What is the quantity of the penult of angustias ? Why ? (3) Which
syllable then has the accent ? (4)
^ See Ln. I., Note 5. Which cases of the First Declension are alike in
the singular ? Which in the plural ? What is the difference between silva
and silva ?
^ Translate by the proper preposition.
LESSON III.
NOUNS: SECOND DECLENSION.
13. Nouns in lis. A. & G. 10, 1, 2, serviis, 4, a : A. & S. 46,
dominus: B. 126; 127, dominiis, Rem. 4: B. & M. 59; 01, dunii-
niis : G. 29, hortus, Remark 4: H. 51, serviis, 1, 2, l)-3), 6.
14. Gender. A. & G. 10,3: A. & S. 46 : B. 127, Rem. 3 :
B. & M. 71: G. 30: H. 51.
VOCABULARY.
ante, prep. w. ace. before.
amicitia, ae, f. friendship,
amicus, i, m. friend.
carrus, i, in. cart, wagon,
contra, prep. w. ace. against.
German!, oriim, m. the Germans,
legatus, i, m. legate, lieutenant,
numerus, I, m. number.
oculiis, 1, m. eye,
populiis, i, m. people.
Rheniis, i, m. the Rhine.
Rhodanus, i, m. the Rhone,
Pronounce; translate; decline and describe each nonn.
1. Popuii.i 2. Popiile. 3. Popiilis. 4. AmTcitia popfilT.
5. Ante ociilos popiili. 6. Niimeriis carrorum. 7. Nume-
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 7
riis Germanoriim. 8. Niimems amTc5mm. 9. Niimerus
flliarum. 10. Filia legatl.^ 11. Amico populi. 12. Contra
amicimi populi. 13. Contra legat5s populi. 14. Trans
Ehodanum. 15. Populi^ amicis. 16. Ad Germ an os.
Write in Liatin.
1. Of a friend. 2. To a friend. 3. friend. 4. Against
a friend. 5. Of friends. 6. The friends of the Germans.
7. Against the friends of the Germans. 8. Before the eyes
of the Germans. 9. Across the Ehine. 10. Before the
lieutenant^s^ eyes. 11. The friendship of the Germans.
Noies and Questions.
1 What is the stem of populi ? What are the case-endings of the Second
Declension ? Which cases are alike in the singular ? Which in the plural ?
Which cases are like the same cases of the First Declension ? What is the
rule of gender for the Second Declension ? {14) What is the rule of gender
for the First Declension ? What are the general rules for gender ? {6)
2 The Latin Genitive is often equivalent to the English possessive case :
filia legati is best rendered the lieutenant's daughter.
^ The Genitive usually stands after the noun which it limits, but often
before it. In the latter case the Genitive is made emphatic : e. g., filia amici,
the friend's daughter; but amici filia, the friend's daughter.
LESSON IV.
NOUNS : SECOND DECLENSION. — PREPOSITIONS.
15. Nouns in r and um. A. & G. 10, 2 : A. & S. 46 : B. 12T,
a, 6, Rem. 1, 2 : B. & M. 60; 61; 63: G.-29 ; 31 : H. 51, 2, 3) -6),
4,1).
16, Prepositions useil tvith the Ablative. A. & G. 56, 1, b :
A. & S. 241 : B. 178 : B. & M. 470: G. 418 : H. 434.
N. B. The list of prepositions used with the Ablative should be com-
mitted to memory.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
VOCABULARY.
a, ab,i prep. w. abL
from^ hy.
ager, agri, m.
field.
belliim, i, n.
war.
ciim, prep. w. abL
with.
e, ex,i prep. w. abL
out of.
f rumentiiin, i, n.
corn. f
gener, generi, m.
son-in-law.
Helvetii, orum, m.
the Helvetii.
puer, pueri, m.
hoy.
regnum, i, n.
sovereignty, kingdom.
sine, prep. w. abl.
without.
templiim, i, ii.
temple.
vir, viri, m.
man.
1 a and e are used only before words beginning with a consonant ; Sb
and ex before either a vowel or consonant.
Pronounce; translate; parse l the nouns governed by prepositions.
1. Pueri/ pueroriim. 2. Genero^ generis. 3. Agri Hel-
vetiorum. 4. Ciim viris. 5. Sine viris. 6. Ex templo.^
7. Ciim HelvetiTs. 8. Sine regno. 9. Sine frumento.*
10. Bellum ciim GermanTs. 11. Ex provincia. VZ. Ab
HelvetiTs. 13. Per agros Helvetiorum. 14. E Eliodano.^
15. Ciim amico Helvetioriim. 16. Kegniim Germanoriim.
Write in r.atin.
1. Of the war^ of the wars. 2. For the war^ for the
wars. 3. The wars with the Helvetii. 4. By the Germans.
5. Without friendship. 6. With the man^s^ daughters.
7. Without the bovs. 8. O boys. 9. Before the war with
the Germans. 10. Without wagons. 11. Out of the Ehine.
12. Out of the temples of the Germans.
Notes and Questions.
1 Form for iiarsing a noun. — cum viris : viris is a masculine noun of tho
Second Declension; stem, viro ; declined, vir, vlrl, viro, virum^ vir, vlro;
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 9
plural, viri, virorUm, virls, viros, v^iri, virls ; it is in the Ablative plural
and governed by the preposition cum; rule (i6). Repeat the rule giving
the list of prepositions used with the Ablative.
2 Which endings do nouns in r drop ? Ans. The Nominative us and the
Vocative e. To which declension does pueri belong ? Why ? provincia ?
Why ? How many declensions are there and how distinguished from one
another? (8)
3 Notice that the Nominative, Accusative, and Vocative of neuter nouns
are alike and end in the plural in a.
4 What is the quantity of the penult of frumento ? Why ? Which syl-
lable then is accented ? (3 and 4)
^ Which syllable of Rhodanus takes tte accent ?
eSeeLN. 111., Note 2.
LESSON V.
NOUNS: SECOND DECLENSION. — PREPOSITIONS.
17 • Nouns in iiis or ium generally form the Genitive Singular
with one i, while the accent remains unchanged : Cassi, of Cassius ;
fill, of the son ; consili, of counsel.
IS, Vocative of filiiis and ztroper names in ius. A. & G.
10, 4, c : A. & S. 52 : B. 128, a: B. & M. 65: G. 29, 2 : H. 52, 2.
19. Use of in and siib. A. & G. 56, 1, c : A. & S. 235, (2) :
;. 179: B. & M. 9S7,' 9S8:
G.
419 : H. 435, 1.
20, deus — stem deo — :
is declined as follows :
Singular.
Plural.
Nom. deiis,
del, dii, di.
Gen. del, *
de5riim, deiim.
Dat. deo, *
dels, diis, dis.
Ace. deum,
deos.
Voc. deus,
del, dii, di.
Abl. deo, •
deis, diis, dis.
VOCABULARY.
Cassius, i, m. Cassius.
castrum, i, n. fort ; pi. camp.
10 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
concilium, i, n.
council, assembly.
consilium, I, n.
counsel, plan.
deiis, 1, m. (see 20),
god.
equus, i, m.
horse.
et, conj.
and.
filius, i, m.
son.
in, prep. w. ace. or abL
into, in.
jiigum, i, n.
yoke.
L/Uciiis, i, m.
Lucius.
oppidiim, i, n.
town.
sub, prep. w. ace. or- abl. under.
Pronounce; translate; parse the nouns governed by prepositions.
1. Ad deos et^ deas. 2. Cum dels et deabus. 3. Ante
ociilos deorum et deariim. 4. Iii^ oppido. 6. In^ oppTdum.
6. In castra^ Germanoriim. 7. ConsTlio* deorum. 8. Sine
consTlils. 9. In concTlio Helvetioriim. 10. Siib jugum.
11. Ciim equis et cams. 12. Cum equTs et earns LucT.
13. Kliiis LucT Cassi. 14. Fill^ LucT CassT. 15. Per op-
ptda Germanoriim.^ 16. Germanoriim^ opjmla. 17. Trans
Eheniim et Ehodaniim. 18. Gener LucT. 19. CassT.^
TVrite in r.atin.
1. To sons and daughters. 2. AVith sons and daughters.
3. Before the eyes of sons and daughters. 4. Into^ the towns
of the Germans. 5. In^ the Germans^ camp.^ 6. Into the
council of the Germans. 7. By the plans of the gods. 8. O
son^ of Cassius. 9. Cassius.^ 10. Under the yoke.
Notes and Questions.
1 ^t is a conjunction ; conjunctions connect words and clauses in Latin
as in English. St connects similar constructions ; hence de&s is governed
the same as deos by ad.
2 Observe caiefully the difference in meaning between in used with the
Accusative and in used with the Ablative.
8 Observe that castrum means in the Singular a forty but in the Plural
a camp (military camp) ; a Roman camp was surrounded by a trench and
a rampart.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 11
4 See 17,
6 See 18 and A. & G. 53: A. & S. '^40: B. 5J10, Rule VI. : B. & M.
974: G. 194, Rem. 3 : H. 369.
6 What is the difference between oppida Germanorum and Germanoriiiii
oppida? Ln. III., Note 3.
LESSON VI.
ADJECTIVES : FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS.
21* Learn the declension of boniis (cariis). A. & G. 16, I :
A. & S. 104; 105, 1, 2 : B. 154; 155, 1 : B. & M. 189; 190, 1 :
G. 15, L, 2 ; 33: H. 146-148.
22. Agreement of Adjectives. A. & G. 47 : A. & S. 205 :
B. 266, Rule LL: B. & M. 650; G. 285: H. 438.
VOCABULARY.
bonus, a,i um,i
good.
carus, a, iim.
dear, beloved.
exempluni, i, n.
example.
lacrinia, ae, f.
tear.
magniis, a, iim.
great, big, large.
malus, a, iim.
bad.
multiis, a, iim,
much; pi. many.
parviis, a, iim.
small.
reliquiis, a, iim,
remaining.
Romaniis, a, iim.
Roman,
1 a and iiin are the feminine and neuter endings : recite as if it ^ye^e
printed boniis, bona, boniim.
Pronounce ; translate ; parse the adjectives.^
1. Yir- bonus/ filia bona^^ exempliiin bonum. 2. Yiri
mall, filiae^ make, exempla mala. 3. Cum filia cara.
4. Cum filiis^ carls. 5. Gloria magna Luci Cassl.* 6. Ex-
emplo populi Eomani. 7. Multis cum lacrimis. 8. Pueri
12 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
multi et parvi.^ 9. Oppida multa et magna. 10. Per mul-
tos agros. 11. In leliqaa oppida. 12. Amicus popiili
EomanT. 13. Cum amicls populi Eomaiy. 14. In provin-
ciam magnam. 15. Carri multi et parvi. 16. In templTs
magnis Germanorum.
Write in I^atin.
1. Tlirough small ^ fields. 2. Through small towns.
3. Through a small province. 4. Through the remaining
towns. 5. The friendship of the Roman'' people. 6. Many
good boys.^ 7. Many beloved daughters. 8. Many bad
men. 9. In a large temple. 10. With many friends.
Notes and Questions.
1 Form for parsing an adjectioe. — vir bonus : bonus is an adjective of
the First and Second Declensions ; Stems, eoxo and Bt)NA ; declined, hS-
nUs, bdna, h^nUm ; hunl, honae^ b^ni; bono, bonaey bono; bonum, bdndiUy
bonUm; bone, bond, bonUm ; bono, bond, bono; Plural, b^nl, b^nae, b6nd;
bonorum, bdndrum, bonorUm ; bonis, bonis, bonis; b6nos, b^nds, bSnd ;
bunl, bonac, bond; bSnis, bonis, boms; it is in the Nominative Singular
Masculine to agree. with its noun vir; inile {22). Repeat the rule.
2 The adjective like the Genitive follows its noun unless emphatic.
3 What irregularity in declension have dea and f ilia ?
4 What irregularities in declension have f iliiis and Cassiiis ? {17 and 18)
^ The Romans wrote multi 6t parvi, many and small; the English write
many small, without the conjunction.
6 Notice that the adjective has the same number, gender, and case as its
noun (see 22).
"' In the Latin expression equivalent to Roman xjeople^ the adjective
always follows its noun.
LESSON VII.
ADJECTIVES : FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS {co7itirmed),
23. A. & G. 16, I, a: A. & S. 105, 3 ; 106 : B. 155, 2, 3 :
B. & M. 190, 2, 3 : G. 34 : H. 149, 150.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 13
24:, Genitive in ius and Dative ini. A. & G. 16, 1, 6 : A.
& 8. lOT, Remark 1, 2 : B. 155, 4, Rem. 1 : B. & M. 191: G 35,
Remark : H. 151, 2, 3.
The list of adjectives having their Genitive in ius and Dative in i should
be committed to memory.
VOCABULARY,
aeger, aegra, aegrum, sick.
alius, alia, aliud, other, another.
liber, libera, liberum, free.
miser, misera, misertim, wretched.
nuUiis, a, um, none, no.
pulcher, pulchra, pulchrum, beautifuL
soliis, a, iim, alone.
tener, tenera, teneriiin, tender, delicate.
totus, a, um, whole, entire.
uUiis, a, iim, any.
unus, a, um, one.
Pronounce; translate; parse the adjectives.
1. Cum flHls teneris. 2. Ad viros aegros.^ 3. Ad alios
viros aegros. 4. Per agros pulchros. 5. Ab HelvetiTs liberis.
6. Contra legatiim miser um. 7. Filiae multae et pulclirae.^
8. Eiliarum pulchrarum. 9. Filiis et filiabus pulcliris.
10. Yiri multi et miseri. 11. Totis castris.^ 12. Per Hel-
vetios solos. 13. Una per Helvetios via. 14. Alia* via
nulla. 15. Ulla sine causa. 16. Alii amico. 17. Alii
amici. 18. Alius amici. 19. Unus e filiis^ Cassi. 20. In^
aliud'' oppidum.
Noies and Questions.
1 How does filiiis Cassi differ from Cassi f iliiis ? (Ln. III., Note 3).
How does ad viros aegros differ from ad aegros viros ? (Ln. VI., Note 2).
2 See Ln. VI., Note 5. 3 gee Ln. I., Note 5.
^ What is the Nominative Neuter Singular of alius ? The Genitive Sin-
gular ? The Dative Sing«lar ?
s Translate uniis e filiis like unus filioriim.
6 How is in to be rendered when used with the Ablative ?
■^ What adjectives have their Genitive in iiis and Dative in i ?
14 riRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
LESSON VIII.
ADDITIONAL EXERCISES. — APPOSITION.
25. Appositives. A. & G. 46, 1 : A. & S. 204 : B. 265, KuLE L.:
B. & M. 622: G. 318; 319 : H. 352, 2 ; 363.
EXAMPLES.
1. ad oppidiim Genevam (appositive), to the toum of Geneva,
2. Titus Labienus legatiis (appositive), Titus Labienus the lieu-
tenant.
VOCABULARY,
aedificium, i, n. building, edifice,
arma,! oriiin, n. arnfis, weajpons.
Belgae, arum, m. the Belgae,
copia, ae, f. plenty ; pi. troops.
Gallia, ae, f. Gaul,
Labienus, i, m. Labienus.
locus,2 i, m. place.
maturus, a, um, ripe.
periculum, i, n. danger.
privatiis, a, um, private.
SequSni, orum, m. the Sequani.
Titus, i, m. Titus.
victoria, ae, f. victory.
1 arma, like the English arms, is used only in the plural.
^ locus is both masculine and neuter in the plural and is declined in that
number as follows: Nom., Ucl and Ucd; Gen., locorum; Dat., locls; Ace,
locos and Ucd ; Voc, loci and Ucd ; Abl., Wcif.
Pronouhce; translate; parse the nouns which are in apposition or gov-
erned by prepositions, and the adjectives.
1. Ad Titum Labieniim legatiim.^ 2. Ciim flliabus^ pul-
cliris Titi Labieni legatT. 3. Per agios magnos Titi Labieni
legati. 4. Ex oppido Geneva.^ 5. In oppidiim Genevam.
6. Magno cum periciilo. 7. Eeliqua privata aedificia.
8. Frumentum maturiim m agris. 9. Copia frumenti maturi
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 15
in agris. 10. In Galliam^ in Gallia. 11. Ex^ Gallia^ a^
Gallia. 12. Victoria magna Sequanorum. 13. Cum copiis
Belgarum. 14. Trans Ehodanum^ in Galliam. 15. Per
multa loca. 16. Periciiliim deoriim et dearum. 17. Nulla
victoria sine armis.
Write in liatin.
1. Through the entire town. 2. Through the entire town
of Geneva.^ 3. Into the province of Gaul. 4. With the
troops of Titus Labienus the lieutenant. 5. The remaining
private wagons. 6. Into no place. 7. In one place. 8. Witli
many dangers. 9. With many sons and daughters. 10. The
Sequani alone.
Notes and Questions.
1 What are the general rules for gender ? (6) What is the gender of
nouns of the First Declension ? (9) Of the Second Declension ? (i4)
2 What irregular case-endings have dea and filia ? {ID
3 See 23 and Example 1.
* e, ex signifies oict of, from, in the sense of from ivithi7i a place ; a, &b,
from, in the sense of /rom near a place.
s Which syllable of Rhodaniis takes the accent ? Why ? (4) Which of
Sequani ?
^ With which cases are prepositions used in Latin ? Which prepositions
are used only with the Ablative ? Which with both the Ablative and Accu-
sative ? When are in and sub used with the Ablative ? When with the
Accusative ?
LESSON IX.
VERBS : PRELIMINARY DEFINITIONS.
26, Learn the following definitions when they are given in the
grammar : Use of the Verb ; Transitive and Intransitive Verbs ;
Active Voice ; Use of the Indicative Mood ; Use of the Present
Tense ; Person and Number ; Conjugation.
16 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
A. & G. 23, 1,3; 24, 1 ; 58, 2 ; 30.
A. & S. 140; 141, L, XL; 259; 145; 146; 147; 149, 1, 2.
B. 26 ; 41, 6 : 43 ; 44 ; 57 ; 63 ; 68 ; 292, Rule LVI.
B. & M. 258; 259, 1-3; 262; 266; 270; 271; 272; 1079;
1080.
G. 15, III.; 109; 204; 245; 246; 218; 116; 117.
H. 192; 193; 194; 195, L; 474; 466; 199; 200.
LESSON X.
VERBS : FIRST CONJUGATION.
27* JPersonal JEndings of the Active Voice and Stem,
A. & G. 28, 1, a ; 5, 2 ; 27, 5 : A. «fe S. 147, 3 ; 150, 1,2: B. 64, a ;
69 : B. & M. SSS, Active Voice ; 274: G. Ill : H. 247, person.,
ACT., MEANING ; 250.
28, The Present Stem"^ is found in tlie Present Infinitive Ac-
tive by dropping the ending re in the First, Second, and Fourth Con-
jugations, and ere in the Third : e. g. PUTAre is a Present Infinitive
Active and puta its Present Stem ; so Die from Dicere.
29* Learn the conjugation^ and meanings of the Present Indicative
Active of Sms. A. & G. 31 : A. & S. 155 : B. 74 : B. & M. 282:
G. 119 : H. 205 ; 247, 1.
30. Observe that the Present Indicative Active of the First Con-
jugation is conjugated by annexing the Personal Endings (27) to the
Present Stem {28) ; also that the first person singular takes the termi-
nation 6, wHch absorbs the final stem- vowel a.
VOCABULARY.
Smo, amare, love.^
convoco, convocare, call together, summon,
confirmo, confirmare, establish, strengtJien.
importo, importare, bring in, import.
occiipo, occiipare, seize, occupy.
vasto, vastare, lay waste, devastate.
PIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 17
Pronounce ; translate ; inflect the verbs and give their elements.^
1. Importas/ importatis^ importamils. 2. Amamus,
amant, amat. '3. Convoco. convocas. convocat. 4. Convo-
camtis^, convocatis^ coftvocant. 5. Coiifirmant, confirmatis^
confirnlamus. 6. Confirmat^ confirmas^ confirmo. 7. Oc-
cupo^ amas, importat.' 8. Importo^ amatis, occupant.
9. Occupamus, importatis^ amo. 10. Occupas^ occupat,
occupatis.
, ' "Write in Latin.
1. I am importing, you are establishing, he is loving.
2. We occupy, you summon, they devastate. 3. We do
import, you do devastate, they do summon. 4. I devastate,
you devastate, he devastates. 5. We are devastating, you are
devastating, they are devastating.
Notes and Questions.
1 The Present Stem is named The First Stem in some grammars ; in
others, The First Root.
2 The conjurjation of a verb is the change made in its ending to express
voice, mood, tense, person, and number.
3 Only the general meaning of the verb, without reference to person,
number, mood, tense, or voice will be given in the Vocabularies. The
fecial meanings can be learned with aid of the grammar.
* The elements of a verb in»the present tense are the stem and personal
ending : e. g. amamus has the stem ama, signifying love, and the personal
ending mus, signifying we.
5 importas may be rendered you are importing^ you do import, or you
import ; translate each verb the three ways.
6 What is the Present Stem of piitare ? What does the personal ending
nt signify ? mils ? s ? tis ? Define the Indicative Mood. The Active Voice.
The Present Tense. How is the Present Stem found ? {28)
18 FIRST LESSONS IN L
ATDJr
LESSON XI.
THE SIMPLE SENTprCE. ^
31. A. & G. 45, 1, a, 2, 7, 8 : A. & S. 200, 2, 3, 5 ; aA, 1 - 3,
10; 203, 1, 2, IIL, 6-9: B. 203, a-(/ : B. & M. 616, 1, 4- 10 ;
61S-620: G. 192; 193: H. 344; 345,1.; 346, L ; 347,1,2;
351; 353. ^
32. Subject Nominative. A. & S. 49, 2 : A. & j;. 209, (a.) :
B. 205, KuLE L: B. & M. 63S: G. 194 : H. 367. '
33. Agreement of Verb. A. & G. 49 : A. & S. 209, (b.) :
B. 287, KuLE LV.: B. & M. 6S4: G. 202 : H. 460.
34. IHrect Object. A. & G. 52, 1 : A. & S. 229 : B. 212,
Rule VIL: B. & M. 712: G. 329: H. 371.
EXAMPLES.
1. Puer (subject) Smat (predicate), the hoy loves.
2. Titus concilium 1 (direct object) convocat, Titus summons a
council.
VOCABULARY.
de, prep. w. abl., down from, concerning, for,
expugno, expugnare, storm, capture.
Galliis, i, m. a Gaul.
imperium, i, n. em;^ire, supreme power.
pugno, pugnare, f^jht, contend.
Romaniis, i, m. a Roman.
serviis, i, m. slave.
vexo, vexare, disturb, harass.
Pronounce; translate; name the subject and predicate; conjugrate the
verbs; parse the nouns and adjectives.
1. Cassius^ oppTdiiTn^ expugnat.** 2. Helvetii oppidilm
expugnant. 3. Galli totiim^ oppidiim occupant. 4. Galli
multa oppida occupant. 5. SequanT agros vastant. 6. Agr5s
pulchros vastamiis.^ 7. Agros magnos vastas. 8. Cassitis
conciliiim'^ convocat. 9. Germani Gallos vexant. 10. Eo-
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 19
mani oppidum Genevam^ expugjiant. 11. Tittis Labienus
legatus oppi-dum occiipat. 12. EomanT de imperio^ pugnant.
13. De imperio^ugnamus. 14. De imperio pugnatis.
^ ^* Write in Ijatin.
1. The slave fights. 2. The slaves are fighting.^^ 3. The
Gauls are storming the town.^ 4. The Gauls storm many
towns. 5. The Helvetii are laying waste the fields. 6. The
Gauls figjitfor empire. 7. The Germans occupy the town of
Geneva. 8. Cassius the legate summons a large council.
9. We occupy the entire town.
Notes and Questions.
1 Observe that in a Latin sentence the subject stands first, the verb
last, and the object between.
2 See 32 and Ln. IV., Note 1. 3 gge 34.
* Why is expugnat in the third person singular ?* {33)
^ See 24 and 22. Which adjectives have their Genitive in ius and
Dative in i ?
6 The subject of a verb in thejirst and second person is generally expressed
by the personal ending alone ; hence vastamus includes both the simple
subject and the simple predicate : <^^^^^fj^ ^f
^ See 17. 8 See 23.
9 See 16. 10 See Ln. X., JSTote 5.
LESSON XII.
VERBS : FIRST CONJUGATION. — IMPERFECT AND FUTURE
TENSES.
3S. Learn the Imperfect and Future Indicative Active of Smo.
A. & G. 28, 3, a {for endings) ; 31 (for conjugation) : A. & S. 155 :
B. T2, Indicative ; 74 : B. & M. 282 : G. Ill, I - 3 ; 119 : H. 205 ;
247, 1 ; 243, Tense-Signs, Ind., Imp., Fut,
20 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
36» Use of the- Imperfect and Future Tenses, A. & G.
58, 3, 4: A. & S. 145, XL, ift. ; B. 57 : B. & M. 10S7^ 1090:
G.232; 234: H. 468; 470.
37 • Observe that the same Stem and.Personar^ndings are used
in the conjugation of the Imperfect and Future as in the present ;
that between these, however, there is a Tense-Sign, ba in the Imper-
fect and bi in the Future ; that the first singular of the Future has
the termination o, like the Present ; that in the third plural of the
Future u takes the place of i.
VOCABULARY.
Aquileia, ae, f. Aquileia,
Aquitania, ae, f. Aquitania.
Aquitani, orum, m. the Aquitani,
circum, prep. w. ace. around, near,
Helvetius, a, iiin, of the Helvetii.
Memo, hiemare, pass the winter,
siipero, superare, overcome,
Prononnce; translate; conjugate the verbs and give their elements.!
1. Titus regimm occupat. 2. Titus regnum occupabat.
3. Titus regnum occupabit. 4. Eegnum occupabamiis.
5. Eegnum occupabimus. 6. Eegnum occiipabo. 7, Co-
piae^ circum Aquileiam^ hiemabant. 8. Aquitani circum
Genevam hiemabunt. 9. Aquitanos superabis. 10. Eomani
Helvetios superabunt. 11. Galli multa loca^ in Aquitania^
occupant. 12. Multi Germani agros Helvetios vastabant.
Write in Ijatin.
1. We are overcoming, we were overcoming, we shall over-
come. 2. You are storming, you were storming, you will
storm,^)^. Titus will storm the town. 4. Titus was storming
the townj^^. Titus storms many towns. 6. The Eomans
will pass the winter near Aquikia. , 7. The Aquitani are
passing the winter near Genevai^^S. The Gauls were fighting
for^ empire. 9. The Eomans fight for glory.
^
^/w^v^
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 21
Noies and Questions.
1 The elements of a verb in the Imperfect and Future Tenses are the stem,,
tense-sign, 'personal ending : e. g. „ _ , „ "(« has the Stem ama, love ; the
Future Tense-Sign bi, will ; the Personal Ending tis, you,
2 What meaning has copiae in the Singular I Ln. VIII., Yy.
3 See 1^. * Decline loca. Ln. YIII., Vy., 2.
5 See 19,
6 Fm\ in the sense of concerning, about, is to be rendered by de.
"^ How is the Present Stem found ? {28) Remember that the Present
Stem and the tenses formed upon it — Present, Imperfect, Future — denote
incomplete action.
LESSON XIII.
MODIFIERS OF THE SUBJECT AND PREDICATE; DATIVE OF
INDIRECT OBJECT; GENITIVE WITH NOUNS.
38. Modifiers, A. & G. 45, 3, c^, &, 4 : A. & S. 203, 6, I., I, (I.)
-(3.), 2; 203, 5, L, I, (I.)-(4.), 2 : B. 288, a : B. & M. 14.01, 1-4;
14:05, IL, 1-4 : H. 349; 352, L, IL; 354, L, I, 2, IL, 1, 2.
39. Indirect Object. A. & G. 51, I : A. & S. 223 : B. 239,
EuLE XXYIII. : B. & M. 818; 819: G. 344 : H. 384, L, II.
40. Genitive tvith Nouns. A. & G. 50 : A. & S. 211 : B. 226 ;
230, Rule XIX.: B. & M. 751: G. 35T; 358; 360: H. 395.
EXAMPLES.
1. Titus Labienus legatus consilia Gallorum enunciat,i Titus
Labienus the lieutenant reports the plans of the Gauls,
2. Cassius Tito filiam in matrimonluni dat,^ Cassius gives to
Titus a daugliter in marriage.
Notes on ihe Examples.
1 Of this sentence, Titus Labienus is the subject and is modified by lega-
tus, an appositive ; consilia Gallorum enunciat is the predicate and is made
up of the verb enunciat and its modifier consilia, a direct object ; consilia
is modified by Gallorum, a genitive.
^2 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
2 Of this sentence, Cassius is the subject and is not modified ; Tito filiam
in matrimoniuin dat is the predicate, and is made np of the verb dat and
its modifiers, viz : Tito, an indirect object ; filiam, a direct object ; and
in matrimonium, a phrase.
VOCABULARY.
do, dare, give.
enuncio, enunciare, report,
matrimSnium, 1, n. marriage.
in matrimonium dare, to give in marriage.
Pronounce; translate; analyze;! conjugate the verbs; parse the nouns
and adjectives.
1. Cassius 2 consilia Belgarum^ enunciabit. 2. Eomanis^
consilia Belgamm enunciabit. 3. Titus filiam m^ matrimo-
nium dabit.^ 4. Legato filiam in matrimonium dabit.
5. Legatis fllias m matrim5nium damns. 6. Helvetii multa
loca in Aquitania occupant. 7. Cassius concilium Eomano-
rum convocat. 8. Deos"^ et deas^ in templa convoc^t.
9. Eomani oppida multa et magna ^ expugnabant. 10. Ami-
citiam ciim Helvetiis confirmant. 11. Totum^^ oppidum
uUo^^ sine periculo occupabitis. 12. Galli agros multos et
pulchros^ in Aquitania vastabunt.
Notes and Questions.
1 To analyze a simple sentence is to name its subject and predicate ; the
modifiers of the subject, if any ; the verb, and its modifiers, if any ; see
Notes on the Examples.
2 What is the Genitive and Vocative of Cassius ? (17 and 18)
3 See 40. ^ See 39.
^ A preposition with its noun is a Phrase ; when the Phrase limits a verb,
as in this sentence, it is an Adverbial Phrase ; when it limits a noun, as in
sentence 6, it is an Adjective Phrase.
6 Observe that in do the characteristic a is short ; in the other verbs of
the First Conjugation it is long.*^
7 See 20. 8 See ii.
9 See Ln. VI., Note 5. lo See 24.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
23
LESSON XIV.
VERBS : FIRST CONJUGATION : PERFECT, PLUPERFECT, AND
FUTURE PERFECT TENSES.
41, Learn the Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect Indicative
Active of amo. A. & G. 28, 3, a ; 31 : A. & S. 155 : B. 75 : B. &
M. 282: G. 120: H. 205; 243, Tense-Signs of Plup. and F.
Perf.; 247, I, 2.
4=2, XJse of the Tlwperfeet and Future Terfect Tenses.
A. & G. 58, 6, 7 : A. & S. 145, V., VI. : B. 57 : B. & M. 1090;
1098: G. 233; 236: H. 472 ; 473.
43* What are the two uses of the Perfect Indicative ?
A. & G. 27, 3 ; 58, 5 : A. & S. 145, IV. and Remark : B. 60 :
B. & M. 1092; 1093: G. 226; 227; 231 : H. 471, L, IL
44. The Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect Indicative Active
of every verb, whatever its conjugation may be, are conjugated Hkc
the same tejises of amo. These tenses are formed on the Perfect Stem
and denote completed action,
45, The Perfect Stem is found in the Perfect Indicative Active
by dropping the ending i : e. g. Perfect Indicative vastavi. Perfect
Stem VASTAV.
VOCABULARY.
confirmo,
confirmare.
confirmavi,!
establish, strengthen.
convoco.
convocare.
convocavi,
call together, summon.
do.
dare.
dedi.
give.
expugno,
expugnare,
expugnavi.
storm, capture.
Memo,
hiemare.
hiemavi.
pass the winter.
occiipO,
occupare.
occiipavi.
seize, occupy.
RomS, ae,
f.
Rome.
supero,
siiperare,-
superavi,
overcome, subdue.
vasto.
vastare,
vastavi,
lay waste, devastate.
vexo,
vexare.
vexavi,
disturb, harass.
1 In this Vocabulary the First Person Singular of the Present Indicative
Active, the Present Infinitive Active, and the First Person Singular of the
Perfect Indicative Active are given.
24 rmST LESSONS IN LATIN.
Pronounce ; translate ; conjugate and grive a synopsis i of the Indicative
Mood of each. verh.
1. Cassius multos agros vastavit.^ 2. Concilium Gallomm
convocavero.^ 3. Galli to turn oppidum occupaverant. 4. Hel-
vetii castra occupaverint. 5. EomanT agrum Helvetium vas-
taverunt.2 6. Amicitiam cum Romanis confirmaverit. 7. Co-
piae circum Eomam hiemavere.^ 8. Cassius Tito filiam in
matrimonium dcdit.^ 9. Eomani Helvetios vexaverunt.^
10. Sequani Germanos superaverunt.^ 11. Circum Eomam
hiamaverant. 12. Oppidam Aquileiam occupavi.
Xr Write in Latin.
1. The Aquitani have stormed the town. 2. The Aquitani
will have stormed the town. 3. Tfie Aquitani had stormed
the town. 4/ I have given a daughter in marriage.)\5. I had
given a daughter in marriage. 6. I shall have given a
daughter in marriage. X,^. I gave a daughter in marriage to
the son of Cassius. 8. You have summoned a council of
Eomans. 9. You had summoned a council of Eomans.
Notes and Quesiions.
1 A Synopds of the Indicative Mood consists of the First Person Singular
of each tense : e. g. the synopsis of vastavit is vasto^ vastdbdmy vastdbo, vas-
tdin, vastdv^dm, vastdvM).
2 Translate each Perfect in accordance with both its uses : Cassius vas-
tavit, Cassius has laid waste, and Cassius laid waste. (See 43)
3 Which tenses are formed on the Perfect Stem and what action do they
denote ? {44) Which are formed on the Present Stem and what action do
they denote ? (Ln. XII., Kote 7.) The Phiperfect denotes that an action
is completed in what time ? {42) The Future Perfect ? The Present Tense
denotes that an action is going on in what time ? {26) The Imperfect
Tense ? {36) The Future Tense ? Give the elements of each verb in the
Pluperfect and Future Perfect Tenses : e. g. /^^v-^Sa-n? ^^^ *^'^ "Peri^^^t
*Stem amav, loved; the Pluperfect Tense-Sign 6ra, luid ; the Personal End-
ing nt, theij.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 25
LESSON XV.
VERBS : FIRST CONJUGATION : IMPERATIVE MOOD.
4:6» Learn the Imperative Mood, Active Voice, of amo and its
meanings. A. & G. 31 ; 28, I, c, for personal endings: A. & S. 155 :
B. 74, a ; 64, h, for personal endings : B. & M. 282: G. 119 : H. 305;
247, 3, for personal endings,
47. Use of the Imperative. A. & G. 57, 7 : A. & S. 267 :
B. 312, Rule LXXI. : B. & M. lllO: G. 259 : H. 535.
VOCABULARY. ,^ ,
avus, 1, m. grandfather,
Divitiaciis, i, m. Divitiacus,
jiivo, juvare, juvi, heli^, aid.
maturo, maturare, maturavi, make haste, hasten,
natura, ae, f. nature,
nuncio, nunclare, nunciavi, announce,
proelium, i, n. battle,
socer, soceri, m. father-in-law,
vito, vitare, vitavi, avoid, shun,
voco, vocare, vocavi, call.
Pronounce; translate; parse the Nouns; conjugate the Imperatives
and give the rule for their use. {47)
1. Jiiva/ matura_, nuncia. 2, Jiivato^ maturato^ nunciatS.
3. Juvate, maturate^ nimciate. 4. Yita, Divitiace,^ proelium.
5. Yita^ ave/ perTculum. 6. Date^ virT^ Eomams* arma.^
7. Yoca^ socer^ pueros. 8. Matura^ Cassi/ Tito^ nunciare.
9. Maturate^ virl, oppidiim expugnare. 10. Vastate agros.
11. Vastate multos agros. 12. Yastate totam provinciam.
"Write in liatin.
1. Call the men. 2. Help the boys. 3. Shun the danger.
4. Avoid a battle^ Divitiacus. 5. Summon a council^ Cassius.
6. Call the men, my grandfather. 7. Announce to Cassius.
8. Make haste to announce to Divitiacus. 9. Men, give arms
to the Belgae. 10. Import corn.
26 FTRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
Nofes and Quesfions.
1 Observe that the Personal Endings are added to the Present Stem {28);
that the Second Person Singular of the Present is the same in form as the
Present Stem ; that, like the English, the Latin Imperative has no First
Person.
2 See Ln. v.. Note 5.
3 avS, grandfather^ or my grandfather. * See 39.
5 See Ln. VIIL, Vy. 6 gge 18.
What is the Present Stem of each verb in the lesson ? The Perfect
Stem ? Which Stem is used in the Imperative ? Does the Imperative then
denote incomplete or completed action ? What are the Personal Endings of
the Imperative ?
LESSON XVI.
VERBS : INFINITIVES, PARTICIPLES, GERUND, AND SUPINE.
d8. Learn the Active Infinitives and Participles, the Gerund and
Supine of amg. A. & G. 24, 4 ; 25 ; 26 ; 28, 3, & ; 31 : A. & S.
143,4; 148,1-3; 155: B. 51 ; 53, a-rf ; 65; 66; 72; 74, a ;
75: B. & M. 264, IV.; 265; 282: G. 110; 119; 120: H. 196,
XL, 1-4 ; 205; 248, Active,
49, Principal ra^*ts {Stem Foinns). A. & G. 30, 5 : A. & S.
151, 4 : B. 73 : B. & M. 275: G. 118 : H. 201 ; 202.
50, The Supine Stem is found in the Supine in iiin by drop-
ping the um : e. g. cuRATum is a Supine in um and curat its
Supine Stem.
51, Each Verb has regularly three Stems, the Present {28\ the
Perfect {45), and the Supine (50). Name the three Stems of each
verb in the following Vocabulary.
VOCABULARY.^
^mo.
are.
avi, atviin,2
love.
euro.
are.
avi, atuin,2
care for.
do,
dare,3
dedi, datum,3
give.
jfivo,
juvare.
juvi, jutiiin,
help, aid.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 27
negO,
are.
avi.
atum.
deny.
pugno.
are.
avi.
atum.
fight.
vasto.
are.
avi.
atiim.
lay waste, devastate.
vexo.
are.
avi.
atum.
disturb, harass.
voco.
are.
avi.
atiim.
call.
Notes and Questions.
1 The Principal Parts {49) will be given hereafter in the Yocabularies ;
these Parts should always be learned.
2 Most verbs of the First Conjugation form their Perfect and Supine like
amo. To form the Principal Parts let are, avi, atiiln take the place of
final in the Present Indicative Active : e. g. euro, curare, curavi, curatum.
3 See Ln. XIII., Note 6.
How many Infinitives has each verb in the Active Voice ? On which
Stem is each formed ? Name the Infinitives of do, cure, jiivo, and vasto.
What is the Ending of each Infinitive ? On which Stems are the Active
Participles formed ? What is the Ending of each Participle ? What is the
Future Active Participle of do, nego, pugno ? What is the Present Parti-
ciple of each ? On which Stem is the Gerund formed ? Form and decline
the Gerund of do and curS. What are the Endings of the Supine ?
LESSON XVII.
USE OF THE INFINITIVE.
52, Infinitive as Object. A. & G. 57, 8, e : A. & S. 270 :
B. 315,/: B,&M.1148: G. 527 : H. 550.
53. Subject of the Infinitive. A. & G. 52, 4, h: A. & S.
239: B. 225, Rule XVI. : B. c& M. 1136: G. 526, second part:
H. 545.
EXAMPLES.
1. Dicit Romanes^ oppidum^ expugnare,^ he says {that^) the
Romans'^ are storming^ the town.
2. Dicit Romanos oppidum expugnavisse, he says (that) the
Romans have stormed the town ; or he says (that) the Romans
stormed the town.
28
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
3. Dicit Romanos oppidum expugnaturos^ esse, he says {that)
the Romans are about to storm the town ; or he says (that) the
Bomans will storm the town.
Notes on the Examples.
1 See 53. ^ See 34,
8 The whole expression ESmands oppidum expugnare is the Direct Ob-
ject of dicit (see 52),
* Observe that the Infinitive expugnare is translated by the Indicative
are storming ; the Subject Accusative Romanos, by the Subject Nomina-
tive the Romans; and the Conjunction that is supplied.
5 Observe that the Participle of the Future Infinitive Active agrees with
the Subject of the Infinitive in gender, number, and case.
VOCABULARY.
Aedui, oriiin, m. the Aedui,
Ariovistus, i, m. Ariovistus.
demonstro, are, avi, atiini,! show, declare,
dicit, he says,
existimo, are, avi, atiiin, think, suppose,
negS, are, avi, atiiin, deny,
nuncio, are, avi, atiim, announce,
puto, are, avi, atum, think.
Pronounce; translate; parse the Nonns. and Infinitives.
1. Dicit^ Eomanos Helvetios vexare.^ 2. Putat Eoman5s
Helveti5s vexavisse. 3. Nunciat Eomanos Helvetios vexa-
turos esse. 4. Existimat Ariovistum regniim in Gallia occu-
paturiim esse. 5. TTtiis existimat Ariovistum regnum in
Gallia occiipavisse. 6. Ariovistus nunciat Germanos agrum
Helvetiiim vastaturos esse. 7. Dicit Eomanos frumentum
importare. 8. Existimat Helvetios frumentum importaturos
esse. 9. Dicit Gallos frumentum Eomanis* daturos esse.
10. Dicit Aeduos Eomanis^ arma daturos esse
Write in Xatin.
•^. He says^ (that^) the Sequani are about to harass the
Helvetii. -N^. He says (that) the Germans are laying waste
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 29
the Helvetian territory, k 3. Titus thinks (that) the Eomans
will give corn to th^ Aedui.y^ 4. Titus thinks (that) the
Eomans are importing corn. '5. He says (that) Cassius has
summoned a council of Eomans. 6. He announces (that) the
Aquitani have stormed the towns.
Notes.
1 The verbs in this Yy. may have as Object an Infinitive with its Sub-
ject Accusative.
2 Study carefully the Examples and Notes on the Examples before
attempting to translate the sentences.
3 Form for parsing an Infinitive. — vexarl is a Transitive {26) Verb ;
Principal Parts (49), veoc^, vexdr^, vexdvi, vexdtum ; Stems, vexa {28\
VEXAV {43), vexat (30) ; Infinitives of the Active Voice, vexdre, vexdvissS,
vexdtHrus esse; it is made in the Present Infinitive Active and with its
Subject Romanos is the Object of dicit ; rule (see 52).
4 See 39.
5 Words in parentheses are not to be translated ; see also Notes on the
Examples, 4.
LESSON XVIII.
GENEllAL EXERCISE. — ABLATIVE.
54. Ablative of Means. A. & G. 54, 6 : A. & S. 247: B. 258,
KULE XLIIL: B. & M. 873: G. 403: H. 414, 4.
VOCABULARY,
animus, i, m. mind.
concilio, are, avi, atum, win, conciliate.
conflrmo, are, avi, atiim, establish, encourage.
inter, prep. w. ace. between, among.
Noreia, ae, f. Noreia.
oppugno, are, avi, atiim, attack, besiege, assault.
propter, prep. w. ace. on account. of,
Treviri, orum, m. the Treviri.
verbiim, i, n. word.
30 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
Pronounce; translate; analyze ;i parse.
1. Inter^ Sequanos et Helvetios. 2. Propter^ angustias.
3. Noreiam oppugnamus.^ 4. Noreiam oppugnabant. 5. Eo-
mfini Noreiam oppugnaveniiit.* 6. Treviri Noreiam oppug-
nabunt. 7. Dicit Treviros^ Noreiam oppugnaturos^ esse J
8. Noreiam oppugnatis. 9. Noreiam oppugnate.^ 10. Di-
vitiacus Gallorum animos verbis^ confirmavit. 11. Divitiacus
Gallorum ammos verbis confirmabit. 12. Titus piitat Diviti-
Scum Gallorum animos verbis confirmaturiim esse. 13. Cassius
regnum conciliavit. 14. Cassius regnum copiis conciliabat.
15. Cassius regnum copiis Divitiaco ^^ conciliabit. 16. Negat
Cassium regnum copiis Divitiaco concTliaturiim esse. 17. Titus
Divitiaco^^ filiam in matrimonium^^ dedit.
Notes and Questions.
1 See Ln. XIII., Note 1. 2 gee Ln. XIIL, Note 5.
8 Form for parsing a verb in the Judicative Mood. — oppugnamus is a
Transitive {26) Verb ; Piincipal Parts (49), oppugno, opimgndre, oppugndvly
oppiigndittm ; it is of the First Conjugation, because the characteristic
vowel is a ; Stems, oppugna, oppugnav, oppugnat ; Synopsis (Ln.
XIV., Note 1), oppugnu, oppugnabdm, oppugndbo, opp)ugndvi, ojyjJiigndv^-
rmn, oppugndv^o ; conjugated, oppugno, opjmgnds, op^pugndt, oppugndrnUSy
oppugndtis, oppugnant ; it is"made in the First Person Plural of the Present
Indicative Active to agree with its Subject, a pronoun (nos, we) under-
stood ; rule (33).
* What are the two uses of the Perfect Indicative ? (43)
^ See 53. 6 See Lx. XVII., Notes on the Examples, 5.
7 See 52, In what two ways may the Future Infinitive be translated ?
See Ln. XVII., Example 3.
8 See 47. How does this form differ from the Second Person Plural of the
Present Indicxilive ?
» verbis, with words^ or hy means of words; it is a modifier {38) of con-
flrmftvit.
10 See 39, n See 19.
FIRST LESSOJ^S IN LATIN. 31
LESSON XIX.
THIRD DECLENSION: NOUNS.
55. stem and Declension. A. & G. 5, 2 ; 8, 1, a : A. & S.
38; 40, 10: B. 36; 131: B. & M. 44-47: G. 16; 25; 26:
H. 46 - 47, including fine print,
56, A. & G. 11, II., a-d, w. declension o/ consul, nomen, honor,
leo, pater, virgo, opiis : A. & S. 56, II., Remarks I - 3 ; 57, declen-
sion o/ honor, sernio, pater, carmen : B. 130 ; 135, iv declension of
consul, virgO, leo, nomen, amor, pater : B. & M. 73-77; 90-97,
including the Paradigms : G. 36 - 39 ; 40 ; 42 ; 43 ; 44 ; 46 ; 47 :
H. 55 ; 56 ; 57, Case-Endings ; 60, Paradigms, I, 3, 4.
VOCABULARY,
accuso, are, avi, atum, accuse, censure,
Caesar, Caesaris, m. Caesar.
consfil, consuHs, m. consul.
citra, prep. w. ace. this side of.
flumen, fluminis, n. river.
f rater, fratris, m. brother.
honor, honoris, m. honor.
mater, matris, f. mother,
pater, patris, m. father.
Sequana, ae, m. the Seine,
soror, sororis, f. sister.
uxor, uxoris, f. wife.
Pronounce; translate; decline each noun and give its Stem and End-
ings ; parse the verbs.
1. A^ flumme Ehodano.^ 2. E^ flumine Ehodano. 3. Ad
flumen Sequanam. 4. Citra flumen Elienum. 5. Pater
sororem in matrim5nium dat. 6. Mater sororem in matri-
monium dabit. 7. Caesar sororem in matrimonium dedit.
8. Titus dlcit Caesarem sororem in matrimonium dedisse.
9. Caesar uxorem accusavit. 10. Caesar consul^ Titum lega-
tum^ accusaverat. 11. Negat Caesarem consulem Titum
32 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
legatum accusavisse. 12. Caesaris^ uxorem accusabimus.
13. Patrem et matrem et fratrem accusant.
Write in liatin.
1. To the river Ehone. 2. This side of the river Seine.
3. Across the river Ehine. 4. Caesar gives a sister in mar-
riage. 5. Caesar has given to the consul a daughter in mar-
riage. 6. He thinks (that) Caesar has given a daughter in
marriage. 7. We shall accuse Caesar the consul. 8. Brothers
accuse sisters.
Notes and Questions.
1 See Ln. IV., Vy., and Ln. VIII., Note 4.
2 See 25, 8 See Ln. III., Notes 2 and 3.
How is the Stem of a noun found ? "What are the Case-Endings of the
Third Declension ? Which Case-Endings do nouns with liquid Stems omit ?
How does the Stem of fluminis differ in form from the Nominative Sin-
gular ?
LESSON XX.
THIRD DECLENSION {continued),
57* A. & G. 11, III., 1-3, coarse 'print - including the Paradigms:
A. & S. 56, I., Remarks I - 3 ; 57, declension of nox, ars, miles,
iSpis, caput, poema: B. 130 - 134, including the Paradigms: B. &
M. all of 86-88: G. 37; 39; 51; 54; 56; 57: H. 28,2; 33;
36 ; all of 56 - 59.
VOCABULARY.
atque i or ac,i conj. and.
cSput, capitis, n. head.
custos, cvistodis, m. guard.
Dumnorix, Dumnorigis, m. Dummrix,
Jura, ae, m. tlu Jura.
miles, militis, m. soldier.
mons, mentis, in. mountain.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 33
pars.
partis, f.
part.
princeps,
principis, m.
chief.
radix,
radicis, f.
root.
rex.
regis, m.
king.
urbs.
urbis, f.
city.
Pronounce; translate; decline each noun, give its Stem and form its
Nominatives.
1. Ad regem Germanorum. 2. Ad principem Galliae
pr5vinciae. 3. Ad moiitem^ Juram. 4. Sub^ inonte Jura.
5. Inter montem Juram et fltimen Ehodanum. 6. Circum
urbem Eomam.^ 7. In urbe Eoma. 8. Propter honores
Caesaris. 9. In partes Galliae. 10. Cum Dumnorige fratre
Divitiaci. 11. Eex atque amicus. 12. Sine rege atque
sine amicis. 13. Capita militiim. 14. Ad radices montis.
15. Cum principe to tins Galliae. 16. Urbes multae et mag-
nae.^
Notes.
1 atquS is used before vowels and consonants ; ac, only before consonants. *
2 A. & G. 11, III., Note : A. & S. S3, II., 3 : B. 137, a, 1 : B. & M.
116; 119: G. 54, REMARK : H. 65, 2.
3 See sub, in General Vocabulary at end of the book.
* Words not given in the Special Vocabularies can be found in the
General Vocabulary,
s See Ln. VI., Note 5.
LESSON XXI.
THIRD DECLENSION. — TWO ACCUSATIVES.
SS, Ttvo Accusatives of the same JPerson or Thing, A. &
G. 52, 2 : A. & S. 230 : B. 216, Rule VIII. : B. & M. 715: G. 334 :
H. 373.
EXAMPLES.
1. Caesarem consulem creaverunt, they elected Caesar consul.
2. Oppidum appellant Genevam, they call the town Geneva.
34 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
VOCABULARY.
appellS, are, avi, atum, name, call.
civitas, civitatis, f. state.
creO, are, avi, atiim, elect, appoint.
legatio, legationis, f. emh
lex, legis, f. law.
mors, mortis, f. death.
pax, pacis, f. peace.
post, prep. w. ace. after.
proximius, a, um, nearest.
Pyrenaeus, a, um, Pyrenean,
senator, senatoris, m. senator.
suiis, a, iim, his, their.
virtus, virtiitis, f. valor, virtue.
Pronounce; translate; analyze;^ parse.
1. Populus Caesarem^ consulem^ creavit. 2. Ancurn Mar-
tium regem populus creavit. 3. Nunciat Ancum Martium
regem popiiluin^ creavisse.* 4. Populus Eomanus senatores
patres appellat. 5. Eomani suam^ urbem Eomam appella-
verunt. 6./ Dumnorix, frater^ Divitiaci/ regnum in sua^
clvitate occupavit. | 7. Helvetii cum proximis civitatibus
• pacem et amicitiam confirmant. 8. Caesar oppidum virtute^
suorum militum expugnavit. 9. Ex oppido Geneva^ pons
ad Helvetios pertinet (extends). 10. AquTtania a Garumna
flumine ad Pyrenaeos^ montes pertinet. 11. Legatidnis prin-
cipem Dumnorigem creaverunt. 12. Belgae et Galli lingua ^^
et legibiis^^ differunt (differ). 13. Post mortem Caesaris.
Write in I^atin.
1. After the death of Dumnorix. 2. After the death of
his brother Divitiacus. 3. The Eomans elected the man con-
sul. 4. The Eomans call their city Eome. 5. The Gauls
will appoint Dumnorix chief. 6. He says that the Gauls will
appoint Dumnorix chief. 7. Dumnorix will seize the royal
power in his state. 8. We shall take the town by means of
the soldiers^ valor.^
riEST LESSONS IN LATIN.
35
Notes and Questions.
1 See Ln. XIII. , Note 1. 2 q^q ^g and Examples.
3 See 53. * See Ln. XYII., Note 3.
5 When suiis refers to a noun in the Plural, as in sentence 5 it refers to
Edmani, render it their : when it refers to a noun in the Singular, as in
sentence 6 it refers to Dumnorix, render it his, hcTy or its. It generally
refers to the subject of its clause.
6 See 25. "^ See 40.
8 See 54, ^ See General Vocabulary.
1*^ See Ln. I., Note 5.
LESSON XXII.
THIRD DECLENSION {continued).-
59, A. & G. Review 11, IL, a-d, IIL, 1-3, including all Para-
digms under these references: A. & S. 57, opiis and the declensions
already learned: B. 136 : B. & M. all the Paradigms binder 88-97,
IIL: G. 48-50: H. all of Gl.
60. Mules of Gender. A. & G. 11, IV., 1, a-c : A. & S. 58 ;
59; 62; 66: B. 140: B. & M. 152; 159; 168: G.40; 44; 4T;
50; 57; 61, 1,2: H. 99; 105; 111.
VOCABULARY.
corpus,
crus,
flos,
frigus,
funus,
genus,
jus,
mos,
onus,
opiis,
scelus,
tempus,
vulniis.
corporis, n.
cruris, n.
fl5ris, m.
frigoris, n.
f uneris, n.
generis, n.
juris, n.
moris, m.
oneris, n.
operis, n.
sceleris, n.
temporis, n.
vulneris, 11.
body.
leg.
flower.
cold, frost.
funeral procession,
kind.
right, law.
custom, manner.
load, burden.
work.
crime, guilt.
time.
wound.
36 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
Decline each noun, name its Stem, form its Nominative, and grive its
Bule of Gender, i
1. Jus^ belli; jurS, popiili Eomani. 2. Genus proeli;^
multa genera funerum. 3. Tempore^ patrum; tempora et
mores. 4. Yulnera militiim. 5. Flores pulcliri.^ 6. Prop-
ter frigora. 7. In^ reliquum tempiis. 8. More et exemplo
popiili Eomani. 9. Milites multa vulnera acceperunt {have
received), 10. Scelera virorum sunt [are) multa. 11. Crura
equi sunt magna. 12. Corpus viri est {is) parvum. 13. Ge-
nera floriim sunt multa. 14. NuUum'' onus aliud. 15. Nulla
onera alia. 16. Onera multa et magna. 17. Facta^ mala^
scelera^ appellamus. 18. Rex jura et mores viris^^ dabat.^^
19. Multa genera frumenti importabimus. 20. Dicit Eo-
manos multa genera frumenti importare.^^
Notes and Questions.
^ All Exercises are to be pronounced and translated, whether the direction
** pronounce; translate," is given or not.
2 Which cases of Neuter nouns are alike in form ? What is the Plural
Ending of these cases ?
8 See 17. 4 See Ln. L, Note 5.
^ How does flores pulchri differ from pulchri flores ? (Ln. VI., Note 2.)
6 in, for.
' Name the adjectives with Genitive in ius and Dative in 1. (;?4)
8 mal^ modifies facta. 9 See 5«.
10 See 39.
11 What does the Imperfect Tense denote ? (36')
12 See Ln. XVII.
LESSON XXIII.
THIRD DECLENSION (continued),
61. A. & G. 11, I., 1, 2, and the Paradigms on page 18 : A. & S.
57, declension of turris, rupes, sedile, animal : B. 130 ; 137, a, b,
1-2, Remark : B. & M. all of 98, I., and 99, IL; lOO: G. 58-61 :
H. 62-64.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
37
VOCABULARY.
AUobroges, AUobrogiim, m.
the AUobroges.
animalj
, animalis.
11.
animal.
coUis,
collis, m.
hill.
cremo.
are, avi, atum.
hum.
finis.
finis, m.
limit; pi. territory.
hostis.
hostis, m.
and f.
enemy.
ignis,
ignis, m.
fire.
mare.
maris, n.
sea.
navis.
navis, f.
ship^
nubes.
nubis, f.
cloud.
que,^ conj.
and.
rupes.
rupis, f.
roch, cliff.
terra, ae, f.
earth, lan^.
turris.
turris, f.
tower.
1 qug is appended to the second of the connected words : e. g. rflpfis
turrisque, cliff and tower. Words thus appended are called enclitics.
Decline each noun, name its Stem, and form its Nominatives.
1. In navibus. 2. Iii^ colle et in monte. 3. In hostiiim
niimer5. 4. Genera animalium multa sunt. 5. Terra ma-
nque.^ 6. Viros igni ^ cremant. 7. AUobroges virum ignl
cremant. 8. Nunciat AUobroges^ virum igni cremare. 9. In
turribus et in^ rupibus. 10. In nubibus. 11. Inter fines
Helvetiorum et AUobrogiim^ Ehodanns fluit {flows) . 12. Hel-
vetii per angustias et fines Sequanorum suas^ Copias tra-
cluxerant {liadlecl across). 13. Mons Jura fines Sequanorum
ab Helvetiis dividit [separates).
Write in liatin.
2. Out of the ships. 3. Through the
4. Into the territory of the Sequani.
1. Oni the cliffs,
territory of the Aedui.
5. On the hills and mountains. 6. In the number of animals.
7. Men will burn the tower with fire.^ 8. He says that men
will burn the tower with fire. 9. Many kinds of towers.
10. The danp^ers of land and sea.
38 PIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
Notes and Questions.
1 in, cm,
2 A. & G. 43, 3, a: A. & S. 198, II., Remark {a.\ (h.): B. 330, a:
G. 477;, 478; 479: H. 587, I., 2.
8 See 54. * See 53.
6 What does Allobr5gum modify ?
6 See Ln. XXL, Note 5. To what noun does it refer ?
7 What is the rule of gender for marg, rtipes, miles, navis, tempus,
Ii5ii5r, civitas, legatio ? {60)
LESSON XXIV.
THE VERB SUM.
€2» Learn the entire conjugation of sum. A. & G. 29 : A. & S.
153: B. 71 : B. & M. 277: G. 112 : H. 204.
63. What is an Irregular Verb ? A. & G. 37 : A. & S. 178 :
B. & M. 4:10: H. 289. What are the Stems of sum ? What are the
Personal Endings ] What are the Principal Parts of sum ? Where
are the following forms made : eram, est, fuerunt, siiniis, erunt,
f ugrant, esto, f uissem, f uerD ?
LESSON XXV.
PREDICATE NOUN AND ADJECTIVE.
64. A. & G. 46, 2 ; 47, Kemark : A. & S. 210, Eemark 1, (a.) :
B. 206, Rule IL : B. & M. 666: G. 202 : H. 362; 438, 2.
VOCABULARY.
ArSr, ArSris, ace. Ararim, m. the Saone, pronounced Sone.
Divico, onis, m. Divico.
extremus, S, iim, furthermost
hom6,i inis, m. and f. mian.
impgrator, oris, m. commander-in-chief, general.
FIRST LESSONS
IN
LATIN.
legio, onis, f.
legion.
mulier, eris, f.
woman.
obses, idis, m. and f.
hostage.
potestas, atis, f.
power.
testis, is, m. and f.
witness.
39
Pronounce; translate; analyze; parse.
1. Oppidum est magnum.^ 2. Animal fuit parvum.
3. Piitat suam sororem esse pulchram.^ 4. Homines fuerunt
aegri. 5. Sequani soli erunt liberi. 6. Caesar erat imperator.
7. Mulier est bona. 8. Dlcit Sequanos solos fiitiiros esse
llberos. 9. Este/ pueri^ boiii. 10. Ariovistus fuit rex
Germanorum. 11. Divico dux Helvetiorum fuerat. 12. Le-
gationis Divico princeps fuit. 13. Extremum oppTdum Allo-
brogum est Geneva. 14. Populus^ Eomanus est testis.
15. Erat in Gallia legio una. 16. Pars citra flumen Ararim^
reliqua est. 17. Elumen'^ est Arar quod (wliicli) per fines
Aeduorum et Sequan5rum in Rhodanum influit {flows),
18. Mons Jura^ est inter Sequanos et Helvetios. 19. Prop-
ter frigora frumenta^ in agris matura non erant. 20. Aedui
Sequanis^^ obsides dederunt.
Notes and Questions.
1 li6mo means a human being, man or woman ; vir means man, hero,
never woman.
2 oppidum est magnum may be rendered th~e town is large ; it is a large
town ; or thxre is a large town : the word there as used in the last rendering
has no equivalent in Latin.
3 See Ln. XYII. and Examples. * gee 47.
5 populus takes a Singular verb ; people, its English equivalent, usually
takes a Plural verb.
6 What is the rule of gender for Arar ? {6)
7 See 64, ^ See 2S.
^ Translate frumenta as if it were Singular.
10 See 39.
40 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
LESSON XXVI.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
65. A. & G. 57, 2, a- 5 : A. & S. 260 : B. 293 : B. & M. 1161:
G. 24T-249: H. 483.
EXAMPLES.
1. Si Liscus sit dux, if Liscus should be leader; or, if Liscus be
leader.
2. Si Liscus esset dux, if Liscus were leader.
3. Si Liscus fuerit dux, if Liscus should have BEEN leader; or,
if Liscus SHOULD BE leader.
4. Si Liscus f uisset dux, if Liscus had been leader.
5. Simus duces, let us be leaders.
VOCABULARY.
ciipidltas, atis, f. desire.
dux, diicis, m. and f. leader , guide,
Liscus, i, m. Liscus.
multitudo, inis, f. multitude.
non, adv. not.
oratio, onis, f. speech, oration.
si, conj. if.
vectigal, alls, n. tax, revenue.
Conjugate and give a synopsis^ of each Subjunctive; parse tlie nouns
and adjectives.
1. Si 2 Caesar sit^ consul.'* 2. Si Caesar esset consul.
3. Si Caesar fuerit consul. 4. Si Caesar f uisset consul.
5. Siraus consiiles. 6. Si frumentum esset maturum. 7. Si
propter frigora frumentum in agris sit n5n^ maturum. 8. Si
vectigalia fuissent magna. 9. Si vectigalia essent parva.
10. Si Divico princeps legationis f uisset. 11. Si non^ bonus
sis. 12. Si orationes Caesaris fuissent multae. 13. Si mul-
titude militum sit magna. 14. Si cupiditas regni esset magna.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 41
15. Si rex fuisses. 16. Milites simus. 17. Si miles essem.
18. Si sis imperator.
Write in liatin.
1. If Ariovistus should be king. 2. If Ariovistus were
king. 3. If Ariovistus had been king. 4. Let us be kings.
5. Let us be good. 6. If the mountain were large. 7. If
the boys had been bad. 8. If we were not free. 9. If the
furthermost town had been Geneva. 10. If the corn had not
been ripe. 11. If Divitiacus were leader of the Helvetii.
12. If the danger had been great.
Notes.
1 A Synopsis of the Subjunctive includes the First Person Singular of
each tense : e. g. sim, essem, fuerim, fuissem.
2 si is a conditional conjunction ; the sentence which it introduces is a
conditional sentence.
2 Before translating the sentences observe carefully how each tense of the
Subjunctive is rendered in the Examples.
4 See 64.
5 A. & G. 45, 3, a : A. & S. 190, 2 : B. 30: B. & M. 460; G. 440, 1,
2 : H. 582. What does non modify ?
LESSON XXVII.
COMPOUNDS OF SUM. — DATIVE WITH COMPOUNDS.
^G. Coinpoiinds of sum. A. & G. 29, a, h, prosum : A. & S.
154, Rem. 5 and 6 : B. 109, L, a: B. &M. 279,- 411: G. 113; 114:
H. 289 ; 290, L, III.
07 • Dative with Compounds. A. & G. 51, 2, d : A. & S. 224 :
B. 242, Rule XXX.: B. & M. S26: G. 346 : H. 386.
EXAMPLES.
1. Paucl^ superfuerunt, few survived.
2. Dux suis militibus (67) aderat, the leader WAS ASSISTING his
soldiers.
42
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
3. Caesar provinciae (67) praefuit, Caesar RULED OVER the
province,
4. Si Liscus multis^ prodesset, if Liscus WERE USEFUL to many.
5. SI consilium def uisset, if counsel HAD BEEN WANTING.
6. Titus legioni {67) praeerat, Titus WAS IN COMMAND OF the
legion.
VOCABULARY.
Sb-siim, ab-esse.
Sb-fui,
he away, he ahsent, he distant.
^d-siim, ad-esse.
Sf2-fui,
he present, assist.
de-sum, de-esse.
de-fui.
be wanting.
humanitas, atis, f.
refinement, hwmanity.
longissime, adv.
very far.
pauci,! ae, a.
few.
prae-sum, prae-esse.
prae-fui.
he over, rule over, he in com-
mand of.
pro-sum, prod-esse.
pro-fui.
he for, he useful.
super-sum, siiper-esse.
super-fui.
he over, survive.
Conjugate and give a synopsis of each verb; parse the nouns and
adjectives.
1. Multi^ superfuenint. 2. Multi^ supersumus. 3. Pauci
siipererimus. 4. Caesar suis militibus^ aderit. 5. Si Caesar
suis militibus non adsit.^ 6. Consul urbi praeerat. 7. Labi-
enus oppido^ Genevae"^ praeerit. 8. Consul legioni praeest.
9. Si Caesar multis^ prdfuisset. 10. Multis proslmus.^
11. Non deest consilium. 12. Consiiles^ desumus. 13. Bel-
gae a humanitate provinciae ^^ longissime^^ absunt. 14. Si
deus^^ adsit.
Write in liatin.
1. Many ^ will survive. 2. Few^ (of us) survive. 3. The
consul will assist his soldiers. 4. If the consul should not
assist his soldiers. 5. Let^ us assist the soldiers. 6. Labie-
nus was in command of the legion. 7. If Labienus were^^
in command of the legion. 8. If we consuls^ had been
wanting.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 43
Notes.
1 pauci and multi, like the corresponding English words few and many^
are often used substantively, i. e. as nouns. Parse them, however, as ad-
jectives modifying either the omitted subject of the verb, as in Example 1,
or its omitted object, as in Example 4. Pauci is rarely used in the
Singular.
2 Observe that in ad-sum the d of ad becomes f before f.
? multi modifies nos (i^e), tlie omitted subject of super sumus ; render,
many of us survive.
* See 67 and Example 2 ; translate as if it were an Accusative.
5 See Ln. XXVI., Example 1. ^ gee 67.
7 See 25. ^ See Ln. XXVI., Example 5.
9 consules is an appositive to nos (we), the omitted subject of desumus.
10 See 40. 11 See Ln. XXVI. , Note 5.
12 See 20. i^ See Ln. XXVL, Example 2.
LESSON XXVIII.
CONJUGATION OF POSSUM. — USE OF THE INFINITIVE.
68. Possum. A. & G. 29, h: A. & S. 154, Eem. 7 : B. 109,
I., h: B. & M. 412: G. 115 : H. 290, IL, including fine print.
60, Infinitive without Subject Accusative, A. & G. 5T,
8, c : A. & S. 271 : B. 315, c : B. & M. 1138: G. 424 : H. 552.
EXAMPLES.
1. Milites pugnare {69) possunt, the soldiers ARE able to fight;
or the soldiers can fight,
2. Milites pugnare poterant, the soldiers WERE able to fight;
or the soldiers could fight.
3. Milites pugnare poterunt, the soldiers WILL be able to fight.
4. Milites pugnare potuerunt, the soldiers have been able to
fight ; or the soldiers could have fought.
5. Si milites pugnare possint, if the soldiers should be able
to fight.
6. Si milites pugnare possent, if the soldiers were able to fight.
44 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
7, Si milites pugnare potuissent, if the soldiers had been able
to fight.
8. Dicit milites {5S) pugnare {69) potuisse {52), he says that
the soldiers were able to fight.
Coidnsrate and give a synopsis ^ of eacli form of POSSUM; parse the
Infinitives.^
1. Consul oppidum expugnare potest.^ 2. Consul oppidum
expugnare poterat. 3. Consul oppidum expugnare potent.
4. Consul oppidum expugnare potuit. 5. Dicit consulem*
oppidum expugnare potuisse.^ 6. Si consul oppidum expu-
gnare possit. 7. Si consul oppidum expugnare posset. 8. Si
consul oppidum expugnare potuisset. 9. Populus Eomanus
Cassium^ consiilem^ creare non poterit. 10. Tito'^ filiam
meam {7n?/) in matrimonium dare non possum. 11. Consuli^
adesse poteris. 12. Milites agros liostium vastare poterunt.
13. Amicis prodesse possumiis. 14. Nemo {no one) sine
virtiite bonus esse potest.
Notes and Questions.
1 See Ln. XIV., Note 1 and Ln. XXVI. , Note 1.
2 See Ln. XVII., Note 3.
^ Observe carefully how each tense of possum is translated in the Exam-
ples. What two words unite to form possum ? Which part of p6tis is
used ? What does the final t become before s ? What becomes of f in the
Perfect Tenses ? ^ R..y^S^
* See 53. ^ 5See5;?.
6 See 58. 7 ggg sd.
8 See 67.
LESSON XXIX.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD OF AMO.
70» Ijearn the Subjunctive Active of amo. A. & G. 28,
3, a, Active Voice, for the Verh-Endings of the Subjunctive; 31:
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 45
A. & S. 155: B. 72; 74, a ; 75: B. & IsL 282 : G. 119; 120:
H. 205; 243; 245.
Observe that the Stems and Personal Endings are the same as those of
the Indicative.
EXAMPLES.
1. Si urbem occiipeinus, if WE SHOULD OCCUPY the city,
2. Si urbem occuparemus, if WE OCCUPIED the city.
3. Si urbem oeciipaverimus, if we should have OCCUPIED
the city ; or if we should occupy the city,
4. Si urbem occiipavissemus, if WE HAD OCCUPIED the city,
5. Uti urbem oeciipemus, that WE MAY OCCUPY the city,
6. Ut urbem occuparemus, that WE MIGHT OCCUPY the city,
7. Urbem oeciipemus, LET US OCCUPY the city.
Conjugate, analyze, and give a synopsis of each. verb.
1. Si Sequani Helvetios juvent.^ 2. Si Eomani Germanos
juvarent. 3. Si rex Helvetios juverit. 4. Si Aqmtani Se-
quanos juvissent. 5. Ut^ consul Helvetios jiivet. 6. Ut
pater suos f ilios juvaret. 7. Allobroges juvemus. 8. Pueros
vocemus. 9. Concilium Gallorum convocemus. 10. Si
Caesari^ flliam suam in matrimoniuni det. 11. Si cum prox-
imis civitatibus"^ pacem et amicitiam confirmes. 12. Ut mi-
ll tes circum Eomam hiemarent. 13. Ut populus Ariovistum^
regem^ crearet. 14. Ut consul oppidum Genevam^ occuparet.
15. Ut mllites Eomani agros Gallorum vastent. 16. Ut suis
copiis''' regna conciliaret.
Write in ]Latin.
1. If we should love (our) friends. 2. If we loved (our)
friends. 3. If we had loved (our) friends. 4. That we may
harass the enemy. 5. That we might harass the enemy.
6. Let us love friends. 7. If you should import ripe corn.
8. If you had imported ripe corn. 9. Let us aid the boys.
10. Let us elect the man^ senator.^
46
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
Notes and Questions.
1 nt in this Lesson is a final conjunction and is equivalent to thM, in
order that,
2 Imitate the Examples in translating the different tenses of the Sub-
junctive Mood. Define the Subjunctive Mood {65). Define the Indica-
tive Mood {26). What tenses has the Subjunctive ? The Indicative ?
Name the three Stems of juvo.
8 See 39.
* See 16, Name the prepositions which are used with the Ablative.
6 See 58. 6 gge 25.
7 sols copiis, with his troops. See 54.
LESSON XXX.
REVIEW OF AMO. — TWO ACCUSATIVES.
Review the entire Active Voice of amo.
71* Ttvo Accusatives. A. & G. 52, 2, c, d: A. & S. 231 : B.
21T, KuLE IX. : B. & M. 784: G. 333 : H. 374.
EXAMPLES.
1. Caesarem sententiam rogavit, he asked Caesar (his) opinion.
2. Caesar Aeduos frumentum flagitavit, Caesar demanded corn
of the Aedui.
3. Rex populum sermonem celavit, the king concealed the conver-
sation from the people.
VOCABULARY.
eelo, are, avi, atum,
commeo, are, avi, atum,
exspecto, are, avi, atum,
flagito, are, avi, atum,
graviter, adv.
mercator, oris, m.
minime, adv.
rogd, are, avi, atum.
conceal.
go hack and forth,
await, expect.
demand.
severely.
trader, merchant
least, by no msans.
ask.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 47
saepe, adv. often,
sententia, ae, f. opinion.
sermo, ouis, m. discourse, conversation,
vulnero, are, avi, atum, wound.
Analyze i and parse.
1. Labienus suos^ milites^ exspectabat.* 2. Galli merca-
tores exspectavere.^ 3. Titus nuntiat Gallos mercatores ex-
spectavisse.^ 4. Milites Sequanos graviter vuliiaverunt.
5. Caesar priiicipes Aeduorum graviter accusat. 6. Dicit
Caesarem principes Aeduorum graviter accusare. 7, Merca-
tores ad'' Belgas commeant."^ 8. Mercatores ad Belgas noii
saepe commeant. 9. Mininie^ ad Belgas mercatores saepe corn-
meant. 10. Commeate/ mercatores^ ad Belgas. 11. Consul
Germanos copias flagitabit. 12. Consul Gallos frumentum
flagitat. 13. Si consul Aeduos copias flagitet. 14. Caesar
consiilem sententiam rogabit. 15. Dicit Caesarem consulem
sententiam rogaturum esse. 16. Titum sermonem non celabo.
17. Si Ariovistum sermonem celavissem. 18. Ut regem ser-
monem celarem. 19. Aeduos frumentum flagitemus.^^
Notes and Questions.
1 See Ln. XIII., Note 1. 2 gee Ln. YI., Note 1.
3 See Ln. IV., Note 1. * See Ln. XVIII., Note 3.
^ What are the two uses of the Perfect Indicative ? {4S)
6 See Ln. XVII., Examples, Notes on the Examples, and Note 3.
7 ad — commeant, go-back-and-forth to, may be rendered visit.
8 minime modiiies saepe.
^ See 47. 10 See Ln. XXIX., Example 7.
What Stems has each verb and how are they found? Which tenses
denote incomplete and which completed action ? What are the Personal
Endings of the Indicative and Subjunctive Moods, Active Voice ? Of the
Imperative ? What are the Endings of the Infinitives ? Of the Participles ?
Which tenses of the Indicative are formed upon the Present Stem ? Which
of the Subjunctive ? Which of each are formed upon the Perfect Stem ?
48 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
LESSON XXXI.
VERBS : PASSIVE VOICE OF AMO.
72. Definition and Personal Endings of the Passive Voice,
A. & G. 23, 3 ; 28, 1, Passive, 3, a : A. & S. 141, 2 ; 147, 3, Pas-
dve: B. 44; 64, a, Passive: B. & M. 262, 2; S3S, Passive
Voice : G. 205; 111 : H. 195, II.; 24*7, Person, Pass., Meaning.
73, Learn the Present, Imperfect, and Future Indicative Passive
of ams. A. & G. 31 : A. & S. 156 : B. 74, b: B. & M. 283:
G. 121: H. 206. f
a. Observe that the Active and Passive Voices of these three tenses
differ in form only in the Personal Endings : e. g. ama-mus, we love ;
ama-miir, we are loveD : amabi-tis, you will love; amabi-mini, you
will BE loveB. The only exception is the Second Person Singular of
the Future, which, in the Active Voice, has bi, and in the Passive,
be : e. g. ama-bi-s, you will love ; ama-be-ris or re, you will be lovei>.
It is a good practice to write both the Active and Passive Voices side
by side on the blackboard, and compare them with each other.
VOCABULARY,
appello, are, avi, atum, name, call,
Casticiis, i, m. Casticus.
noster, nostra, nostrum, our,
occulto, are, avi, atum, hide, conceal.
Conjngrate the verbs ; name their elements ; i parse the nouns.
1. Oppida expugnabuntur. 2. Nostri agri vastabuntur.
3. Homo igni^ cremabitiir. 4. Concilium Gallomm convoca-
battir. 5. Nostra lingua^ Galli^ appellaiitiir. 6. Ariovistus
rex atque amicus appellabatiir. 7. Lucius Cassius consul^
amicus* appellabitur. 8. Eex* appellaberis. 9. Divitiacus
f rater ^ Dumnorigis amicus* populi Eomani appellabatiir.
10. Pater CastTci populi Eomani amicus appellabatur. 11. In
tanta multitudine fiiga occultatiir. 12. Oratione^ Lisci Dum-
norix Divitiaci frater designatiir. 13. Dumnorix ab Aeduis^
accusabatur. 14. A Caesare^ accusabiminl.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 49
Write in liatin.
1. The town will be stormed. 2. Our field will be laid
waste. 3. The men will be burned with fire. 4. (In) our
language they are called Sequani. 5. They will be called
kings. 6. He was called a friend of the Eoman people. 7. In
so great a multitude our flight will be concealed. 8. The
brothers of Dumnorix were accused by the Gauls. 9. Dum-
norix is described by Caesar^'s speech.
Notes.
1 See Ln. X., Note 4, and Ln. XII., Note 1.
2 See 54. 3 See 54 and Ln. L, Note 5.
4 See 64, s gee 25,
6 With verbs in the Passive Voice the agents i. e. the person by whom
anything is done, is expressed by the Ablative ivith a, ab ; the instrmnentf
i. e. the thing hy means of which or with which anything is done, by the Ab-
lative without a preposition : e. g. He is overcome by the soldier, a milite
supgratiir ; he is overcome by the soldiers weapons, telis militis superatur.
LESSON XXXII.
VERBS : PASSIVE VOICE OF AMO {contimied).
74:, Learn the Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect Indicative
Passive of amo. A. & G. 23, 2, 6 ; 31 : A. & S. 156 : B. 76 : B. &
M. 281, 6, 4 ; 283: G. 122 : H. 206.
VOCABULARY.
arx, arcis, f. citadel
comporto, are, avi, atum, collect
enuncio, are, avT, atum, divulge, report
eques, itis, m. horseman, cavalryman.
praetor, oris, m. praetor.
50 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
Conjugate and give a Synopsis^ of each verb in the Indicative Passive ;
parse the nouns and adjectives.
1. Frumentum ab Aeduis^ comportatum^ est. 2. Magna
copia frumenti ab Aeduis comportata erat. 3. Obsides Hel-
vetiis* dati^ erant. 4. Multi obsides Helvetiis a Sequanis
dati erant. 5. Nullae^ arces expugnatae^ sunt. 6. Nostra
consilia^ hostibus^ enunciata sunt. 7. Nostra consilia hosti-
bus ab Aeduis enunciata erant. 8. Caesar a Romanis praetor^
creatus^ est. 9. Praetores^ creati erimus. 10. Nostri agri
vastati sunt. 11. Nostra oppida expugnata sunt. 12. Tanta
multitudo equitum superata^ est. 13. In tanta multitudme
equTtum nostra fiiga occulta est. 14. Copiae Caesaris ab Ger-
manis uno proelio^ siiperatae sunt. 15. Equites a Caesare
graviter^ accusati sunt.
Write in ]Latin.
1. An abundance of corn lias been collected. 2. The cita-
dels will have been stormed. 3. The citadels had been stormed
by the Romans.*^ 4. Caesaris plans have been reported to the
Gauls* by the Germans. 6. Cassius had been elected praetor.^
6. A large multitude of cavalrymen has been overcome.
7. The troops of Cassius had been overcome in a single bat-
tle.'^ 8. The troops of Cassius have been overcome by the
Germans. 9. We have been severely^ censured by the consul.
Notes and Questions.
1 See Ln. XIV., Note 1. 2 gee Ln. XXXI., Note 6.
8 Observe that the Participle, like the predicate adjective (C4), agrees
with the subject of tlie verb in gender, number, and case.
* See S9. 5 See 24,
6 See 64, What was a praetor ? (See Gen. Yy.) What was a consul ?
How often were these officers elected ?
7 uno proelio, in a single battle. See 54,
8 See Ln. XXVI., Note 5.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 51
LESSON XXXIII.
VERBS: PASSIVE VOICE OF AMO {continued),
75. Learn the Imperative, Infinitives, and Participles of the Pas-
sive Voice of amg. A. & G. 28, 1, c, and 3, 6 ; 31 : A. & S. 156 :
B. 64, 6 ; 65 ; 66 ; 74, b ; 76 : B. & M. 283: G. 131 ; 123 : H.
247,3; 248; 206.
Conjugrate the Imperatives; name the Stem and Ending of each verb;
parse the Infinitives and Nouns.
1. Accusare^acciisamini.^ 2. Accusator^ accusantor. 3. Ju-
vare, jiivator. 4. Yocamim, vocantor. 5. Dicit suum fra-
trem creatum esse.^ 6. Dicit fratrem Divitiaci designattiin
esse. 7. Dicit montem a Labien oocciiparT. 8. Negat^ no-
stros agros vastatos esse. 9. Negat ciim proximis civitatibus
pacem confirmatam esse. 10. Dicit regnum iri cTvitate sua
occupatam esse. 11. Nunciat Caesarem creatum esse consulem.
12. Nunciat Cassium praetorem creatum esse. 13. Dicit
Ariovistum a Eomanis regem appellatum esse.
Nofes and Questions.
1 How is the Imperative used ? {47)
2 creatum essg, has been elected^ or was elected. See Ln. XVII., Refer-
ences to the Grammar, Examples, and Notes on the Examples.
3 nggat, he says not ; lit. he denies : He says our fields have not heen
laid waste.
Upon which Stem are the different tenses of the Indicative Active formed ?
Of the Indicative Passive ? The Imperative Active and Passive ? The In-
finitives Active and Passive ? The Participles Active and Passive ?
How many Participles has a transitive verb ? A. & G. '^3, 1, c : A. & S.
148, 1, (2.): B. 545 35: B. & M. 269: H. 196, II., i, fine print.
62 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
LESSON XXXIV.
VERBS : PASSIVE VOICE OF AMO {continued).
70, Learn the Subjunctive Passive of amo. A. & G. 31 : A. & S.
156 : B. 74, b ; 76 : B. & M. 28S:^ G. 121 ; 122 : H. 206.
EXAMPLES.
1. Si homo cremetiir, if the man SHOULD BE BURNED.
2. Si homo cremaretiir, if the man were being burned.
3. Si homo crematiis sit, if the man should have been burned ;
or if the man should be burned.
4. Si homo crematiis esset, if the man HAD been burned ; or
if the man were burned.
5. Si sententiam rogetiir, if he should be asked Qiis) opinion,
Conjugrate and give a synopsis of each verb.
1. Si Caesar sententiam^ rogatus esset. 2. Si sententiam
rogatus sim. 3. Si sententiam rogareris. 4. Si cremati es-
semiis. 5. Si Ariovistus rex^ creatus esset. 6. Si miles vul-
neretur. 7. Si non vulneratiis esses. 8. Si Ariovistus amicus
populi Eomani appellarettir. ' 9. Si obsides Eomanis^ a Gallis*
n5n dentiir. 10. Si obsides Germanis ab Helvetiis non dati
essent. 11. Si copia frumenti importetur. 12. ST copia fru-
menti non importata esset. 13. Si Divitiacus a popiilo Eomaiio
rex appellatiis esset. 14. Si rex atque amicus a Helvetiis ap-
pellareris. 15. Si sententiam rogati essemus. 16. Si senten-
tiam rogati eritis. 17. Si reges creati essetis. 18. Si con-
siiles creati essemus.
Write in liatin.
1. If I should be asked (my) opinion. 2. If you were
asked (your) opinion. 3. If you had been burned. 4. If
Cassius had been elected consul. 5. If Cassius had not been
called a friend of the Gauls. 6. If hostages should be given
EIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
53
to the Germans by the consul. 7. If the soldiers had not
been wounded. 8. If we had not been wounded. 9. If an
abundance of corn were being imported. 10. If you should
be elected consul.
Notes and Questions.
1 See 71. 2 See 64.
3 See 39,
4 Which prepositions are used with the Ablative ? {16) How is the agent
of a verb in the Passive Voice expressed in Latin ? (Ln. XXXI., Note 6.)
How is the instrument expressed ? What is meant by the agent ? By the
instrument ?
LESSON XXXV.
DEPONENT VERBS : FIRST CONJUGATION.
77. Definition. A. & G. 35, 1 : A. & S. 142, 4, (a.) : B. 46 :
B. & M. 304=: G. 211 : H. 195, II., 2.
78. Learn the entire Deponent Verb of the First Conjugation.
A. & G. page 76, miror : A. & S. 161 : B. 93, conor; 55, second
sentence: B. & M. S06, second 'part; 307: G. 141; 142: H. 225;
226.
VOCABULARY.
Conor,
ari.
atus sum,i
attempt, try.
glorior,
ari.
atus sum.
glory, boast.
hortor.
ari.
atus sum,
exhort, urge.
laetor.
ari.
atiis sum.
rejoice, exult.
miror.
ari.
atus sum.
admire, wonder at
moror.
ari.
atiis siim.
tarry, delay.
vagor.
ari.
atiis siim.
wander about.
popiilor.
ari,
atiis siim.
ravage, lay waste.
1 The principal parts of a deponent verb are the Present Indicative, Pres-
ent Infinitive, Perfect Indicative ; e. g. Conor, conari, conatils siim.
54 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
Conjugrate and grive a complete synopsis of each verb.
1. Conamur, conabamur, conabimur. 2. Gloriatus sum,
gloriatus eram, gloriatus ero. 3. Si hortetur, si hortaretur.
4. Si hortatus sis, si hortatus esses. 5. Laetare, laetammi,
laetemur.2 q Dicit Caesarem laetatjum esse. 7. Mirari^ non
possumus. 8. Vagari^ conemur.^ 9. Yagari non potemnus.
10. Caesar ad* Eomam moratus est. 11. Helvetii agros
Aeduorum popiilabantur. 12. Ut vagarentur.^
Write in I^atin.
1. You are exhorting, you were exhorting, you will exhort.
2. You tarried in the vicinity of Eome; you had tarried; you
will have tarried. 3. If he should tarry, if he tarried. 4. If
he had tarried near Eome. 5. Let us tarry in the vicinity of
Geneva. 6. They can^ not rejoice. 7. They could^ not re-
joice. 8. Let us try^ to rejorde.
Noies.
1 A complete Synopsis of cOnor, for example, is as follows : Indicative,
Conor, conabar, conabor, conatus sum, conatus Sram, conatus Sro ; Sub-
juncfAve, coner, conarer, conatus sim, conatus essem ; Imperative, conare,
cdnator ; Infinitives, conari, conatus essg, conaturus essS ; Participles,
c6nans, conandus, conatus, conaturus ; Gerund, conandi ; Supines, cona-
tum, cOnatu.
2 See Ln. XXIX., Example 7. « gee e9,
* ad with the name of a town may often be rendered near, in the vicinity
of.
^ Render by the Imperfect Indicative.
^ Can and could in these and similar sentences are equivalent to are able,
were able; translate them, therefore, by the proper tense of the Indicative
of possilm, and the principal verb by the Present Infinitive.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 55
LESSON XXXVI.
ABLATIVE OF CAUSE. — COMPLEX AND COMPOUND SENTENCES.
79. Ablative of Cause.^ A. & G. 54, 3 : A. & S. 247 : B. 257,
Rule XLIL : B. & M. 87S: G. 407: H. 414, 2.
80, Complex and Compound Sentences, A. & G. 45, 5,
a-f, 6 : A. & S. 201, 11-13 : B. 288, a-f: B. & M. 1407-1409;
1411: G. 474, 1-4 : H. 345, IL, IIL
EXAMPLES.
1. Pueri equisi (79) laetantur, boys rejoice IN HORSES.
2. Helvetii sua victoria ^ (79) gloriabantur, the Helvetii were
boasting because op their victory ; or the Helvetii were
glorying in their victory.
3. Orgetorix Casticum hortatur lit regnum occupet,^ Orgetorix
urges Gasticus to seize the royal poiver.
4. Miles non laetetur, si vuliieretur,^ the soldier would not rejoice,
if he should be wounded,
5. Si multi vulnerati essent, non laetati essemus, if many had
been wounded, we should not have rejoiced.
6. Ariovistus fuit rex St Caesar fuit consul,* Ariovistus was
king and Caesar was consul.
Analyze the sentences and parse,
1. Imperator militibus bonis laetatur. 2. Eomani sua vic-
toria non gloriabantur. 3. Seqnani victoria sua non gloriabun-
tur. 4. Negat^ Sequanos victoria gloriaturos esse. 5. Mi-
ll tes hortabimur tit agros populentur. 6. Imperator mill tes
suos hortatus est^ ut agros Gallorum populentur. 7. Dum-
norigem hortabor ut regnum in "^ sua cTvitate occupet. 8. Si
igni^ cremer^ non laeteris. 9. Si Cassius praetor^ creatus
esset, laetatus essem. 10. Si Caesar sermonem^^ milites^^
celet, laeter. 11. Si dux militibus^^ adesse^^ possitl aetentur.
12. Hortemur^^ Helvetios tit ciim proximis civitatibus pacem
56 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
et amicitiam confirment. 13. ST Caesar multos obsides dedis^
set hostibus;^^ hostes laetati essent. 14. Puer erat mains eb
puella erat bona. 15. Consul abest et praetor est aeger.^
Notes.
1 In Examples 1 and 2 equis and victoria are the cause of the rejoicing
and boasting, and hence are in the Ablative in accordance with the rule
referred to in 79,
2 Example 3 is a complex sentence^ because it is made up of a principal
clausCf Orgetorix Casticum hortatur, and a subordinate clause, ut reg-
nuin occupet. Observe that ut occupet is rendered by the Infinitive to
seize ; lit. tJiat he may seize,
3 Example 4 is a complex sentence ; principal clause, miles non laetetur ;
subordinate clause, si vulneretur : si and ut are subordinate conjunctions ;
hence the clauses which they introduce are subordinate clauses.
* Example 6 is a compound sentence, because it is made up of clauses
which are independent of each other. Such clauses are called coordinate
clauses ; and the conjunctions which connect them, coordinate conjunctions,
5 See Ln. XXXIIL, Note 3. ^ hortatus est, has urged,
7 See Ln. XIIL, Note 5. AVhich is this ?
8 See 54. 9 gge 64.
10 See 71. ii See 67.
12 See 69. 13 See Ln. XXIX., Ex. 7. •
1* See 39.
LESSON XXXVII.
ADJECTIVES: THIRD DECLENSION.
81. A. & G. 16, 2, levis, acer, h, Case-Forms: A. & S. 108;
109 ; 113, 1 ; 114, I : B. 156 ; 157, levis : B. & M. 193, Rules 1,
2; 196,11., mitis; 198, acer: G. 81 ; 83: H. 152; 153; 154,
tristis, 3.
VOCABULARY,
alacer,! cris, ere, lively, eager,
brevis,2 e, short, brief,
celer,! celeris, celere, swift.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 57
diflFicilis,2 e, difficult, impracticable.
equester,^ tris, tre, of cavalry.
f acilis,2 g^ g^g^^ practicable.
f amilia, ae, f. household, family.
fortis,^ e, brave, courageous, strong.
iter, itineris, n. journey, route, m/irch.
judicium, i, n. trial.
omnis,2 e, all, every.
tristis,2 e, sad.
1 Declined like ac^r.
2 Declined like levis, mitis, facilis, tristis.
Analyze and parse.
1. Ex omnl^ Gallia. 2. Cum omnibus c5piis. 3. Per
omnes urbes. 4. Per totam^ urbem. 5. E qui sunt celeres.^
6. Negat^ equos esse cele res. 7. ST equites fuissent celeres,
rex laetatiis esset.^ 8. Tempus est breve. 9. Helvetii oppida
sua omnia incendunt {burn), 10. Fuit proelium equestre.
11. Dlcit futurum esse proelium equestre. 12. Sequani fue-
runt tristes. 13. Iter^^ erat difficile. 14. Si iter sit facile,
laeter.^ 15. Puto iter esse facile. 16. Titus Labienus lega-
tus*^ suos milites hortatur lit^ fortes sint.^ 17. Orgetorix ad
judicium omnem suam familiam coegit {ftr ought), 18. Or-
getorix Helvetios hortatiis est iit^^ de flnibiis suls ciim omni-
bus copiis exirent.^^ 19. Viris^^ fortibiis laetor.
Notes.
1 See Ln. YI., Note 1. 2 See 24L.
8 See 64. * Se Ln. XXXIII. , Note 3.
sSeeLN. XXXYL, Ex. 5.
6 See Ln. XXYL, Ex. 1 and Ln. XXXYL, Ex. 4.
7 See 25. ^ See Ln. XXXYL, Ex. 3.
10 lit — exirent, to go out. " See 79.
12 See A. & G. 11, III. 4, c : A. & S. 57: B. 138: B. & M. 104.
58
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
LESSON XXXVIII.
ADJECTIVES : THIRD DECLENSION {continued),
82. A. & G. 16, 3, a, c, 1, 2 : A. & S. Ill ; 113, 2, 3 ; 114 :
B. all of 158 : B. & M. all of 193: G. 83; 84 ; 85, 1 -3 : H. all of
155-158.
VOCABULARY
.
audax, acis.
holdj audacious.
conditio, onis, f.
condition.
contumelia, ae, f.
insult.
dives, itis.
rich.
f elix, icis.
happy.
flens, entis.
weeping.
implorO, are, avi.
atiim,
beseech, implore.
injuria, ae, f.
injury.
mulier, eris, f.
woman.
oriens, entis.
rising.
par, paris.
equal.
princeps, ipis.
first, chief.
recens, entis.
recent.
sol, solis, m.
sun.
speeto, are, avi, atiim.
hole, front.
vetus, eris.
old, ancient.
Analyze and parse.
1. Veteres causae. 2. Vetus urbs^ estEoma. 3. Memoria
veteris contumeliae. 4. In parem conditionein servTtutis.
5. Eecentium injuriarum memoria. 6. Mulieres erant felTces.
7. Mulieres flentes Caesarem implorabant. 8. Helvetii flentes
pacem petierunt {soiigJd), 9. Hortemiir^ mllites ut^ alacres
et audaces sint.^ 10. Belgae spectant m^ orientem solem.^
11. Legationis principem^ locum "^ obtinebant [thei/ held).
12. Romani divTtes fuerunt. 13. German! non pares sunt
nostris militibus.^
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 59
Write in Liatin.
1. There ^ will be a battle of cavalry. 2. Our soldiers are
trave. 3. Let us exhort our soldiers to be brave. 4. Geneva
is an old town. 5. AlP^ are not happy. 6. Our leaders will
be bold. 7. All cannot be^^ rich. 8. Weeping women will
implore the consul. 9. Gauls are not equal to our cavalry-
men.
Notes.
1 See 64. 2 See Ln. XXIX., Ex. 7.
8 How is the Subjunctive with ut to be translated after verbs signifying
asTc, command, exhort, persuade, please, strive, urge ? Answ. By the Pres-
ent Infinitive. See Ln. XXXVI. , Ex. 3.
4 in, towards.
s See B. 135 : B. & M. 121 : H. 60.
6 principem is here used as an adjective ; it is often a noun.
■^ How is locus declined in the Plural ? See Vy., Ln. VIII.
8 militibiis is a Dative. ^ See Ln. XXV., Note 2, last part
10 omnes, like the English all, is often used substantively.
11 cannot he, esse non possunt.
LESSON XXXIX.
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.
83. A. & G. 17, I, a : A. & S. 122, I -6 ; 124, 1 -3 ; 125, 1 :
B. 161; 162; 163, a: B. & M. 214-218: G. 86; 88, 1 : H. 160
-162; 163, 1.
84, JDeclension of Comparatives. A. & G. 16, 3, 6 : A. & S.
110 : B. 15T, Remark : B. & M. 197: G. 8T: H. 154, 3, 4.
VOCABULARY.
altus, a, um, high, deep,
fortuna, ae, f. fortune.
gravis, e, heavy, grievous,
latus, a, um, broad, wide.
60 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
longe, adv.
by far.
miser, misera.
miserum,
wretched, pitiable.
nobilis, e.
well-hnown, noble.
potens, entis.
powerful.
quam, adv.
than.
utiUs, e.
useful.
Compare and decline tlie adjectives.
1. Jura est mons^ altissimiis.^ 2. Caesar dicit Juram esse
montem altissimum. 3. Rheiius est ilumen latissimus et
altissimus. 4. Homm^nobilissTmo ac^potentissTmoaderam.
5. Omnium^ fortissTmi sunt Belgae. 6. Apud Helvetios
longe nobilissimus et ditissimus^^ fuit Orgetorix. 7. Pertres
[three) potentissimos populos totiiis Galliae. 8. Nostrae f iliae
pulclierrimae sunt. 9. Milites hortemur tit fortiores sint.^
10. Si tempus fuisset brevius, non laetatus essem. 11. Mi-
iTtes fuerunt Caesari utilissTmi. 12. Dlcit esse miseriorem
gravioremque "^ fortunam^ Sequanorum quam^ reliquorum
Gallorum.
"Write in L<atin.
1. The bravest soldiers. 2. The most beautiful women.
3. The broadest rivers. 4. The highest mountains. 5. Divi-
tiacus was the noblest of all. 6. Friends are most useful to a
man. 7. Caesar says (that) the Ehine is a very deep river.
8. The fortune of the Gauls was more grievous than (that) of
the Germans. 9. Let us urge the boys to be very brave.
Notes.
1 What is the gender of mons ? Of Jura ?
2 Superlatives may sometimes be rendered by ^ui\Q positive with very: e. g.
mons altissimus, a very high mountain. They are declined like adjectives
of the First and Second Declensions.
3 07. * See Ln. XXXYIIL, Note 10.
6 See Ln. XXXVIIL, Note 3. 6 gee Ln. XX., Note 1.
^ What is the difference in force of et, que, and atque ? See Ln. XXIIL,
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 61
Note 2. What are appended words called ? See Vy., Ln. XXIII., Note
on que, last part.
8 fortuiaam is subject of esse.
^ When quam signifying than is immediately followed by a Genitive,
supply in translation that : e. g. quam Romanorum, than that of t/ie
Romans.
i<^ See General Vocabulary under dives and dis.
LESSON XL.
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES {continued),
85. A. & G. 17, 1, 5 - e, 2, 3, a : A. & S. 125, 2 - 5 ; 126, 1 :
B. 163, 6-t?; 164, a, 6: B. & U. 219-222 : G. 88, 2 - 4 ; 89, Re-
marks 1, 2 : H. 163, 2, 3 ; 165; 166; 169, I, 2 ; 170.
VOCABULARY.
Alpes, iiim, f. the Alps,
citerior, citeriiis, hither.
extra, prep. w. ace. without, beyond,
inferior, inferiiis, lower.
primiis, a, iiin, first.
Segusiani, oriiin, m. the Segusiani.
Sequaniis, a, iim, of the Sequani.
superior, superius, higher, upper,
ulterior, ulterius, farther.
Translate and parse.
1. Major^ mnltitudo Germanorum^ Ehenum transibat {was
crossing). 2. Carrorum^ maximus niimerus. 3. Cum max-
imo mllitum^ numero. 4. Belgae pertinent {extend) ad
inferiorem partem flummis Eheni. 5. Galli loca superiora oc-
cupant. 6. Labienus summum montem^ occupavit. 7. Sura-
mus mens a Labieno^ occupatus est. 8. Negat summum
montem a Labieno occupatum esse. 9. Mllites hortabimur
6a FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
ut suminiim montem occupent. 10. Si Labienus summum
montem occupet^ Caesar sit^ fellcissimus. 11. Iter per pro-
vinciam est ^cTlius.^ 12. Ager Sequaims erat optimus'^ totius
Galliae. 13. Caesar in Galliam iilteriorem per Alpes^ con-
tendit [hastens). 14. Citerioris provinciae extremum oppi-
dum. 15. Segiisiani sunt extra provinciam primi.
Write in liatin.
1. A very large number of horses. 2. A larger number
of cavalrymen. 3. To the upper part of the Rhone. 4. The
soldiers will occupy the top of the mountain. 5. The top
of the mountain will be occupied by the soldiers. 6. The
route through our province is most practicable. 7. I think
(that) the route through the Alps is by far the most practica-
ble. 8. Let us occupy the top of the mountain.
Notes.
1 In parsing adjectives hereafter give their comparison, if they can be
compared.
2 Notice the different positions of the Genitive ; what is the difference in
force ? See Ln. III., Note 3.
3 summum montem, the top of the mountain.
4 See Ln. XXXI., Note 6. ^ sit, wo2dd be.
6 Name the adjectives which foiTn their Suj)erlatives like facilis.
7 optimus, sc. ager.
8 The gender of Alpes is an exception to what rule ?
LESSON XLI.
DATIVE WITH ADJECTIVES.
80. Dative ivith Adjectives, A. & G. 51, 6 : A. & S. 322, 3 :
B. 245, E-ULE XXXIIL: B. & M. 860: G. 356 : H. 391.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
EXAMPLES.
1. Belgae sunt proximi Germanis, the Belgae are nearest to the
Germans.
2. Castris idoueiis lociis est, the place is suitable FOR A camp,
3. Deo similis est, he is like A god.
VOCABULARY.
aetas, atis, f. age,
amicus, a, um, friendly,
communis, e, common,
idoneiis, S, iim, fit, suitable,
inimicus, a, um, unfriendly, hostile,
patria, ae, f. native land, fatherland,
periculosus, a, iim, dangerous,
similis, e, like, similar,
solum, i, n. ground, soil.
Analyze and parse. ^
1. Aquitani sunt proximi provinciae. 2, Aquitam sunt
propiores provinciae quam Italiae. 3. Geneva est oppidiini
proximum Helvetiorum fmibiis. 4. Extremtim oppTdum
Allobrogum est proximumque Helvetiorum flnibus Geneva.
5. Castris non idoneus omnis lociis est. 6. Negat castris
idoneiim omnem locum esse. 7. Si castris idoneus locus sit,
milites laetentur.^ 8. Non ego sum idoneus armis. 9. Si
ego fuissem idoneus armis, laetatiis essem. 10. Dumnorix
Helvetils erat amicus. 11. Dux inimlcior DumnorigT fuit
quam Caesari. 12. Matri puella est sTmilis. 13. Non omnTs
puer est sTmilis patri. 14. Omni aetati mors est communis
15. Patriae solum omnibus carum est. 16. Popiilo Eomano
perlculosum est proeliiim. 17. Omni urbl leges sunt utiles.
18. Imperator suos mllites hortatur lit fortes sint^ et urbl
Eomae utiles.
64 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
Write in liatin.
1. He says (that) tlie Aquitani are nearest to the province.
2. Ocelum was the furthermost town of the hither province
and nearest to the Alps. 3. If the place had been suitable
for a camp^ we should have rejoiced.^ 4. Let us urge the
soldiers to be^ useful to (their) fatherland. 5. The lieutenant
was most friendly to the soldiers. 6. The daughter is more
like (her) father than (her) mother. 7. I do* not think (that)
the battle will be dangerous to the city.
Notes.
1 See Ln. XXXVI., Ex. 4. What kind of a sentence is this ? (SO)
2 See Ln. XXXVI. , Ex. 3.
3 See Ln. XXXVI. , Ex. 5.
4 See Ln. X., Note 5.
o**:o
LESSON XLII.
ADVERBS.
87. Definition. A. & G. 41 : A. & S. 190, 2 : B. 30 : B. & M.
460: Gr. 15, IV., 1 : H. 303.
88. Derivation. A. & G. 41, 1, a, 6 : A. & S. 192, II., 1, 2 :
B. 199, 6, c : B. & M. 591; 592; 595: G. 90, 1-4: H. 333; 335,
1,2.
89. Classification. A. & G. 41, 2,a-e: A. & S. 190, 3 ; 191,
L-IIL; B. 175, a-/, Remark: B. & M. 461, 1-6 : H. 304, L-
IV.
90. Comparison. A. & G. 17, 4 : A. & S. 194, 1, 2, 4 : B. 174,
a-c : B. & M. 462; 463: G. 91 : H. 305.
91. Syntax. A. & G. 45, 3, a : A. & S. 277, I. : B. 327, Rule
LXXIX.: B. &M. 096; G. 440, 2 : H. 582.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 65
VOCABULARY.
acritgr, adv. sharply, fiercely.
audacter, adv. boldly, courageously,
celeriter, adv. quickly, immediately.
facile, adv. easily, readily.
fortiter, adv. bravely, valiantly,
grSviter, adv. heavily, severely.
libere, adv. freely, unreservedly.
qua, adv. where.
Parse the adverbs and adjectives.
1. Belgae fortiter^ pugnaverunt. 2, Si milites fortius
pilgnent^ imperator laetetur. 3. Eomani non acriiis pugna-
bunt quam Galll.^ 4. Germani Helvetios facile^ silperabunt.
5. Galli a Caesare n5n facillime superati sunt. 6. Nunciat
Gallos a Caesare non facillime superatos esse. 7. Caesar
Dumnorigem gravissime accusavit. 8. Caesar celeriter con-
cTliiini dlmittit (dismisses). 9. Liscus dicit liberiiis^ atque^
audacius. 10. Qua^ minima altitudo fluminis erat. 11. Ju-
mentorum et carroriim quam"^ maximum numeriim coeraere^
{to jpur chase). 12. Hostes quam fortissime pugnabant.
13. Helvetii EomanTs^ quam amicissimi fuerunt. 14. Soliim
patriae civi quam carissimiim est.
Nofes.
1 Form for parsing an adverb. — fortiter is an adverb of manner {89) ;
derived from the adjective fortis {88) ; compared fortiter, fortiiis, fortis-
sime {90) ; of the positive degree and modifies pugnaverunt {91).
2 What is the construction of Galli ?
3 A. & G. 41, 1, ^: A. & S. \9Z, 4, (&.): B. 174, d: B. & M. 596.-
G. 90, 4 : H. 335, 4, 1).
* libere has no Superlative. ^ gee Ln. XXIIL, Note 2.
^ As a rule only those adverbs are compared which are derived from
adjectives.
^ quam modifying a Superlative strengthens it : e. g. quSm maximum,
as large as possible ; quam fortissime, as bravely as possible.
66 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
^ ( •• ) is the mark of Diaeresis ; when placed over the second of two
vowels which regularly form a diphthong, it shows that they are to be sep-
arated in pronunciation : e. g. coemere has four syllables ; coemere would
have only three.
9 See 86.
LESSON XLIII.
VERBS : SECOND CONJUGATION : ACTIVE VOICE.
92. Learn the entire Active Voice of the Second Conjugation.
A. & G. 32: A. & S. 157: B. 79 ; 80 : B. & M. 288: G. 123;
124 : H. 20T. See 27, 28, 57, 45, 49, 50 of this book
VOCABULARY,
moneo,^ ere, ui, itum, advise.
habeO, ere, ui, itum, have.
prohibeo, ere, ui, itum, restrain, keep from.
1 Most verbs of the Second Conjugation form their Perfect and Supine
like moneo. For the principal parts let ere, ui, itum take the place of
final eo : e. g. habeo, habere, habui, habitum.
Conjugate and give a complete synopsis^ of each verb; name its
elements.
1. Monebatis, monehitis, monuistTs. 2. Si moneamus,^ si
moneremus, si moiiuissemus. 3. Mone, moiiete, monento.
4. Monens, monituriis. 5. Monere, monuisse, moniturus
esse. 6. Ut equos habeamus.^ 7. Ut rex urbes multas et^
magnas habeat. 8. Multa castra habebimus. 9. Legatus
multos milites habuerit.* 10. Habeto, habetote.^ 11. Ha-
bens, habiturus. 12. Habere, habuisse, habituriis esse.
13. Si Helvetios itmere^ prohibeant. 14. Si Helvetios itinere
prohibuissent. 15. Helvetios itinere prohibeamus.'^ 16. Iti-
nere Helvetios probibere^ conanttir. 17. Itinere hostes pro-
liibebimus. 18. Milites itinere hostes prohibere conabuntiir.
19. Si itmere milites prolnbuissemus. 20. Legati nostros
viros monuerunt.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 67
Write in liatin.
1. You have^ you were having, you will have had. 2. If
you should have, if you had, if you had had. 3. Have ye,
he shall have, they shall have. 4. To restrain, to have re-
strained, to be about to restrain. 5. If we should keep the
soldiers from the town. 6. If we shall have kept the soldiers
from the town. 7. Let us keep the enemy from the town.
8. We shall attempt to keep the enemy from the town.
Notes and Questions.
1 See Ln. XXXV., Note 1. 2 gee Ln. XXIX., Examples.
2 See Ln. VI., Note 5.
4 Define the use of the Future Perfect Tense. {42)
^ Define the use of the Imperative Mood. (47)
6 itingre is an Ablative of Separation. A. & G. 54, 1 : A. & S. 251: B.
256, Rule XLT.: B. & M. 916: G. 388: H. 425.
7 See Ln. XXIX., Ex. 7. ^ gee 69.
What are the Personal Endings of the Indicative and Subjunctive Moods,
Active Voice ? Of the Imperative ? Of the Infinitives and Participles ?
How are the different Stems of a verb found ? {28, 45, 50) What two
uses has the Perfect Indicative ? {43)
LESSON XLIV.
ADDITIONAL EXERCISES.
93. Aceusative of Time. A. & G. 52, 4, c : A. & S. 236 :
B. 220, Rule XL: B. & M. 950: G. 33T: H. 378. This answers
the question, How long ?
VOCABULARY,
deleo, ere, evi, etum, destroy.
doced, ere, uT, doctiiin, teach,
jubeO, ere, jussT, jussum, command, order.
maueo, ere, mansi, mansum, stay, remain.
^Cji^ ^ _
68 PIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
moveo, ere, movi, motiini, move, remove.
obtineo, ere, ui, obtentum, hold, obtain.
possessio, onis, f. possession.
viciis, i, m. village.
Analyze and parse.
1. Germani multos vicos deleverant. 2. Aliud^ iter lia-
bebant nullum. 8. Quam^ plurimas civitates habebant.
4. Allobroges trans Eliodanum vicos possessionesque^ habe-
bant. 5. Pueros^ litteras^ doceamus. 6. Dicit matrem^
filias litteras docere. 7. In Gallia ulteriore multos annos^
manebimus. 8. Caesar senatorem hortatur ut"^ in castris
multos menses maneat."^ 9. Eegnum in Sequanis multos annos
obtmuerat. 10. Divico legationis locum principem obtmebat.
11. Si imperator castra moveat^ milites fortius^ pugnent.
12. Castra^ movere^^ celerius non potuemnt.^^ 13. Itmere^^
Helvetios prohibere non poterunt.^^ 14. Helvetii suis f Inibus
Germanos prohibebant. 15. Proximum^^ iter m ulteriorem
Galliam per Alpes est. 16. Sed in summo jiigo duas {two)
legiones^^* quas (wMcli) in Gallia citeriore proxime conscrip-
serat (]ie had enlisted) , et omnia auxilia^^ coUocari^^ jussit.
Notes and Questions.
1 Which adjectives have their Genitive in ius and Dative in 1 ? {24)
2 See Ln. XLIL, Note 7. « gee Ln. XXIIL, Vy., Note.
* See 71. 5 See 53,
6 See 93,
■^ How is ut — maneat to be translated ? See Ln. XXXVIIL, Note 3.
^ From what adjective is fortiter derived ?
^ What does castra signify in the Singular ?
10 See 6-9.
11 How do potuerunt and pot^runt differ from each other ?
12 See Ln. XLIII., Note 6. i^ proximum, shortest.
14 legiones and auxilia are subjects of collocari. (^3)
1* collocari with its subjects is object of jussit. {52)
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 69
LESSON XLV.
VERBS: SECOND CONJUGATION: PASSIVE VOICE.
94. Learn the entire Passive Voice of the Second Conjugation.
A. & G. 32: A. & S. 157: B. 79; 80: B. & M. 289: G. 135;
126 : H. 208.
See also 73, a, of this book.
VOCABULARY.
contineo, ere, ui, conteutum, hem in^ hound.
ditio, onis, f. dominion, power.
oceaniis, i, m. ocean,
rapina, ae, f. 'plundering,
servitus, utis, f. slavery.
teneo, ere, ui, tentum, hold, keep.
undique, adv. on all sides.
Give a complete synopsis of each verb and parse.
1. Una pars continetur^ Garumna^ flumme/ Oceano, finibus
Belgarum. 2. Undique loci natura* Helvetii continentur.
3. Suminus mons^ a Tito Labieno tenebatur. 4. Nimciat
summum montem a hostibus tentum esse. 5. Si summus
mons a hostTbus teneatur, nostri milites quam acerrime^ P^g-
nent. 6. Aedui m servitute atque in ditione Germanorurn
tenti sunt. 7. Caesar memoria tenebat. 8. Hostis a Caesare
rapmis^ prohibebatur. 9. Summus mons a hostibus teneri
non potest.® 10. Galli teneri in servitute non poterant.®
11. Obsides multos annos m servitute tenebantur. 12. Si
inultos annos in servitute tenti essemus^ non felices fuissemus.
Write in I^atin.
1. The top^ of the mountain will be held by Caesar. 2. The
(op of the mountain could® not be held by Caesar. 3. He
says (that) the top of the mountain was held by the Germans.
70 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
4. If Cassius should keep in memory. 5. The Germans are
hemmed in on all sides by the character of their country.
6. The Germans will be kept from plundering by the Romans.
7. They were held in slavery many years.^
Notes and Questions.
1 Define the Passive Voice ? (72) What are the Personal Endings of the
Passive Voice ? Name the three Stems of contineo. On which Stem are
the Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect Passive formed ?
2 See 54. 3 See 25,
* loci natura, by the cha,racter of their country.
s summus mons, the top of the mountain; lit., the highest mountain,
6 From acriter ; from what adjective is acriter derived ?
7 rapinis ; translate by the Singular ; see Ln. XLIIL, Note 6.
8 When possum governs a Passive Infinitive render it by can^ if in the
Present Tense ; by coidd^ if in a Past Tense ; e. g. teneri potest, can be
held ; teneri poterat, could be held,
9 See 93.
LESSON XLVI.
DEPONENT VERBS : SECOND CONJUGATION.
95. Learn the entire Deponent Verb of the Second Conjugation.
A. & G. 35: A. & S. 161: B. 46; 55; 93: B. & M. S04/ 308:
G. 311 ; 143; 144 : H. 225, 1 ; 227.
VOCABULARY.
intueor, eri, intuitiis sum,i look at,
ne, adv. not used with the Subjunctive and ^
Imperative.
ne, conj. that not; after verbs of fearing,
that ; used with the Subjunctive.
poUiceor, eri, pollicitus sum, promise,
vereor, eri, vgritus sum, fear.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 71
Conjugrate and grive a synopsis of each verb*
1. Aedui frumentum pollicentur.^ 2. Aedai frumentum
publice polliciti erant. 3. Vereor ne Aedui Eomanis^ fru-
mentum polliceantur.^ 4. Ne^ frumentum poUiceamur.^ 5. Si
Aedui frumentum maturum polliciti essent^ Caesar felix fuis-
set. 6. Eomani non hostem verentur sed angustias itineris.
7. Ne Divitiaci animum offenderet {Jie should offend) vereba-
tur. 8. Nunciat^ Sequanos terram intueri. 9. Negat^ Eo-
manos hostem veritos esse. 10. Solem intueri nonpossumus.
11. Ne solem intueamur. 12. Yerebamur ne hostes agros
nostros popiilarentur. 13. Yeremur ne hostes agros nostros
populentur. 14. Yeremini ne hostes agros vestros popiilentur.
15. Eomanis frumentum non polliciti siimus. 16. Eomani
Helvetiis obsides non poUicebuntur.
Write in Latin.
1. We were exhorting and promising. 2. They have
promised ripe corn. 3. He says that they have promised
ripe corn. 4. He fears that the Eomans will promise* com to
our enemies.^ 5. Let us not promise corn to the Gauls.
6. Let us not look at the men. 7. Let us not fear the diffi-
culties of the route. 8. I fear that the route will be* dan-
gerous.
Notes and Questions.
1 See Ln. XXXY., Yy., 1. 2 Define a Deponent Verb. (77)
What Participles do Deponent Verbs have ? What Infinitives ?
3 See 39,
* When the Present Subjunctive depends upon a verh of fearing which
is in the Present Tense, render it by the Future Indicative : ne Aedui pol-
liceantur, that the Aedui will promise.
^ ne is here an adverb.
6 See Ln. XXIX., Example 7.
^ What is the object of nunciat ?
8 See Ln. XXXIIL, Note 3.
72 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
LESSON XLVII.
FOURTH DECLENSION.
96. A. & G. 12, 1, 2 : A. & S. 8T ; 88 : B. 142 ; 143, Eem. 2 :
B. & M. 137: G. 67; 68: H. 116, 1, 2 ; 118, (1).
97. jyeclension o/domus. A. & G. 12, 3, e : A. & S. 89: B.
143, Rem. 8 : B. & M. 144: G. 67, 2 : H. 119.
VOCABULARY,
adventus, us, m. arrival, approach,
coinmoveo, ere, commovi, commotum, THiove, disturb.
conspectus, us, m. sight ; view,
cornii, us, n. horn; of an army, wing,
dexter, dextra, dextrum, right,
domiis, us, f. house; domi, at home,
equitatiis, us, m. cavalry,
exercitus, us, m. army.
impetus, us, n. attach.
paene, adv. almost,
semper, adv. always,
sustined, ere, ui, sustentum, sustain, witlistand.
Parse the nouns and verbs.
1. De Caesaris adventu.^ 2. Helvetii Caesaris adventu^
commoti sunt. 3. In conspectu hostium. 4. Omnium^ ex
conspectu. 5. Paene in conspectu exercitus nostri^ agri vas-
tantur. 6. Cum equitatu Helvetidrum. 7. Magnum nii-
merum equitatus semper habebat. 8. Equitatiis sustinebat
hostium impetum. 9. Labienus exercituT^ Eomano prae-
fuit. 10. Hostes impetus mllitum sustmere non potuerunt.
11. Equitatiim omnem praemittit {ke sends forward) qui^
impetum hostium sustmeat.^ 12. Ne hostium adventu
commoveamur. 13. A dextro cornu; ad dextrum comii.
14. Caesar domi fuit. 15. Sequani itinere*^ exercitum nos-
trum prohibere conantur.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 73
Notes and Questions.
1 See 16. How many declensions are there in Latin, and how distin-
guished from one another ? (S) What is the Stem-Ending of each ? What
are the Case-Endings of the Fourth Declension ?
2 See 79. 3 gee Ln. XXXVIIL, Note 10.
* nostri modifies exercitus.
5 See 67.
6 qui — sustineat, to withstand,
7 See Ln. XLIIL, Note 6.
LESSON XLVIII.
FIFTH DECLENSION.
98. A. & G. 13, I, Note, 2, 6 : A. & S. 90, 1, Eemark 1 : B.
144, Note ; 145, Rem. 1, 2 : B. & M. all of 14=6; 147: G. 69, Re-
marks 1, 2 ; 70 : H. 120, 1, 2, 4 ; 121.
' VOCABULARY.
commeatus, us, m. supplies, provisions.
comparo, are, avi, atum, prepare.
dies, diei, m. day.
fides, fidei, f. faith, pledge, promise.
pernicies, perniciei, f. ruin, destruction.
profectio, onis, f. departure.
res, rei, f. thing, affair,
spes, spei, f. hope, expectation.
Analyze and parse.
1. Cum pemTcie^ exercitus. 2. Ad suam perniciem.
3. Uno die. 4. Diem dicunt {tAei/ appoint), 5. Sine spe.
6. In meliorem^ spem. 7. Magnam m spem. 8. Magnas
spes habemus. 9. Ees Helvetiis ^ enunciata est. 10. Putat
res Helvetiis enunciatas esse. 11. Omnes res ad profec-
tionem comparatae sunt. 12. Caesar paucos dies* ad^ Ye-
sontionem commeatus causa^ moratur. 13. Caesar Gallis
74 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
fidem dabit. 14. Vereor ne Caesar Helvetiis fidem det."
15. Si Caesar Germanis fidem det^ Romani non laetentur.
16. Caesar Divitiaco^ maximam fidem liabebat. 17. Ger-
manis parvam habet fidem. 18. Caesari fidem habeamus.^
Write in L.atin.
1. The aflFair will be reported to the Eomans. 2. He saj^s
(that) the affair has been reported to the Eomans. 3. We
had great expectations. 4. We shall prepare all things for the
departure. 5. With the ruin of many cities. 6. We shall delay
many days near^ Eome for the sake of provisions. 7. We
fear that the leader will give"^ a pledge to the Eomans. 8. We
have the greatest confidence in^ the Helvetii. 9. They have
very little ^^ confidence in the Germans.
Notes and Questions.
1 What is the Stem of pernicies, dies, spes, fides ? When is the final
Stem-Vowel short ? What are the Case-Endings of the Fifth Declension ?
Which nouns are complete in the Plural ?
2 See 84. 8 See 39.
* See 93, 6 See Ln. XXXV., Note 4.
6 See General Vocabulary under causa.
7 See Ln. XL VI., Note'4.
8 Divitiaco — fidem habebat, had — confidence in Divitiacus ; lit. , had
confideiice to Divitiacus. See 39.
9 See Ln. XXIX., Ex. 7. lo See Ln. XXXIX., Note 2.
LESSON' XLIX.
VERBS : THIRD CONJUGATION : ACTIVE VOICE.
99* Learn the entire Active Voice of the Third Conjugation.
A. & G. 33: A. & S. 158: B. 87; 88: B. & M. fl92: G. 131; 132:
H. 209; 241-248.
rmST LESSONS IN LATIN. 75
a. The Imperative and Present Indicative have a connecting vowel
between the Stem and Personal Ending ; this connecting vowel is
u before n, elsewhere i. The First Person Singular Present Indica-
tive has the termination 6 ; the Second Person Singular Present Im-
perative, the termination e.
h. The Imperfect Indicative has a connecting vowel (e) between
the Stem and Tense-Sign ; the Present Participle and Present Infini-
tive, a connecting vowel (e) between the Stem and Ending.
c. The Future Indicative has a connecting vowel between the Stem
and Personal Ending ; this is a in the First Singular, elsewhere e.
VOCABULARY,
'contendo, ere, contend!, contentum, hasten, march rapidly,
dimitto, ere, dimisi, dimissum, dismiss.
gero, ere, gessi, gestum, carry, carry on.
mitto, ere, misT, missum, send.
tollo, ere, sustiili, sublatum, lift, take away.
Conjug^ate and give a synopsis of each verb ; name its elements ; parse
the nouns and adjectives.
1. Caesar in Italiam magnis itineribus^ contendit. 2. Cae-
sar ad hostes contendit equitatumque omnem mittit.^ 3. Cae-
sarem hortemiir lit ad hostes contendat. 4. Helve tii legatos
ad Caesarem mittunt. 5. Helvetii exercitum Eomanum sub
jugum^ miserunt. 6. Nanciat Helvetios exercitum Edmanum
siib jiigum misisse. 7. Imperator celeriter concilium dimittit.
8. Consul spem fiigae tollebat. 9. Tolle^ consul^ spem f iigae.
10. Belgae cum Germanis continenter bellum gesserunt.
11. Si omnes res ad profectionem comparatae sint, in Galliam
ulteriorem contendamus. 12. Yeremur tit^ rex cum hostibus
bellum gerat.^
Write in I^atin.
1. Let us hasten into farther Gaul. 2. Let us urge the
lieutenant to hasten into hither Gaul. 3. The Eomans car-
ried on war with the Gauls many years.^ 4. The Sequani had
sent our army under the yoke. 5. The king will have taken
76 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
away the hope of flight. 6. The king had taken away the
hope of flight. 7. He thinks that the king has taken away
the hope of flight.
Notes and Questions.
1 magnis itineribus, hy long marches. See S4,
2 Name the Stems of mitto. What are the Future Endings of the Third
Conjugation ? Of the First and Second ? What is the sign of the Imper-
fect Indicative ?
3 When was an army "sent under a yoke," and why? See General
Vocabulary under jugum.
* ut after verbs of fearing is to be rendered that not,
5 See Ln. XLVL, Note 4.
6 What question does "many years" answer ? {93)
LESSON L.
VERBS : PASSIVE VOICE : THIRD CONJUGATION.
100* Learn the entire Passive Voice of the Third Conjugation.
A. & G. 33: A. & S. 158: B. 87; 88: B. & M. 293: G. 133; 134:
H. 210.
See also 73, a, of this book, observing that in the Third Conjuga-
tion the exception is the Second Person Singular of the Present Indica-
tive instead of the Future.
VOCABULARY,
cingo, ere, einxT, cinctum, surround, encircle,
deligO, ere, delegi, delectum, select, choose.
dico, ere, dixi, dictum, say, tell.
ducO, ere, duxi, ductum, lead, draw.
vineo, ere, vicT, victum, conquer.
Conjuirate and give a synopsis of each verb.
1. Exercitus Eomanus ab Helvetiis siib jugum missus est.^
2. Orgetorix deligitur.^ 3. Cassius legatus^ deligetiir. 4. Yix
singuli carri ducebantur. 5. Vix singuli carri per angustias
G
PIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 77
ducti erant. 6. Paene t5tum oppidum flumine^ ciiigitur.
7. Ne ab hostibus^ vincamur. 8. Si ab hostibus victi es-
semus, victoria^ gloriati essent.^ 9. Si Caesar exercitui^
praesit^ non vincamiiii. 10. Non imperator^ deligeris.
11. Carri per angustias duel non possunt."^ 12. Germani a
Eomanis vinci non poterant.'^ 13. Urbs cingitur; urbs cin-
getur. 14. Castra vallo^^ cincta sunt. 15. Si castra vallo
cingatur, non vincamus. 16. Si Caesar imperator delTgatur,
omnes laetentur.
Write in I^atin.
1. The Helvetii had been sent under a yoke. 2. Caesar said
(that) the Gauls had been sent under a yoke. 3. The wagons
will be drawn with difficulty one by one. 4. Almost the entire
town was surrounded by a river.^ 5. We shall not be con-
quered by the enemy. ^ 6. We fear that you will be conquered^ '
by the Germans. 7. As brave soldiers as possible^ will be
selected. 8. The best (men) have been selected. 9. We fear
that our soldiers will be sent under a yoke. 10. You fear
that^^ Titus will not^^ send the enemy under a yoke. 11. We
fear that Caesar will not select the bravest soldiers. 12. We
shall select as many soldiers as possible. 13. If the general
should select the bravest men, all would rejoice. 14. Let us
select as brave soldiers as possible.
Notes and Questions.
1 What are the Personal Endings of the Passive Voice ? {72) What are
the Future Endings of the Third Conjugation, Passive Voice ? Of the First
and Second Conjugations, Passive Voice ? Which verbs have a Passive
Voice ? Ans. Transitive Verbs, i. e. verbs which in the Active Voice take
a direct object. {34)
2 See 64. ^ See Ln. XXXI., Note 6.
* See 79 and Ex. 2. ^ See Ln. XXXVI., Ex. 5.
6 See 07. ^ See Ln. XLV., Note 8.
8 See Ln. XLVL, Note 4. ^ See Ln. XLTL, Note 7.
10 See S4. ^^ See Ln. XLIX., Note 4.
78 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
LESSON LI.
VERBS : FOURTH CONJUGATION.
101. Learn the entire conjugation of audio, Active and Passive.
A. & G. 34 : A. & S. 160 : B. 83 ; 84 : B. & M. 300; SOI : G. 135
-138: H. 211; 212.
a. The Third Person Plural of the Present Indicative and Future
Imperative has the connecting vowel u : e. g. audi-u-nt, audi-u-nto ;
see also 99, b and c.
^ VOCABULARY
audio, ire, ivi, itum, hear.
con-venio, ire, veni, ventum, come together, assemhle.
munio, ire, ivi, itum, fortify.
per-venio, ire, veni, ventum, come to, arrive.
venio, ire, veni, ventum, come.
Conja^rate and grive a synopsis of eacli verb*
1. Pueri multas res audiunt. 2. Multae res a pueris audi-
unttir. 3. Milites imperatdrem audient. 4. Imperator a
imlitibus audietur. 5. Belgae totum oppidam munivemnt.^
6. Totum oppidum a Belgis munitum est. 7. Si castra a
milTtibus mumtum esset, hostes non vTcissent. 8. Miiniamus
urbem Eomam. 9. Caesar in Galliam citeriorem venit.^
10. Yen!, vidi,^ vIcT.^ 11. Ad rlpam Ehodani omnes con-
veniunt. 12. Milites hortatur tit ad ripam Ehodani conve-
niant. 13. In fines Gallorum pervenerunt, quum [when)
propter vulnera militum pancos dies^ morati sunt. 14. Hel-
vetii in Aeduorum fines pervenerant^ et agros popiilabantur.^
Write in Latin.
1. The soldiers had heard many things. 2. Many things
are heard by the soldiers. 3. The ambassador will be heard.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
79
4. The Eomans came into farther Gaul. 5. They fortified
Geneva^ a walled town. 6. Let us fortify many towns. 7. We
came^ we saw^ we conquered. 8. The bravest soldiers have
assembled on the bank of the Ehine.
Notes and Questions.
1 What other Ending has the Perfect Indicative Active, Third Plural ?
2 How does venit differ from venit in meaning ?
^ vidi from video ; vici from vinco.
* See 93,
5 How does the Plnperfect Indicative represent the action ? {42)
6 How does the Imperfect Indicative represent the action ? (36)
"^ How many conjugations are there, and how distinguished from one
another ?
LESSON LII.
THIRD CONJUGATION ; VERBS IN lO.
102. Learn the entire conjugation, Active and Passive, of cSpiS.
A. & G. 30, S,h; 33: A. & S. 159 : B. 93 : B. & M. 294-297:
G. 139; 140: H. 321-223.
VOCABULARY.
capio, capere, cepi, captum, taJce, capture,
cupio, ciipere, ciipivi, cupitum,
facio, facere, feci, factum.
fodio, fodere, fodi, fossiim,
fiigio, fiigere, fugi, fugitum,
jacio, jacere, jecT, j actum,
rapio, rapere, rapui, raptiim,
make, do; iter fScgrg, to
march,
dig.
flee.
throw, hurl.
, plunder.
Conjugate and give a synopsis of each verb.
1. Eomani multa oppida ceperunt. 2. Malta oppida a
Eomanis capta sunt. 3. Helvetii magnas possessiones cupient.
80 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
4. Magnae possessiones ab Helvetiis cupientur. 5. Nostri
milites tela m hostes jaciebant.^ 6. Germani castra Eoma-
nomm rapuerunt. 7. Germani magnam fossam foderant.
8. Fossas multas et magnas foderimus. 9. Fiigite^^ milites^^
m urbem. 10. Dux nunciat hostes* oppidum captures^ esse.
11. Legatus dixit oppTdum a militibus captiim esse.^ 12. Una
pars initium a flumme Eliodano capit. 13. Legatus veretur
ne locus ex internecione exercitus nomen capiat." 14. Helvetii
per provinciam nostram iter faciebant. 15. Helvetii per
agrum Sequanorum iter mAeduorum fines facient. 16. Iter
faciamus m fines Germanorum. 17. Legatus mllites liorta-
batur lit iter celerius^ facerent.^ 18. Mllites iter celerius
fecere non possunt.
Notes.
1 Change sentences 5, 6, 7 into the Passive fonn ; compare sentences 3
and 4.
2 See 47. 8 gee Ln. V., Note 5.
4 See 53,
s Why capturds and not captlirtis ?
6 cap turn esse, had been taken.
7 See Ln. XLYL, Note 4. 8 gee Ln. XXXVIIL, Note 3.
9 celSrius, an adjective, modifying iter.
LESSON LIII.
DEPONENT VERBS: THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS.
103. Leam the entire Third and Fourth Conjugations of Deponent
Verbs. A. & G. 35, 1 : A. & S. 161 ; 158-160 : B. 93 : B. & M.
S09; SIO: G. 145-148: H. 228-230.
104. Ablative tvitJi certain Deponents. A. & G. 54, 6, d ;
A. & S. 245 : B. 258, a : B. & M. 880: G. 405 : H. 419, I.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 81
VOCABULARY.
metior, metiri, mensiis siim, measure, deal out
nitor, niti, nisiis or nixiis sum, strive, endeavor.
orior, oriri, ortiis siim, rise, begin.
potior, potiri, potitiis sum, get possession of, obtain.
proficiscor, proficisci, profectus sum, set out, depart.
sequor, sequi, secutiis siim, follow.
utor, uti. usiis siim, use, maJce use of.
Conjugate ; name the Stems ;1 give synopses ; parse.
1. Caesar hostes sequitiir. 2.' Caesar paucos dies^ m5-
ratus^ hostes secattis est. 3. Liscus cum legionibus e castris
profectus est. 4. Caesar maturat ab urbe proficisci. 5. Bel-
gae ab extremis Galliae f inibus^ oriuntur. 6. Milites frumento
non titentur. 7. Frumento uti^ homines non poterant.
8. Pace uti non possumus. 9. Impedlmentis castrisque nos-
tril potiti sunt. 10. Nitebantiir iit imperio potTrentur.
11. Mtentur ut"^ t5tius Galliae imperio p6tiantur.'<^ 12. Galli
nituntur tit impedlmentis potiantur. 13. Dux viris^ frumen-
tum metitiir. 14. Liscus militibus frumentum non mensus
erat. 15. Nitamur ut to tins Italiae imperio potiamur.
"Write in I^atin.
1. Liscus will follow the enemy. 2. Our soldiers followed
the Gauls. 3. The Gauls were following our army. 4. When
I shall have set out from the city. 5. "We shall make use of
the corn. 6. The lieutenant is striving to get possession of
the camp. 7. Let us strive to get possesion of ^ the baggage.
8. They attempt to get possession of ^ the camp. 9. The Gauls
were striving to get possession of the entire town.
Notes and Questions.
1 The Present Stem of Deponent Verbs is found in the Present Infini-
tive by dropping the Ending ri in the First, Second, and Fourth Conjuga-
tions, and the Ending i in the Third (cf. 28) : e. g. HORTArl, vfir.Erl,
82 PIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
POTiri, and utI are Present Infinitives ; horta, vere, poti, and ut their
Present Stenn.
The Supine Stem, of Deponent Verbs is found in the Perfect Participle
by dropping the ending us (cf. 50) : e. g. hortatus, veritus, poxixas,
and usus are Perfect Participles ; horxax, verix, potIx, and us their
Supine Stems.
2 moratus, having delayed, ^ dies, why in the Accusative ?
4 finibus, limits. ^ See 69.
6 nostri, our men. ^ See Ln. XXXVIIL, Noxe 3.
8 See 39.
Which Stem is wanting in Deponent Verbs ? What is a Deponent Verb ?
What is the derivation and meaning of deponent .? See under depdno, Gen-
eral Vocabulary.
LESSON LIV.
GENERAL EXERCISE : PLACE.
105. riaee to ivhicJu A. & G. 55, 3, 6 : A. & S. 23T, Rem. 4 :
B. 221, Rule XIL : B. «fe M. 988: G. 410 : H. 379, 3, I).
106. Place at or in tvhich. A. & G. 55, 3, c, d : A. & S. 221,
Rem. 3; 254: B. 249, Rule XXXVIL : B. & M. 982; 9SS: G.
412 : H. 421, I., II. ; 424, 2.
107. Place from which. A. & G. 55, 3, a : A. & S. 255,
Remark I : B. 254, Rule XXXIX. : B. & M. 941^ 94S: G. 411 :
H. 421, I., IL : 424, 2.
a. 105 answers the question Whither ? or To what place ? 106,
Where ? or In what 2>lcice ? 107, Whence ? or From ichat place ?
EXAMPLES.
1. Caesar Genevam {105) contendit, Caesar hastened to
Geneva.
2. Liscus Aquileiae {106) fuit, Liscus was IN Aquileia.
3. Cassius Roma {107) venit, Cassius came from Rome.
4. Divitiacus plurimum domi poterat, Divitiacus was very
powerful AT home.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 83
VOCABULARY.
domus, us and i, f. house, home : domi, at home ;
domiiin, home, homeward;
domo, from home,
nihil (an indecl. neuter noun), nothing.
Noviodunum, i, n. Noviodunum.
plurimus, a, iim, most : plurimum poss^, to
be very powerful,
prae-mitto, ere, misi, missiim, send forward.
re-vertor, verti, versus sum, return.
Suevi, orum, m. the Suevi.
tra-duco, ducere, duxi, ductum, lead across.
Analyze 1 and parse.
1. Consiiles Eomae plurimos^ annos^ fuerunt. 2. Eoma
venerunt legati Genevam. 3. Divitiacus plurimum^ domi^
atque in reliqua Gallia poterat.^ 4. Imperator omnem equi-
tatum Noviodunum praemisit. 5. Domum mittam pueros
malos. 6. Suevi ad ripas Elieni venerant et domum reverte-
bantur. 7. Nitemur tit Noreiam revertamiir. 8. Si Eoma
proficiscamur^^ non domum revertamiir. 9. Yeremiir iit^
nostri amici Eomae multos dies maneant.^ 10. Helvetii jam
per angustias et fines Sequanorum suas copias traduxerant et
in Aeduorum fines pervenerant.
Write in "Latin,
1. We shall be at home very many ^ days.^ 2. The friends
will come home. 3. They same from Noviodunum to Eome.
4. The consul sent forward all the troops to Geneva. 5. He
fears that we shall not® return® home. 6. Let^ us return
home. 7. They will attempt to return to Geneva. 8. He
was not able to return home. 9. If the soldiers had marched
more quickly^ they would have come to the banks of the
Ehone.
84 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
Notes.
1 See Ln. XXXIX., Note 2. 2 gee 93.
3 See Ex. 4. * How is domus declined ? (97)
^ How is tlie Present Subjunctive with si translated ? (Ln. XXIX.,
Ex. 1.)
6 See Ln. XLVL, Note 4 and Ln. XLIX., Note 4.
7 See Ln. XXIX., Ex. 7.
8 See Ln. LIL, Note 9 and Ln. XXXVI., Ex 5.
LESSON LV.
NUMERALS. — EXTENT IN SPACE.
108. Learn the Cardinals and Ordinals j the declension of unus,
duo, tres, and miUe. A. & G. 18, l,a-e: A. & S. 117, L ; 118, 1,
2,6; 119: B. 167; 168, Eem. 1-5: B. &M. 201-204; 206; 207. -
G. 92-94; 308: H. 171 ; 172; 174-179.
109. Extent in Space. A. & G. 52, 4, c : A. & S. 236 :
B. 220, Rule XL: B. & M. 958: G. 335; 336: H. 378. This
answers such questions as How far ? How deep ? How high ? How
wide ? How long ?
EXAMPLES.
1. Castra ab urbe milia passuum octo absunt, the camp is
EIGHT MILES distant from the city.
2. Flumen pedes viginti altiim est, the river is twenty feet
deep,
3. Mons pedes nongentos altiis est, the mountain is nine
hundred feet high.
VOCABULARY.
alter, altera, alterum, one of two, the other.
latiis, a, um, wide.
longus, a, um, lo7ig.
passus, us, m. step, pace ; mille passuum, a mile; lit.,
a thousand of paces.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 85
pes, pedis, m. foot.
pono, p5iiere, posui, positum, jplace, put ; castr^ ponSrg, to
'pitch a camp.
vigilia, ae, f. watch ; de prima vigilia, in the
first watch.
N. B. No numerals will be given in the Vocabularies ; they must be
learned from the grammar.
Translate and parse*
1. Flumen est pedes quadraginta tres latum.^ 2. Mons
decern milia^ trecentos pedes altus est. 3. Fossa pedes tre-
centos longa est, sex pedes alta. 4. Fossa pedes quindecTm
lata est. 5. Milites duas fossas quindecim pedes latas fode-
runt. 6. Caesar domum^ tertiam* legionem misit. 7. De
tertia vigilia^ centum et triginta quinque mllites praemittit.
8. Milia passu um^ tria ab urbe castra posuit. 9. Oppida Sd'^
quadraginta et vicos ad quadringentos incendunt. 10. Erant
itinera duo ; unum per Sequanos ; alterum per provinciain
nostram. 11. Summa^ erat capTtum Helvetiorum^ milia
ducenta et sexaginta tria. 12. Circiter milia hominum cen-
tum et triginta superfuerunt.
Write in liatin.
1. The river is sixteen feet deep. 2. The river is two
hundred feet wide. 3. The mountain is eight thousand feet
liigh. 4. The river is ninety-four miles long. 5. The men
dug a ditch ten feet deep. 6. We shall send the soldiers
home in the second watch. 7. They burned about eiglity
towns. 8. We shall pitch our camp about twenty miles from
Rome.
Notes and Questions.
1 What does latum modify ? "What is it modified by ?
2 Spelled also with two I's : millia.
3 See 105, * What kind of a numeral is tertiam ?
86 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
^ The Romans divided the night into four equal parts named prima
vigilia, secunda vigilia, tertia vigilia, quarta vigilia.
^ A Roman pace (passus) as a measure of length was about five feet.
^ ad with numerals signifies about.
8 summa, the sum total.
® capitum Helvetiorum, of the Helvetii ; lit. of the heads of the Helvetii.
LESSON LVI.
COMPOUND NOUNS. — ABLATIVE OF TIME.
110* Compound Nouns. A. & G. 14, 2, d : A. & S. 91 :
B. 151: B. & M. 176: H. 125; 126.
111. Ablative of Time. A. & G. 55, I : A. & S. 253 : B. 252,
Rule XXXVIIL : B. & M. 949: G. 392: H. 426. The Ablative
of Time answers the questions When ? At what time ? Within
what tiTne ? What question does the Accusative of Time answer ?
See 93.
EXAMPLES.
1. Die septimo pervenit, he arrived ON THE SEVENTH DAY.
2. Proxima noete castra movit, the next night he broke up camp.
VOCABULARY.
di-vido, vidgrg, vidi, visum, divide, separate.
in-c6l6, colere, colui, cultum, inhabit, dwell.
jusjurandum, jurisjurandi, n. oath.
lS<;us, us, m. lake.
mensis, is, m. month.
potens, potentis, adj. able, powerful.
pro, prep. w. ahl. before, for.
respublica, reipublicae, f. republic, commx)nwealth.
Analyze and parse.
1. Galli Edmanis^ jusjurandum dederunt. 2. Dixit Gallos
Eoinanis jusjurandum dedisse.^ 3. Multas res jurejiirando ^
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. ^ 87
sanxerunt [theT/ ratified), 4. In^ rempubicam legatus sex
legiones duxit. 5. Pr5 republica; pro castris. 6. Per tres
potentissimos populos totius^'Galliae. 7. In fines Lingonum
die quarto pervenerunt. 8. Proxima nocte de quarta vigTlia^
castra moverunt. 9. Proximo die Caesar e castris copias suas
eduxit. 10. Solis occasu suas copias Ariovistus in castra re-
duxit. 11. Domi'^ manserunt septem menses.^ 12. Quadra-
ginta tres annos regnavit. 13. Nitamur^ tit solis occasu pr6-
ficiscamur.^^ 14. Gallia est^^ omnis dlvTsa^^ in partes tres,
quarum [of which) unam^^ incolunt Belgae, aliam^ Aquitani,^^
tertiam^^ Galli.^^ 15. A lacu Lemanno ad montem Juram
fossam vigintl pedes ^^ latam fodit. 16. De tertia vigilia cum
legionibus tribus e castris profectus est. 17. Dicithostes sub
monte castra posuisse mllia^^ passuumab nostris castris octo.^^
Notes.
1 See 39. 2 See Ln. XVII.
8 See 54, * in, against.
s Which adjectives are declined like totus ? {24)
6 See Ln. LY., Note 5. "^ See 106.
8 See 93, ^ See Ln. XXIX., Ex. 7.
10 See Ln. XXXVIII. , Note 3.
11 est — divisa is the same as divisa — est.
12 Understand partem. i^ Subject of inc blunt understood.
1* See 109, ^^ octo modifies milia.
LESSON LVII.
PRONOUNS : PERSONAL, POSSESSIVE, AND REFLEXIVE.
112. Learn the declension of ego, tu, sui. A. & G. 19, 1-3, a, e :
A. & S. 132, I ; 133, 4 ; 139, I -3 : B. 171 ; 172, a, 6, Rem. 2 ;
173,^: B. & M. 230-232; 234=; 236: G. 97-100: H. 182;
184, 1, 4, 5, 7, 9 ; 185.
88 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
Translate and parse. "
1. Ego^ sum malus^ sed tu es bonus. 2. Ego vos sub
jugum mittam. 3. Nos vobis^ amici silmus. 4. Nunciat
nobis te venisse. 5. Ego de prima vigilia profectus essem, si
tuvenisses. 6. Nostra consilia hostibus enunciantur. 7. Ob-
sid«s inter sese* dant. 8. Inter se jusjurandum dant.
9. Omnes lingua^^ institutis/ legibus^ inter se^ differunt
(differ), 10. Helvetii suls finibus'^' Germanos prohibebant.
11. Caesar suos milites in Galliam mittet sed in provinciam
nostros.^ 12. Tuus filius in Galliam citeriorem iter faciet.
Write in I^atin.
1. I am a Eoman but you are a Gaul. 2. He will announce
to you (that) we have come. 3. Your plans will be reported
to us. 4. The Helvetii and Sequani will give hostages to each
other. 5. He says (that) the Gauls and Germans will give
hostages to each other. 6. I shall send my soldiers home^
but yours into Gaul. 7. You will be friendly to us. 8. I
fear that you will not^^ be^^ friendly to us.
Nofes.
1 Form, for parsing a pronoun, — gg5 is a personal pronoun ; declined,
eg<i, mely mih% rae, me; Plural, nos, nostrUm or nostrl, nobis, nos, nobis;
made in the Nominative Singular, because it is the subject of siim ; rule
(see S2),
2 See 64. s gge 80.
4 inter sesg, to each other ; lit. a7nong themselves.
5 inter se, from each other.
6 See Ln. I., Note 5. 7 See Ln. XLIIL, Note 6.
8 nostros, ours : sc. milites.
® See 105. 10 See Ln. XLIX., Note L
11 See Ln. XLVL, Note 4.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 89
LESSON LVIII.
PRONOUNS {continued) : DEMONSTRATIVE.
113, Learn the declension and meanings of hic, illg, iste, ipsg,
is, idem. A. & G. 20, 1, 2 : A. & S. 134, Kem. 6 ; 135 : B. 173, 6,
1-3: B,&M.. 239; 24:3: G. 101 ; 102 : H. 186, L-VL
Analyze and parse.
1. Horum^ omnium fortissimi sunt Belgae. 2. Hi omnes
lingua^ institutis^ legibus inter se differunt. 3. Eorum^ unS,
pars initium capit a flumine Eliodano. 4. Mmime^ ad eos
mercatores^ saepe commeant. 5. Ei flliam suam m matri-
monium dat. 6. Is sibi^ legatidnem ad civitates suscepit.
7. Ea res est^ Helvetiis enunciata. 8. Eodem die'^ cum
duabiis^ legionibus proficiscetur et iis^ ducibus. 9. Ipse^^ ex
Helvetiis uxorem habet. 10. Ipsi m eorum^^ finibus bellum
gerunt. 11. Mllia^^ passuum tria^ ab eorum castris castra
ponit. 12. Ab iisdem^^ nostra consTlia hostibus enunciantur.
13. Ipse de quarta vigilia eodem itmere^* ad eos contendit
equitatumque^^ omnem ante se mittit.
Notes.
1 Demonstrative pronouns are used sometimes substantively and some-
times adjectively : e. g. lii omnes differunt, all these differ ; ad has sus-
piciones, to these suspicions. In the foimer case parse them as nouns ; in
the latter, as adjectives.
2 is is very often used as a Personal Pronoun of the Third Person, and
should then be rendered by the proper case and number of he, she, it ; e. g.
is sibi suscepit, he toolc upon himself; ad eds, to them ; in eOriiin fini-
bus, in their territory ; ejiis milites, his soldiers; el dat, he gives to
HIM.
3 minime modifies saepe, * See 32,
5 See 67, ^ est enunciftta = finunoiftta est.
"^ See 111, ' 8 See 108,
90 EIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
9 Is iis used substantively or adjectively ?
10 ipsg — habet, he himself has.
11 See Note 2. 12 See 109.
13 When a Demonstrative Pronoun is used as a substantive, we may
supply in translation the word one, man, men, persons, or soldiers, if mas-
culine; thing or things, if neuter: e. g. hie est fortis, this one is brave,
or THIS MAN is brave; ab iisdem, ^j^/ the same persons ; idem conantur,
theij attempt the same thing.
1* eddem itinere, by the same roiUe,
15 See Ln. XXIII., Note 2.
LESSON LIX.
PRONOUNS (continued) : RELATIVE.
114. neclension. A. & G. 21, 1, e : A. & S. 136 : B. 173, c,
Rem. 1 : B. & M. 245 : G. 103 : H. 187, 1, 3.
115. Agreement. A. & G. 48 : A. & S. 206 : B. 278, Rule
LIII. : B. & M. 683 ; 684: G. 615 ; 616 : H. 445, 1, w. fine print,
EXAMPLES.
1. Aquitania ad earn partem Oce^ni, quae est ad Hispanianiy
pertinet, Aquitania extends to tlmt part of the Ocean which
is near Spain.
2. Flumine Rheno, qui agrum Helvetium a Germanis divi-
dit, by the river Rhine, which separates the territory of the
' Helvetii from the Germans.
3. ProximiquS sunt Germanis, quibuseumi bellum gerunt,
and they are very near to the Germans, with whom they
carry on war.
Analyze and parse.
1. Proximique sunt Germanis^^ qui^ trans Ehenum inco-
lunt. 2. Ad montem Juram^ qui fines Sequanorum ab Hel-
vetiis dividit. 3. Ab Ocelo^ quod est citerioris provmciae
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 91
oppidum^ extremum. 4. Allobroges^ qui trans Ehodanum
vicos possessionesque habebant^ ad Caesarem veuiunt. 5. Vocat
Casticum^ cujus^ pater regnum multos annos^ obtinuerat.
6. Pontem/ qui erat ad Genevam^ jiibet rescindi.^ 7. Undique
loci natural Helvetii contmentur : una ex parte ^^ flumme^^
Rheno^^ latissmo atque altissimo^ qui agrum Helvetium a
Germanis dividit ; altera ^^ ex parte monte Jura altissimo^ qui
est inter Sequanos et Helvetios ; tertia^^ lacu Lemanno et flii-
mine Ehodano^ qui provinciam nostram ab Helvetiis dividit.
Write in Latin.
1. They are nearest to the Aquitani^ who dwell across the
Garonne. 2. The Aquitani are hemmed in by the Pyrenees,
which separate Aquitania from Spain. 3. He summons Titus,
whose brother held the sovereignty many years. 4. The Ger-
mans, who had possessions across the Ehine, came to Geneva.
5. He came with the very^^ soldiers whom we have seen.
6. He comes with the soldiers, of whom he has a very large
number.
Notes.
1 Observe that cum is appended to the Ablative of Relative and Personal
Pronouns.
2 See 86.
3 Fomi for parsing a relative. — qui is a Relative Pronoun ; declined,
qui, quae, quSd, cHjus, etc. (give its entire declension) ; made in the Mascu-
line Plural to agree with its antecedent Germanis (see 115); and in the
Nominative, because it is the subject of incolunt (32).
4 See 64. ^ cujus, whose.
6 See 93. ^ See S3.
8 See 52. ^ See Ln. XLV., Note 4.
i*^ Tina ex parte, on one side. ^^ See 54,
12 See 25, ^^ altera, second.
14 tertia, sc. ex parte.
15 Translate the very by the proper case of ipsS.
9Z
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
LESSON LX.
PRONOUNS (continued) : INTERROGATIVE AND INDEFINITE.
116, Learn the declension of the Interrogatives quis and qui ;
of the Indefinites aliquis and quis. A. & G. 21, 1, a, 2, d : A. & S.
13T, 1 ; 138, 1 : B. 173, d, Rem. 1, e, 1, 3 : B. & M. 246; 249-251 ;
1041, second part: G. 104, Remark; 105: H. 188, I. II., 1, 2;
189-191,1,2.
a. ali-quis is used both as a substantive and as an adjective; as a
substantive it is declined as follows :
Sing.
Plur.
Masculine,
Neuter.
■ Nom. ali-quis.
all- quid,
Gen. ali-cujiis,
ali-cujus,
Dat. ali-cm,
ali-cuT,
Ace. ali-quem,
ali-quid,
lAU. all-quo.
all-quo.
■ Noin. ali-qui,
Gen. ali-(iuomm.
Dat. ali-quibiis.
.
Ace. ali-quos,
■ Abl. ali-quibus.
As an adjective it is declined :
Masculine,
' Nom. ali-quis and ali-qui,
Gen. ali-cujiis,
Dat. ali-cui,
Ace. ali-quem,
■ AhL ali-quo.
Sing.
Pltjr.
■ Nom. ali-qui,
Gen. ali-quorum,
Dat. ali-quibiis,
Ace. ali-quos,
- AU. ali-quibus,
Feminine,
ali-qua,
ali-cujiis,
ali-cui,
ali-quam,
ali-qua,
ali-quae,
ali-quariim,
ali-quibiis,
ali-quas,
ali-quibiis,
Neuter.
ali-quod,
ali-ciijiis,
ali-cui,
ali-quod,
ali-quo.
S,li-qua,
ali-qu5riim,
ali-quibiis,
ali-qua,
ali-quibus.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 93
EXAMPLES.
1. Quis me vocat? who calls me?
2. Quern vidisti ? whom did you see ?
3. Quid domuin n5n venerunt? WHY have they not come home ?
4. Aliquem ad me mittent, they will send somebody to me.
5. Aliquid accidit, SOMETHING has happened.
6. Si quid aceidat Romanis, if anything should happen to the
Romans.
Parse the pronouns.
1. Quis vos vocavit? 2. Quein video? 3. Aliquem vidi.
4. Aliquos ad eiim miserunt. 5. Aliquem locum occiipavit.
6. Cum aliquibus principum venit. 7. Si quis veniat, laeter.
8. Quid non domi fuisti? 9. Quae est miilier quae venit?
10. Si quid milii aceidat^ n5n laeteris. 11. Si quid Ko-
manis aceidat^ non fortiter pugnent. 12. Aliquem ad te mit-
tam. 13. Aliquis dixit liunc esse consulem. 14. Eum lior-
tabor ut ciim aliquibus militum proficiscatur. 15. Yereor ne
quis veniat. 16. Vereor ne quid ei aceidat. 17. Ut aliquos
virorum mittant^ eos hortemur. 18. Cum aliquibus principum
ille venit.
LESSON LXI.
CONJUNCTIONS.
117. A. & G. 41 ; 43, 1, a, h, 3, a : A. & S. 198, L, IL, 1-11,
first statement under each; 278: B. 180, the whole; 330, Rule
LXXXI. : B. & M. 488-503; 1869; G. 15, IV., 3 ; 476; 485;
494 ; 500 ; 501 : H. 308 - 311, the whole ; 587, L, 2.
VOCABULARY,
aut, conj. or ; aut — aut, either — or.
et — gt, conj. loth — and.
itaque, conj. accordingly, therefore.
94 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
n^m, conj. for.
ne, nonne, num, interrogative particles (see Note 1).
Deque, conj. and not ; neque — neque, neither — nor.
postquam, conj. after ^ as soon as,
propterea, adv. for this reason.
quamquam, conj. although.
quod, conj. because.
sed, conj. but.
Translate, and parse ^ the conjunctions.
1. Imperator et^ magnus et fortis est. 'Z. Neque ^ magni
neque fortes sunt consules. 3. Dux non magnus est sed fortis.
4. Dumnorigem vocat eique^ filiam suam m matrimonium dat.
5. Itaque rem suscepit. 6. Horiim^ omnium fortissimi sunt
Belgae, propterea quod a cultu atque liumanitate provinciae
longissime^ absunt. 7. Helvetii iter per provinciam faciunt,
propterea quod aliud"^ iter habent nullum.*^ 8. Is pagus apel-
labatur TigurTnus^j nam omnis ci vitas Helvetia m quattuor
pagos divisa est. 9. Aut^ suis fimbus^ eos prohibent, aut
ipsl^^ m eorum flnibus bellum gerunt. 10. Miles, quamquam
est fortis, non pugnabit. 11. Postquam Caesar pervenit, ita
respondit. 12. Fortisne^^ est consul? 13. Nonne fortes
sunt consules ? 14. Num fortis est consul? 15. Si quid
haberem,^ id tibi darem. 16. Nltitur iit vincat.^^ 17. Nonne
consules domum venerant ? 18. Niim Titus legatus circiim
Genevam liiemavit ?
Nofes and Questions.
1 n^ is used to ask for information merely ; nonn§, when the answer yes,
and num, when the answer no is expected or implied ; e. g. bonusng est
puer? is the hoy good? nonne bonus est puerl is not the boy good? i. e.
the boy is good, is he not ? num bonus est puer ? the boy is Twt good is he ?
2 To parse a conjunction is to tell whether it is coordinate or subordinate ;
to which subdivision of its class it belongs ; what it connects : e. g. in sen-
tence 6, quod is a subordinate conjunction, because it connects a subordinate
with a principal clause ; causal, hecause it introduces a reason ; it connects
the subordinate clause propterea — absunt with the principal clause horum
— Belgae.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 95
8 When a conjunction is doubled, as et — et, aut — ant, the firet
strengthens the union or opposition denoted by the second.
4 See 39 and Ln. LYllL, Note 2. & See Ln. LVIIL, Note 1.
6 See Ln. XLII. 7 g^e 24,
8 Use the same word, Tigurinus, in translation.
9 See Ln. XLIIL, Note 6. lo What does ipsl emphasize ?
11 The interrogative particle ng is appended to the first word of its clause.
12 Mberem, / had. is See Ln. XXXVIIL, Note 3.
LESSON LXII.
CLASSIFICATION OF SENTENCES.
118, A good knowledge of the subject treated under the following
References will aid materially in translating and understanding the
Ablative Absolute, Subjunctive Mood, and Indirect Discourse, A. & G.
45, 1-8, coarse and fine print: A. & S. 200-203, coarse 'print:
B. 203, a-g; 288, a-f: B. & M. 1899-1401; 1404; 1405;
1407; 1408; 1411; 1418: G. 192; 193; 474, 1-4; 475; 505
- 508 : H. 343 - 361, coarse 'print.
t
VOCABULARY.
civis, is, m. and f. citizen.
in-fluo, fluere, fluxi, fluxum, flo'W into, em'pty,
inter-ficio, ficere, feci, fectum, hill.
posco, poscere, poposci, (no supine) demand.
postquam, conj. after, as soon as,
re-spondeo, spondere, spondi, sponsiim, Teply, answer.
Translate and analyze^ the following sentences.
1. Ejus rei popiilus Eomanus est testis. 2. DivTco re-
spondit'^ ejus rei populum Eomanum esse testem. 3. Hie
pagus unus Lucium Cassium consulem interfecerat et ejus ex-
ercitum siib jugum miserat. 4. Postquam Caesar pervenit,
obsides poposcit. 5. Elamen^ est Arar, quod in Rhodanum
96 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
influit. 6. Caesar a lacu Lemanno, qui in flumen Ehodanuni
influit, ad montem Juram^ qui fines Sequanorum ab Helvetiis
dividit^ fossam perducit. 7. Quis^ es ? Civis Eomanus sum.
8. Eelinquebatur una per Sequanos via^ qua propter angustias
ire {to go) non poterant. 9. Ob eas causas ei munitioni/
quam fecerat^ Titum Labienum legatum praefecit. 10. Yeni
lit te videam.
Write in L.atin.
1. Did the enemy send our army under the yoke ? 2. They
will not send us home will they^? 3. Did he not demand
hostages as soon as he arrived? 4. Who are those men?
They are Eoman citizens. 5. Who has come to see us ?
6. The Ehone is a river which empties into the sea. 7. One
way is left through the Alps by which we shall not be able to
march on account of the enemy. 8. We shall either keep
the Gauls from our territory or carry on war with them.
9. This man is both great and good. 10. We shall march
through Gaul because we have no otlier way.
Notes and Questions.
1 See Ln. XXXVI., Examples and Notes.
2 What is the object of respondit ?
8 See 64. * See <»4 ; what is the subject of es ?
^ See 67. 6 See Ln. LXL, Note 1.
LESSON LXIII.
PARTICIPLES.
119. Definition. A. & G. 25, 1 -3: A. & S. 148, 1, (l.)-(4) :
B. 53, d : B. & M. 265, last clause: H. 575.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 97
120. IHstinctions of Tense. A. & G. 72, 1 : A. & S. 274, 2 •
B. 323, Rule LXXV.: B. & M. 134S: G. 278 ; 279 : H. 572-574!
121. Used for a Subordinate Clause. A. & G. 72, 3 •
A. &S. 274, 3: B. 318 : B.&M.1S50: G. 6G7: H. 578, L-V.'
EXAMPLES.
1. Sese omnes flentes Caesari ad pgdes projecerunt all
WEEPING threw themselves down at Caesar's feet,
2. Liscus multos dies moratus profectus est, Liscus having
DELAYED nmny clays set out; or, Liscus^ after he had
DELAYED many days, set out.
3. Caesar eorum precibus adductus bellum suscepit, Caesar
HAVING BEEN INFLUENCED hy their entreaties undertook the
war; or, Caesar, because he had been influenced hy
their entreaties, undertook the war.
4. Helvetii ejus adventu commoti legates mittunt, the Helvetii
because disturbed (or, BECAUSE THEY HAVE BEEN DIS-
TURBED) hy his arrival send legates.
VOCABULARY.
ad-ducO, ducere, duxi, ductum, lead to, influence.
fleo, flere, flevi, fletum, v^eeip,
in-duc6, ducere, duxi, ductum, lead into, induce.
pets, petere, petivl and petii, petitum, heseech, ask, heg for.
pro-jicio, jicere, jeci, jectum, throw forward ; se projicSrg,
to throw one's self down.
Analyze, and parse the participles.
1. Omnes flentes^ pacem petiemnt. 2. Mulieres flentes
viros^ implorabant. 3. Belgae spectant m orientem solem.
4. Hostes in nostros venientes tela conjiciebant. 5. Milites
sese Tito^ ad pedes projicient. 6. Helvetii his rebus* adducti^
ciim proximis civitatibus pacem confirmant. 7. Liscus ora-
ti5ne Caesaris adductus locutus est. 8. Hac oratidne adducti
inter se^ jusjurandum daiit. 9. Is^ rcgni cupTdTtfite in-
98 EIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
ductus conjurationem nobilitatis fecit. 10. Sequani paucos
dies morati ad^ Genevam profecti sunt. 11. Helvetii omnium
rerum mopia adducti legatos ad eum"^ miser unt. 12. Caesar
de tertia vigilia profectus ad^ Genevam pervenit.
Write in I.atin.
1. The soldiers weeping throw themselves down at the feet of
Cassius. 2. Our (soldiers) hurl weapons against the advancing
enemy. 3. The Gauls^ after they had delayed a few days, set
out towards Rome. 4. Ariovistus, because he had been dis-
turbed by Caesar^s arrival, sent legates to him.*^ 5. The Ger-
mans having delayed a few days came across the Ehine.
6. The Gauls, because disturbed by Caesar^s arrival, send legates
to him.
Notes and Questions.
1 Parse a participle like an adjective (Ln. VI., Note 1), giving in addi-
tion the principal parts of its verb and the different participles formed from
the verb.
2 viros, husbands, ^ See 39; translate as if it were a Genitive.
* See 54,
^ Imitiite the Examples in translating the participles.
6 See Ln. LVIL, Note 4. ^ See Ln. LVIIL, Note 2.
8 S-d, towards^ for. ^ ad, in the vicinity of.
10 What participles has a transitive verb ? See Ln. XXXIIL, Note 5.
LESSON LXIV.
ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE.
122. A. & G. 54, 10, 6, Note : A. & S. 25T, Remarks 1, 2 :
B. 264, Rule XLIX., a-c: B. & M. 964-966: G. 408; 409:
H. 431, 1, 2.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
EXAMPLES.
Marco Messala et Marco Pisone consulibus, Marcus Messala
and Marcus Piso consuls; or better, in the consulship of Mar-
cus Messala and Marcus Piso.
Hoc responso dato discessit,
this reply having been given
when this reply had been given
having given this reply \ he departed,
after giving this
a,
K
c,
d.
e, after he had given this reply
VOCABULARY.
con-vertd, vertere, verti, versum,
dis-cedo, cedere, cessi, cessum,
ibi, adv.
re-linqu6, linquere, liqui, lictiim,
responsiiin, i, n.
re-vertor, verti, versus siim,
turn about, change,
depart.
there.
leave behind, leave.
answer,
return.
Analyze and parse.
1. Hac oratione^ habita^ Caesar concilium dimisit. 2. Hac
oratione ab Divitiaco habita omnes auxilium petierunt. 3. Hac
oratione habita conversae sunt omnium mentes. 4. Convocfitis
eorum^ principibus Caesar graviter^ eos accusat. 5. Marco
Messala et Marco Pisone consiilTbus conjurationem nobilitatis
fecit. 6. Ibi Centrones^ locis siiperioribus occupatis itinere^
exercitum prohibere conantur. 7. Munitis castris duas ibi
legiones reliquit et partem auxiliorum. 8. Hoc proelio trans
Ehenum nunciato Suevi domum "^ reverti coeperunt {began) ,
9. Convocatis eorum principibus^ quorum^ magnam copiam tn
castris habebat^ graviter eos accusat. 10. Hoc proelio trans
Ehenum nunciato Suevi^ qui ad rlpas Rheni venerant^ domum
reverti coeperunt.
100 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
Write in Ijatin.
1. When this speech had been delivered by Caesar all begged
for^ peace. 2. After giving this reply all departed. 3. He
came to Eome^ in the consulship of Titus and Cassius.
4. Having fortified the camp he set out with a part of the
auxiliaries. 5. After this battle had been reported across the
Ehone the Sequani began to return home.
Notes and Questions.
1 The learner should exercise skill and taste in translating the Ablative
Absolute ; in analyzing tell what relation it bears to the rest of the
sentence.
2 habita, from habSo, signifying hold, deliver, make,
8 See Ln. LVIIL, Note 2.
* From what adjective is grSviter derived ? What is the Stem of the
adjective ? What is the ending of the adverb ? See Ln. XLIl.
^ See General Vocabulary. 6 ggg Ln. XLIIL, Note 6.
7 See 105,
^ What is the gender and number of qu5rum ? Why ? {115) In what
case is it ? Why ? (40)
^ for belongs to the verb ; peace must be rendered by the Accusative.
LESSON LXV.
IRREGULAR VERBS: FERO.
123, Learn the entire conjugation of fer6. A. & G. 37, 4 :
A. i& S. 179: B. 109, IV. : B. & M. 422-424: G. 186: H. 292.
Conjugate and grive a complete synopsis of each verb.
1. Dux suis ^ auxilium fert. 2. Aiixilium militibus^aduce
fertiir. 3. Si dux suis auxilium ferat/ laetentur.^ 4. Si
auxilium militibus a duce feratiir^^ laetentur.^ 5. li^ suis
auxilium ferre iion poteraiit. 6. Eerte^ mllites, vestris^ auxi-
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 101
lium. 7. Popiilus Eomanus diu injurias tiilit. 8. Injuriae
a populo Romano diu latae sunt. 9. Populum Romfinum
hortatus est ut^ diu injurias ferrent.^ 10. Caesar dixit popii-
lum Eomanum diu injurias tulisse. 11. Numerus eoruin,*
qui^ arma ferebant^ magnus fuit. 12. Numerus eorum, a
quibus arma ferebantur^ magnus fuit. 13. Numerus eorum,
qui arma ferre poterant/ magnus fuit. 14. Numerus eorum, a
quibus arma ferri poterant, parvus fuit. 15. Si Gallis auxl-
lium ferres^ Galli vincerent. 16. Si quis^ Romanis auxilium
tulisset^ vicissent.
Notes and Questions.
1 The Plural Masculine of Possessive Pronouns is often used alone where
in translation some such word as 7neny soldiers, friends, may be supplied ;
the Plural Neuter, where we may supply things, possessions.
2 See 39. 3 See Ln. XXXVI., Ex. 4.
4 See Ln. LVIIL, Note 2. ^ gee Ln. XXXVIIL, Note 3.
6 See 115, "^ See Ln. XLV., Note 8.
8 What is quis when immediately preceded by si, nisi, ne, or nilm ?
How is it declined ? See Ln. LX.
LESSON LXVI.
COMPOUNDS OF FERO. — ABLATIVE OF SPECIFICATION.
124. Ablative of Specification. A. & G. 54, 9 : A. «& S. 250 :
B. 261, Rule XLVL : B. & M. 889: G. 398: H. 429. This an-
swers the question In what respect ?
EXAMPLES.
1. Virtute praecedunt, they excel IN COURAGE.
2. Numero ad duodecim, about twelve IN NUMBER.
102 « FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
VOCABULARY.
af-f er6, af-f erre, at-tuli, al-latum,i bring tOj carry to, offer.
con-f ero, con-ferre, con-tiili, col-lattim, bring together, carry to-
gether, collect.
dif-fero, dif-ferre, dis-tiili, di-latiim, carry different ways;
differ,
in-fero, in-ferre, in-tiili, il-latum, bring into, bring upon,
make ujpon.
re-ferd, re-ferre, rS-tuli, re-latiim, bring back, carry back.
Analyze and parse.
1. Hi omnes lingua^^ institutis,^ legibus^ inter se diffemnt.
2. Oppida sua omnia numero^ ad duodecim^ incendunt.
3. Eo^ circiter^ hominum numero sedecim milia^ misit.
4. Helvetii reliquos Gallos virtute praecedunt. 5. Helvetii
toti Galliae^ bellum inferebant. 6. Pars civitatis Helvetiae
insignem calamitatem populo Eomano intulerat. 7. Helvetii
minus facile flnitimis bellum inferre poterant."^ 8. Obsides,
arma, servi conferuntur. 9. Aedui dixerunt frumentum con-
ferrl.^ 10. Caesar sarcmas^^ in unum locum conferri^ jussit.^
11. Helvetii ciim omntbus suis carris secuti^^ impedimenta^^
in unum locum contulerunt. 12. His responsis^^ ad Cae-
sarem relatis iterum ad eum Caesar legatos ciim bis mandatis
mittit.
Write in liatin.
1. All differed from each other in language and laws.
2. They will burn their cities^, about five in number. 3. The
Romans will make war upon the Gauls.^ 4. I fear that the
Eomans will make^^ war upon the Gauls. 5. Let^^ us make
war upon both the Germans and the Belgae! 6. The baggage
will be collected into one place. 7. The Gauls, having fol-
lowed with all their horses, collected the wagons.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 103
Notes and Questions.
1 Accent the compounds of fero correctly: aflKro, afKrre, atttili
alldtum.
2 See 124, 8 See 108,
4 eo is an adverb; see Gen. Yy. ^ circiter modifies the numeraL
6 See 67. ^ poterant, could.
8 See 52, 9 jussit, from jiibeo.
if^ What is the difference between sarcinae and impedimenta ? See Gen-
eral Vocabulary under sarcina and impedimentum,
11 secuti from sequor ; where is it made ?
12 See 122. is See Ln. XLVL, Note 4.
14 See Ln. XXIX., Ex. 7.
LESSON LXVII.
IRREGULAR VERBS (co/i^mz^ec?) : VOLO AND ITS COMPOUNDS.
125, Learn the conjugation and meanings of void, nolo, mal5.
A. & G. 37: A. & S. 178: B. 109, VL: B. & M. 417-419: G.
189 : H. 293.
VOCABULARY,
a-verto, vertere, vertT, versiim, turn aivay.
malo, malle, malui, be more willing.
nolo, nolle, nolui, he unwilling, not wish.
unde, adv. from which place, whence,
vaco, are, avi, atum, he unoccupied.
volo, velle, volui, he willing, wish.
Conjugrate and give a synopsis of the verbs.
1. Aeduos^ flagitare^ Titus frumenturn^vult. 2. Helvetiis^
bellum inferre volumus. 3. Galli fimtimis bellum inferru
voluerant. 4. Si legatus pugnare veM, hostes fugiant.
5. Niim^ proficisci de tertia vigTlia vultis ? 6. Dumnorix
quam^ plurimas cTvTtates habere volebat. 7. Consul impedi-
menta^ m unum locum conferri vult. 8. Si vis mc^ flere.
104 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
9. Montem a Cassio occupari volmt. 10. Mons^ quern ^ a
Labieno occupari vol uit^ ab hostibus tenetur. 11. Dicit velle
sese^ de republica'' cum eo loqui. 12. Caesar ab Helvetiis
discedere^ nolebat. 13. Noluit eum locum vacare Liscus.
14. Dixit Caesarem ab Helvetiis discedere^ nolle. 15. Noluit
eum locum, unde Helvetii discesserant, vacare. 16. Vir in-
jurias diu ferre nolet. 17. Si legatusiter facere nolit, milites
laetentur. 18. Yereor ne^ dux suis auxilium ferre nolit.^
19. Iter ab Arare Helvetii averterant a quibus discedere
nolebat. 20. Pugnare^ Helvetii malunt quam fugere.^
21. Nonne mavis tuis^ auxilium ferre quam fugere ? 22. Om-
nes virtute ^^ praecedere mavult quam esse consul. 23. Gallis
prodesse quam bellum inferre maluit. 24. Exercitui praeesse
malet quam domi^^ m§,nere.
Write in liatin.
1. You do not wish to burn the town, do you^ ? 2. They
will wish to make war upon the Romans.^ 3. I fear that the
soldiers will not be willing® to collect the baggage. 4. Let us
be willing to follow with all our baggage. 5. If Caesar had
been willing to fight, the soldiers would not have fled. 6. Titus
does not wish this place to be unoccupied. 7. He will be
unwilling to bring aid to his^ (friends) . 8. You had been
unwilling to make war upon (your) neighbors. 9. He will be
more willing to fight than to flee. 10. The man was more
willing to excel all in valor ^^ than to be rich.
Notes.
1 See 71.
2 See A. & G. sr, 8, rZ : A. & S. ti73, 4 : B. 315, /, 3 : B. & M. 1152 ;
1153: G. 424: H. 551, II.
8 See 67. 4 See Ln. LXI., Note 1.
6 See Ln. XLIL, Note 7. « gee 53.
7 See 110. 8 See Ln. XLVL, Note 4.
9 See Ln. LXV., Note 1. ^^ See 124.
11 See 106.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 105
LESSON LXVIII.
IRREGULAR VERBS {continued) : EO AND FIO.
126, Learn the conjugation and meanings of e6 and fi6. A & G
37, 6, 7 : A. & S. 180; 182, Eem. 3 : B. 109, II., V.:' B. & M
413-415; 426-429: G. 185; 188, Remark : H. 394; 295, 1, 3.
EXAMPLES.
1. De Caesaris adventu certior factus est, he was informed of
Caesar's arrival.
2. Caesar certior factus est hostes castra posuisse, Caesar was
informed that the enemy had pitched a camp.
3. Caesarem certiorem faciunt hostes transire, they inform
Caesar that the enemy is crossing.
VOCABULARY.
certiis, a, iim, certain, sure ; certior fieri, to he in-
formed; lit., to he made more certain.
eo, ire, ivi, itum, go.
ex-e5, ire, ii, itiim, go out^ go forth, depart,
fio, fieri, factus sum, he made, hecome, occur,
trans-e5, ir§, ii, itum, go across, cross.
Conjugate the verbs and parse.
1. Domum^eunt; Eomanibo; Bibracte^ eamus.^ 2. Per
angustias Tbamiis ; per Gallomm fines iverunt. 3. I,^ miles,
domuiri ; ite^ pueri^ domum. 4. Hostes per nostram provin-
ciam Tverant. 5. Legatus Bibracte Ire contendit. 6. Caesar
cum his quinque legionibus ire* contendit. 7. In eam par-
tem Galliae itiiros^ esse Helvetios dixit. 8. Propter angus-
tias Tre* non poterant. 9. Helvetii de flnibus suis cum
omnibus copiis exTbant. 10. Nituntur tit e flnibus exeaiit.^
11. Magnus Humerus eorum"^ domo^ exibit. 12. Hie
106 PIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
pagus tinus domo patrum nostrorum memorial exierat.
13. Mumen Helvetii ratibus^9 transibant. 14. Si ilumen
transeant/^ eos vincamus. 15. Si hostes Ehodanum transire
conentur^, prohibeamus. 16. Boii ^^ trans Ehenum incoluerant
et 111 agmm Noricum^^ transierant. 17. Undique uno tem-
pore m hostes impetus fiebat. 18. His rebus ^^ fiebat.
19. De ejus^ adventu Helvetii certiores facti sunt. 20. Cae-
sar eodem die ab exploratoribus certior factiis suas c5pias
praemittere volebat. 21. Duo viri consules^^ facti erunt.
22. Per exploratores Caesar certior factiis est Sequanos per
provinciam iter fecisse.^^
Notes and Quesiions.
1 What question do d5mum and Bibracte answer ? See 105, a,
2 See Ln. XXIX., Ex. 7. ^ In what is the Imperative used ? {47)
* See 69, ^ Why is ituros in the Ace. Plural ?
6 How is the Subjunctive with tit to be translated after verbs of striving
and endeavoring ?
7 See Ln. LVIII., Note 2.
8 What question does dSmo answer ?
9 See HI. 10 See 54.
11 See Ln. XXIX., Ex. 1. 12 See Gen. Vy.
18 See 79. 1* See 64.
16 See Ex. 2.
LESSON LXIX.
DEFECTIVE AND IMPERSONAL VERBS.
127* Defective Verbs. A. & G. 38, l,a-c, Note: A. & S.
183,1-3: B. Ill, 6, Rem. 1, 2 : B. & M. 434-437: G. 190, 5 :
H. 29T, L
128. Impersonal Verbs. A. & G. 39, a-d: A. & S. 184, 1:
B. 112; 113: B. & M. 451; 452 f 454: G. 199: H. 298; 299.
129. Infinitive as Subject. A. & G. 57, 8, a, & : A. & S. 269,
coarse print: B. 315, a,b: B, & M. 1147: G. 423 : H. 549.
riRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 107
EXAMPLES.
1. Perfacile est imperio potiri (129), it is very easy TO get pos-
session OP the government.
2. Mihi ire {129) licet, it is jpermitted me TO GO ; or, I may go,
3. Mihi ire licuit, it was permitted me TO GO ; or, / might have
gone.
4. Rogat lit id sibi facere liceat, he asks that it he permitted him
TO DO this ; better, he asks permission to do this.
5. Bogabat lit id sibi facere liceret, he was asking that it be per-
mitted him TO DO this; or, permission to do this.
6. Me ire (129) oportet, it is necessary that I should go; or, I
ought to go.
7. Me ire oportuit, it was necessary that I should go ; or, I ought
to have gone.
8. Dicit me ire oportere, he says it is necessary that I should go ;
or, he says that I ought to go.
Analyze and parse.
1. MemineriiTit,^ odemnt. 2. Memineram Titum^ videram
Cassium. 3. Memento venire^; dicit se memmisse. 4. Liscus
dixit Dumnorigem 5disse Caesarem et Romanos. 5. Et te et
ilium ^ oderamus. 6. Neque^ me neque eum odit. 7. Divi-
tiacus multis cum lacrimis Caesarem obsecrare^ coepit. 8. Sue-
vi, qui^ ad ripas Eheni venerant^ domum reverti coeperuiit.
9. Omnes milites Rhodanum transire coeperuiit. 10. Fru-
mentum"^ conferri^ oportet. 11. Nos"^ Ehenum transire opor-
tuit.^ 12. Dicit ilium ad se venire oportere.^^ 13. Caesc^rem
de ejus adventu certiorem^^ fieri oportuit. 14. Rogaverunt
ut sibi^^ liceret concilium totlus Galliae convocare. 15. Ro-
gavit ut sibi Ire liceret. 16. Tibi eo die Ire licebit. 17. Per-
facile est totlus Galliae imperio potiri. 18. Tibi Caesarem
certiorem facere de meo adventu licet.^^ 19. Tibi domum
ire licuit.^^
108 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
Write in Liatin.
1. We shall go home. 2. Are you going home ? 3. You
ought to go home. 4. We ought to have gone home. 5. You
can go to Geneva ; you may go to Geneva ; you ought to go
to Geneva. 6. You could have gone to Bibracte ; you might
have gone to Bibracte ; you ought to have gone to Bibracte.
7. You are not going to Eome are you? 8. Are you not
going to Eome? 9. Who will go home with me ? 10. He
says that corn ought to be collected. 11. We shall ask that
it be permitted us to go home. 12. Let us go home.
Notes and Questions.
1 "What is a Defective Verb ? What is an Impersonal Verb ?
2 See 52.
8 ilium, that one; see Ln. LYIII., Notes 1 and 13.
4 See Lx. LXL, Note 3. & See 6'9.
6 Where is qui made and why ? "^ See 53.
8 See i29. 9 See Example 7.
i'^ In this sentence ilium is the subject of venire ; ilium — venire, the
subject of Sportere ; ilium — oportere, the object of dicit.
11 See Ln. LXVIIL, Ex. 1.
12 How does this sibi differ from the sibi in sentence 15 ?
13 What is the subject of licet ? i** See Example 3.
LESSON LXX.
THE PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS. — DATIVE OF AGENT.
130, JPeripUrastic Conj^igatioiis* A. & G. 25, 4 ; 40, a-c :
A. & S. 162, 14, 15 : B. 94, a, b : B. & M. 82S; 829: G. 149;
150; 239; 243: H. 231; 232.
131. Dative of Agent. A. & G. 51, 4, a : A. & S. 225, III.:
B. 248, Rule XXXVL: B. & M. S47.- G. 353: H. 388.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 109
EXAMPLES.
1. Docturus sum, lam about to teach; I intend to teach; lam to
teach.
2. Docturus grat (fuit), he was about to teach; he was intending to
teach ; he was to teach.
3. Audiendi sumus, we must be heard; we ought to be heard,
4. Tibi {131) audiendi siimus, you must hear us; you oiight to
hear us.
5. Agri consiili vastandi erant (fuerunt), the consul had to lay
waste the fields.
6. Vexillum proponendum erat, the flag had to be displayed.
V. Oppidum oppugnandum erit, the town will have to be stormed.
8. Oppidum vobis muniendum erit, you will have to fortify the
town.
Translate^ and parse.
1. Obsides tibi datums sum.^ 2. Caesar mihi obsides d^-
turns fuit. 3. Ariovistns Romanos victurus fuit. 4. Hostes
ad ripas Eheni ituri sunt. 5. Nunciat hostes ad ripas Eheni
ituros esse. 6. Frumentum^ Aeduos'^ flagiturus legatus erat.
7. Domum ituri sumus. 8. Patriae* prof uturiestis. 9. No-
bis^ bellum gerendum erit. 10. Duo consules creandi sunt.
11. In hostes venientes tela nobis conjicienda erant. VI. Op-
pidum legato expugnandum erit. 13. Per Alpes mllTtibus
iter faciendum erit. 14. Frumentum Aeduis dandum est.^
15. Urbs delenda est. 16. Caesari m Galliam maturandum
est."^ 17. Caesar maturandum sibi esse existimavit. 18. De
ejus adventu Caesar certior^ faciendus est. 1.9. Caesari omnia
uno tempore erant agenda : vexillum proponendum,^ quod ^^
erat insigne, quum ad arma concurri^^ oporteret^^ ; signum
tuba dandum^; ab opere revocandi^^ milTtes; qui^^ paulo
longius^* aggeris petendi causa ^^ processerant arccssendi^^j
acies instruenda^^ mllites cohortaiidi.^^
110 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
Write in Itatin.
1. I intend to write a letter. 2. I was intending to go to
Bibracte. 3. The lieutenant was to storm the town. 4. My
brother is about to go to the city. 5. The Gauls intend to
carry on war with their neighbors. 6. The boys must hasten
home. 7. We must carry on war with our neighbors. 8. You
will have to fortify the town. 9. We shall have to exhort
the soldiers. 10. The consul had to give the signal. 11. The
city will have to be fortified. 12. The town had to be
stormed.
Notes and Questions.
^ Imitate the Examples in translation.
2 Give the Synopsis and Conjugation of each Periphrastic form.
8 See 71, * See 67.
^ See 131 and Example 8 ; what is the literal translation ?
^ What are the different translations of this sentence ? See 39 and 131%
"^ maturandum est has no personal subject ; verbs which do not take a
Direct Object in the Active Voice have only the impersonal construction in
the Passive.
8 See Ln. LXVIII., Example 1. » Supply 6rat.
10 Why is quod in the Neuter Singular ?
11 See Ln. LXIX., Examples 6 and 7 ; what is the subject of Sportfiret ?
Translate by the Indicative.
12 Supply grant. is concurri, to rush,
14 paulo longius, a little too far.
15 aggeris — causa, for the purpose of seeking materials for a mound.
16 The antecedent of qui is ii, which is the subject of arcessendi (erant).
LESSON LXXI.
USE OF THE DATIVE.
132, Dative tvitJi Intransitive Verbs, A. & G. 51, 2, a, h :
A. & S. 223, Rem. 2 ; 225, I. : B. 241, Rule XXIX. ; 244, Rule
XXXII. : B. & M. 824 f 831: G. 345 : H. 385 and 2.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. HI
EXAMPLES.
1. Civitati {1S2) persuasit ut exirent,! he persuaded the state
to go forth.
2. Novis rebus studebat, he was eager FOR A REVOLUTION; lit.
for new things.
3. Allobrogibus imperavit, he gave orders TO THE Allobroges.
4. Placuit ei (182) ut mitteret,i it pleased him to send.
5. Si Allobrogibus satisfaciant, if he should give satisfaction to
THE Allobroges. ^^
Analyze and parse.
1. Hoc2 :fecilius eis persuasit, quod^ undique loci natura*
Helvetii contineiitur. 2. Is, Marco Messala et Marco Pisone
consiilibus/ regni ciipiditate inductus^ conjurationem nobilT-
tatis fecit et civitati ^Q persuasit, ut de fiuibus suis cum omni-
bus copiis exirent.^ 3. Persuadent Eauracis et Tulingis, f ini-
timis/ uti, eodem usi^ consilio,^ oppidis^ suis vTcisque exustis,^^
una cum iis proficiscantur.^ 4. Orgetorix cupiditate regni
adductus^ no vis rebus ^^ studebat. 5. Liscus dixit Dumnori-
gem favere Helvetiis sed odisse^^ Caesarem et Eomanos.
6. Caesar Allobrogibus imperavit ut iis frumenti copiam fa-
cerent.^ 7. Quamobrem placuit ^^ ei iit ad Ariovistum legatos
mitteret. 8. Huic legione Caesar indulserat praecipue.
9. Si^^ Aeduis de^^ injuriis, quas ipsis^^ sociisque eorum^"
intillerint/^ item si Allobrogibus satisfaciant, ciim iis pacem
faciat.
Write in I^atin.
1. We persuaded the men to go^ forth. 2. They per-
suaded the Allobroges to go to Eome. 3. We shall persuade
the Helvetii more easily for this reason,^ because they are
hemmed in on all sides by mountains. 4. We shall en-
deavor to persuade 2 (our) neighbors to adopt ^ the same plan,
burn up^^ their houses and set out^ in company with us.
112 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
5. We shall favor neither the enemy nor our friends. 6. He
will give satisfaction to the citizens for^^ the wrongs which he
has brought upon them^^ and their ^^ allies. 7. We can^^ not
give you satisfaction for all the wrongs which we have brought
upon you.
Notes and Questions.
1 See Ln. XXXVIIL, Note 3. 2 gee 79.
3 qu6d is a conjunction ; what kind of a clause does it introduce ?
4 See Ln. XLV., Note 4 and 7». ^ See 1^^.
6 See Ln. LXIIL, Examples. ^ gee 25.
8 usi from utor, to adopt ; lit., having adopted , made use of.
» See 104.
10 oppidis — exustis, to hum up their toions, etc.; lit., their towns^ etc.
having been burned up. {122)
11 See Ex. 2.
12 What kind of a verb is fidisse ? (127)
13 placuit is an impersonal verb in this sentence ; what is its subject ?
1* Sc. satisfaciant. i^ de, for.
16 See 67. i^ See Ln. LVIIL, Note 2.
18 intulgrint from infSro ; render it by the Perfect Indicative.
19 See Ln. XXVIIL, Ex. 1.
20 civitati, states is used here for clvXbus, citizens ; hence the dependent
clause has exirent instead of exiret.
LESSON LXXII.
USE OF THE ABLATIVE AND SUBJUNCTIVE.
133, Ablative tvitJi Comparatives, A. & G. 54, 5 : A. & S.
256, 2 : B. 261, Rule XLVL, c : B. & M. SOS: G. 399 : H. 417.
134, Subjunctive expressing a Wish or Comtnand, A. &
G. 57, 3, 4 : A. & S. 260, Rem. 6 : B. 309, Rule LXVIII. : B. &
M. 1193 f 1197: G. 247; 249; 253; 256: H. 487; 488, L, IL
i^IRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 113
EXAMPLES.
1. Non amplius milibus {ISS) passuum octodScim S,bSrat,
he was not more than eighteen miles distant,
2. Nihil virtute {133) melius est, nothing is better than virtue.
3. Cives mei sint {134:) beati, MAY my fellow-citizens BE happy,
4. Amemus {134) patriam, let US LOVE our country,
5. Veniat {134), LET HIM COME.
6. Ne hodie proficiscamur {134), LET US not SET OUT to-day.
Analyze and parse*
1. Quid virtute melius est? 2. ScTmus solem majorem
esse terra. 3. Amicitia, qua^ nihil melius habemus^ nobis^ a
dis"^ immortalibus data est. 4. Haec* sunt dulciora melle.
5. Milites fortiores sunt imperatore. 6. Caesar ab oppido
non amplius milibus passuum duobus castra posuit. 7. Ab urbe
non amplius milibus passuum quinque castra ponemus. 8. Ipse
ab hostium castris non longius mille^ et quingentis passibus
aberat. 9. Quod a Bibracte, oppido Aeduorum longe maximo
et copiosissimo, non amplius milibus passuum octodecim
aberat, rei frumentariae prospiciendum^ existimavit:'' iter^ Sb
Holvetiis avertit ac Bibracte ire contendit. 10. Milites veniant.
11. Sltis^ beati. 12. Hos latrones interfieiamus. 13. Cae-
sarem de ejus adventu certiorem faciamus. 14. Ad Bibracte
de quarta vigilia ne proficiscamur. 15. Legatus certior fiat
de meo consilio. 16. Iter celerius per Galliam faciamus.
17. Civitatii^ persuadeamus tit exeant.i^ ig. N6vis rebus ne
stiideamus. 19. Hostibus patriae ne faveamus. 20. Aeduis
de injuriis, quas eorum sociis^^ intulimus, satisfaciamus.
Write in Ijatin.
1. This man is bigger than Caesar. 2. Notliing is better
than friendship. 3. The lieutenant is braver than the gen-
eral. 4. We are not more than twenty miles from the city.
114 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
5. May we be brave. 6. Let us set out in the third watch.
7. Let us look out for supplies. 8. Let us not kill these
men. 9. Let us persuade the citizens to go forth. 10. May
it please ^^ you to send ambassadors to Caesar. 11. Let the
enemy come. 12. Let us make haste to go home.
Notes and Questions.
1 See 133, ^ See 39.
8 See 20. * See Ln. LVIII., Note 13.
s Is mille in this sentence an adjective or substantive ? See 108.
6 Sc. essg. See 130,
7 rgi — existimavit, he thought that he ought to look out for supplies.
^ Introduce the translation of this clause with accordingly.
9 See Example 3. lo See 132,
11 See Ln. LXXL, Note 20. 12 See 67.
13 See Ln. LXXL, Example 4.
LESSON LXXIII.
TENSES OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE.. — SUBJUNCTIVE IN FINAL
CLAUSES.
135. Sequence of Tenses. A. & G. 58, 9, 10, Eule : A. & S.
258, A, B, L, 1, 2 : B. 61 ; 311, Rule LXX.: B. & M. lies; 1164:
G. 216; 510 : H. 198, 2 ; 480 ; 481, L, IL
136, Subjunctive of Purpose. A. & G. 64, 1, a ; 70, 3, a :
A. & S. 262 ; 264, 5 : B. 295, Rule LVIII. ; 299, Rule LXI. :
B. & M. 1205,' 1207 : G. 543-546; 632: H. 489, L, IL This
answers such questions as For what purpose ? With what design ?
With what aim ? To what end ? Why ? What ?
EXAMPLES.
1. Venit 1 he conies
2. Veniet \ ^, ^_ , he will come
^ ___ . [ ut videat,
3. venit he has come
4. Venerit J he will have come
TO SEE, IN ORDER
TO SEE, THAT HE
MAY SEE.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 115
TO SEE, IN ORDER
TO SEE, THAT HE
MIGHT SEE.
5. Veniebat -i Jie loas coming
6. Venit I iit videret, h& came
7. Venerat J he had come
8. Ut consequi posset pontem fecit, he made a bridge that he
MIGHT BE ABLE to pUTSUe.
9. Postiilavit ne Aeduis bellum inferret, he demanded that he
should not make war upon the Aedui,
10. Equitatum qui sustineret impetum misit, he sent cavalry to
withstand the attach.
11. Ne oflFenderet verebatur, he was fearing that he should offend,
12. Ut socii venirent verebatur, he was fearing that the allies
would NOT come.
Analyze and parse*
1. Allobrogibus impgravit, iit iis frumenti copiam ftcgrent.
%. Caesar Dumnorigem monet, tit m reliqimm tempus^ sus-
pTciones vitet. 3. Nam, ne ejus supplicio^ Divitiaci animum
offenderet, verebatur. 4. Dumnorigi persuasit iit ideni^ co-
naretur. 5. Copias suas Caesar m proximum coUem subdiicit
equitatumque, qui sustineret hostium impetum, misit. 6. Le-
gates ad eum mittunt qui dicant agros consiili^ vastandos esse.^
7. Postiilavit ne aut Aeduis^ aut eorum sociis^ bellum infer-
ret. 8. Nonnulli piidore adducti,^ iit timoris suspTcionem
vitarent, remanebant. 9. Caesar omnium ex conspectu re-
motis equis,^ iit spem fiigae tolleret, cohortatus^ suos^^ proe-
lium commisit. 10. Caesar ad Ariovistum legatos misit, qui
ab eo postiilarent, iiti aliquem^^ locum medium utrlusque^^
coUoquio^^ dlcgret. 11. Castella community quo^^ facilius, si
se invito ^^ transire conarentur, prohibere possit.
Write in liatin.^^
1. I shall give orders to the Gauls to furnish us with a
supply of corn. 2. He had given orders to tlie Sequani to
furnish a supply of corn to the soldiers. 3. "We shall advise
116 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
him ^"^ to avoid suspicions in the future.^ 4. We have ad-
vised Cassius to avoid suspicions in the future. 5. We advised
Cassius to avoid suspicions in the future. 6. Caesar was
fearing that Dumnorix would not avoid suspicions in the fu-
ture. 7. We shall send cavalry to withstand the attack of
the Gauls. 8. Caesar, after removing his horse^ out of sight,
urged his men to fight bravely. 9. He demanded that they
should not make war either upon us or upon our allies.
10. We shall fortify the place that^^ we may be able to more
easily withstand an attack.
Notes and Questions.
1 in reliqnum tempus, in the future ; lit., into the remaining time.
2 See 79,
2 See Ln. LVIIL, Note 13 ; where would idem be made ?
4 See 131, 6 See 130 and 62.
6 See €7. 7 See Ln. LXIIL, Ex. 3.
8 See 122 and Examples. ^ See Ln. LXIIL, Ex. 2.
10 See Ln. LXV., Note 1. " How declined ? See 116, a.
12 medium utriusque, midway between both; uterque is declined like
Titer. {24)
13 See 39.
1* quo is preferred to nt when its clause contains a comparative*
15 se invito, against his will ; see 122 ; lit., he unwilling.
16 In writing these imitate carefully the preceding Latin sentences.
17 See Ln. LVIIL, Note 2.
LESSON LXXIV.
USE OF THE DATIVE {continued),
137* Dative of the Person possessing, A. & G. 51, 3 : A.
& S. 226 : B. 243, Rule XXXL: B. & M. 821: G. 349 : H. 387.
138. Two natives. A. & G. 51, 5 : A. & S. 227, Rem. 3 : B.
246, Rule XXXIV.: B. & M. 848: G. 350 : H. 390, I., IL
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 117
EXAMPLES.
1. Est mihi iiS7) domi pSter, I have a father at home; lit.,
a father is to me at home,
2. Sex viro (187) filii fuerunt, a MAN had six sons.
3. Haec mihi (188) sunt ciirae, these (things) are A care to me ;
lit., these (things) are for a care to me.
4. Tertiam aciem nostris subsidio misit, he sent the third line
AS A RELIEF TO OUR (mEN).
5. Novissimis praesidio erant, they were A protection to the
HINDMOST.
Analyze and parse.
1. Mihi est amicus; tibi sunt plurimi amici. 2. Magni
pedes sunt meo fratri sed caput parvum. 3. Erit consiili
magnus exercitus. 4. Imperatori fuerunt milites multi et^
fortes. 5. Virtus est viro honori. 6. Dixit haec sTbi esse
curae. 7. Quinque cohortes castris praesidio rellquit. 8. Le-
gato ^ imperavit lit quinque cohortes castris praesidio relin-
queret.^ 9. Magno iisui nostris fuit. 10. Nam equTtatui/
quem^ auxilio Caesari Aedui miserant^ Dumnorix praeerat.
11. Gallis magno ad pugnam^ eraf^ impedimento, quod non
satis commode pugnare poterant. 12. Boii et Tulingi, qui
hominum milibus^ circTter quindecim agmen hostium claude-
bant et novissimis^ praesidio erant, ex itinere^^ nostros circum-
venere.^^ 13. His rebus^^ cognitis Caesar Gallorum animos
verbis ^^ confirmavit poUicitusque est sibi eam rem curae fiitu-
ram.^^ 14. xiriovistus dixit amicTtiam populi Eomani sibi
ornamento et praesidio non detrimento esse^^ oportere.-^®
Write in Latin.
1. My friend has four sons. 2. The lieutenant had many
soldiers. 3. He will leave two legions as a protection to the
camp. 4. The cavalry^ which the lieutenant sent, was a great
protection to the rear. 5. It was a great hindrance to us in
118 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
battle that we could ^"^ not figlit with sufficient ease. 6. He
will order the lieutenant ^ to send^^ soldiers as a relief to our
men. 7. He ordered the lieutenant to send soldiers as a relief
to our men. 8. The consul ought ^^ to send soldiers as a
relief to us.
Notes and Questions.
1 See Ln. VI., Note 5. 2 ggg 132.
3 Why is the Subjunctive used ? {136) Why the Imperfect Tense ? (i3^)
What question does ut — relinqu^ret answer ? {186)
4 See 67,
s quern ; why is the Masculine Singular used ? Why the Accusative ?
6 ad pugnam, in battle.
■^ The subject of Srat is the substantive clause quod — pbterant.
^ Is milibus used as a noun or as an adjective ? {108)] see also 54*
9 nSvissimis, to the hindmost ; lit., to the newest.
10 ex itinere, on the march.
11 What is the other ending of the Perfect Indicative Active 3d Plural ?
12 See 122. 13 See S4.
1* Sc. ess6. 15 See 129.
16 See 128 and Ex. 8. 17 See Ln. XXVIII. , Ex. 2.
1^ See 136.
LESSON LXXV.
SUBJUNCTIVE IN CONSECUTIVE CLAUSES.
139. Subjunctive of Hesiilt. A. & G. 65, 1, 6, 2 ; 70, 4, a :
A. & S. 262, Rem. 3 ; 264, 1, 6, 7 : B. 296, Rule LIX. ; 297, Rule
LX.; 301, Rule LXIL: B. & M. 1218- 1220: G. 553-558; 551,
1, 2 : H. 489 ; 495, 2 ; 498 ; 500.
EXAMPLES.
1. Tantus timor exercXtum occtipavit ut omnium mentes
perturbaret, such fear seized the army that it dIoTURBED
the minds of all.
rmST LESSONS IN LATIN. 119
2. Dixit non se tain barbarum essS iit non sciret, he said he
was not so uncivilized as not to know.
3. Fiebat iit minus late vagarentur, it happened THAT THEY
ROAMED ABOUT less extensively.
4. Retineri non poterant quin tela conjicSrent, they could not
he prevented from hurling weapons.
Analyze and parse.
1. Milites numero^ tarn multi erant, iit agmini^ novissimo
magno praesidio^ essent.^ 2. His rebus* fiebat^ ut et minus
late vagarentur et minus ^cile f Tnitimis bellum inferre possent.
3. Ariovistus dixit non se tarn barbarum esse^ iit non scTret
bello^ Allobrogum proximo Aeduos Eomanis auxilium non
tulisse. 4. Tantus siibito timor omnem exercTtum occiipavit,
lit non mediocriter omnium mentes*^ amimosque perturbaret.
5. Mons autem altissimus impendebat^ iit^ fticTle perpauci
prohibere possent. 6. Divico respondit : Ita^ Helvetios a
majoribus suis institutos esse/^ liti obsides accipere^ non dare,
consuerint.^^ 7. Ita dies^^ circiter quindecim iter fecerunt,
liti inter novissimum hostium agmen et nostrum primum^^ sex
milia passuum interessent. 8. Ipse autem Ariovistus tantos
sTbi^* spiritus, tantam arrogantiam sumpserat, iit ferendus^^
non videretur. 9. Germani retineri non poterant quiii in
nostros tela conjicerent.
Write in ILatin.
1. Such fear seized the men that they all fled. 2. Such fear
seizes the men that they all flee. 3. We are so many in num-
ber i that we can easily keep their ^^ army from the march.^^^
4. For these reasons* it happened that they easily kept our
army from the march.i^ 5. For these reasons it happens that
they make war upon their neighbors. 6. They marched in
such a manner that four miles intervened between their rear
and our van.^^ 7. This man assumes ^^ such lofty airs
120 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
that he does not seem endurable.^^ 8. The lieutenant as-
sumed such lofty airs that he did not seem endurable.^^
9. The Komans could not be prevented from making ^^ war
upon their neighbors.
Notes and Questions.
1 See 124. 2 See 138.
3 Why the Imperfect ? (135)
4 Ms rebus, /or these reasons; see 79,
6 What is the subject of fiebat ? ^ gge 111.
^ How do mens and animus differ in signification ? See Gen. Vy.
8 iit, so that. ^ ita modifies institutes essS.
10 institutes essS is object of respondit. {52)
11 See A. & G. 30, 6, a : A. & S. 162, 7 : B. 95, d : B. & M. 315: G.
151, 1 : H. 234.
12 See 93. 13 primum, so. agmen ; render van.
1* See 39.
15 fgrendus, endurable ; lit. {one) to he endured.
16 See Ln. XLIII., Note 6. i^ See Ln. LVIII., Note 2.
18 See Example 4. i^ to assume^ sibi sumSre.
LESSON LXXVI.
USE OF THE GENITIVE.
140. Genitive with Adjectives. A. & G. 50, 3, b : A. & S.
213 : B. 234, Rule XXIII.: B. & M. 765.- G. 373 : H. 399.
141. Genitive in :Predicate. A. & G. 50, 1, c : A. & S.
211, Rem. 8, (1)- (3) : B. 230, Rem. 1 : B. & M. 780: G. 365 :
H. 401.
142. Genitive with certain Verbs. A. & G. 50, 4, a : A. &
S. 216 : B. 235, Rule XXI Y.: B. & M. 788: G. 375 : H. 406, II.
EXAMPLES.
1. Qui rei (140) militaris peritissimus habebatur, ivho was
considered very skilful in military science.
EIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 121
2. Bellandi {140) cupidi, desirous of carrying on war.
3. Judicium imperatoris {14=1) est, the decision is THE gen-
eral's ; or, belongs to the general.
4. Gallia est popiili (141) Romani, Gaul belongs TO the Ronuin
people.
5. Reminiseatur pristinae virtutis (142) Helvetiorum, let him
recollect the former valor of the Helvetii.
6. Veteris contiimeliae (142) oblivisci vult, he is willing to
forget the old insult.
Analyze and parse*
1. Legatus belli peritus^ liabetur. 2. Legatns nititur iit
belli peritus f lat.^ 8. Nitebatur tit rei militaris peritissimus
fieret.^ 4. Publius Considius^ qui rei militaris peritissimus
habebatur et^ in exercitu Luci Sullae et postea in Marci Crassi*
fuerat^ ctim exploratoribus praemittitur. 5. Ariovistus dixit
se n5n tarn impentum esse rerum^ ut non sclret^ Aeduos aux-
ilio"^ populi Eomani non usos esse.^ 6. MilTtes hortabor, ut
gloriae semper memores sint. 7. Nos monuit ut virtutis
semper memores essemus. 8. Qua de causa^ homines bel-
landi ^^ cupidi magno dolore afficiebantur. 9. Dlcit ipsum
esse Dumnorigem cupidum no varum rerum. 10. Dicunt de
summa belli ^^ judicium imperatoris esse^^ g^ existimavisse.^2
11. Neque jiidicat Galliam potius esse Ariovisti quam popiili
Eomani. 12. Militum est fortiter pugnare ; ^^ imperatoris est
imperare. 13. Divico Caesarem hortatur tit remmiscatur et^*
veteris incommodi populi Eomani et pristinae virtutis Helve-
tiorum. 14. Caesar recentium injuriarum oblivisci non vult.^^
15. Omnis contumeliae obliviscamur.
Write in Latin.
1. I am not considered very skilful in war.^^ 2. I sliall
strive to become^ skilful in war. 3. This lieutenant, who
had been in Sulla's army and afterwards in Caesar's and was
122 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
considered skilful in battle^ was sent forward with soldiers.
4. These soldiers are very desirous of carrying on war.^^
5. The decision concerning the general managements^ of affairs
belongs s-" to the consul. 6. This house is Caesar^s. 7. We
ought to forget insults.^^ 8. Let us forget all wrongs.
Notes and Questions.
1 See 64, 2 See 126 and 136.
8 Why Imperfect ? {135)
4 in Marci Crassi, sc. exercitu ; translate, in that of Marcus Crassus.
^ et connects habebatur and faerat. ^ See 139 and Example 2.
7 See 104, 8 USDS essS depends upon sciret.
9 qua de causa, for this reason.
1*^ bellandi is a Gerund ; parse it like a noun.
11 de summa belli, concerning tlie general management of the war.
12 esse depends upon existimavisse ; existimavisse upon dicunt.
13 See 129, i* See Ln. LXL, Note 3.
15 See 125, 16 See 140,
17 See Ex. 3. is See 142.
5^^'
LESSON LXXVII.
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES.
14.3. A. & G. 59, 1, a, 5, 2, a - c : A. & S. 261, 1, 2 : B. 305, a,
1-3; 306, Rule LXVL: B. & M. 1259-1208: G. 590; 591;
596-599: H. 503 ; 507 - 510.
EXAMPLES.
1. Si vincit, laetatur, if he is conquering, he is rejoicing.
2. Si vincet, laetabitur, if he conquers (shall conquer), he will
I rejoice.
I 3. Si vTcerit, laetabitur, if he conquers (shall have conquered), he
ivill rejoice.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 123
4. Si vincat, laetetur, if he should conquer, he would rejoice.
5. Si vinceret, laetaretur, if he were conquering^ he would he
rejoicing.
6. Si vicisset, laetatus esset, if he had conquered^ he would Juive
^ rejoiced.
Analyze and parse.
1. Si pugnatj vincit. 2. Si pugnabit, vincet. 3. Si pugna-
verit^ vincet. 4. Si pugnet^ vincat. 5. Si pugnaret, vinceret.
6. Si pugnavisset^ vicisset. 7. Si Helvetii Allobrogibus^
satisfacient, cum iis pacem faciam. 8. Si Helvetii Allobro-
gibus satisfaciant^ cum iis pacem faciam. 9. Caesar dicit si
Helvetii Allobrogibus satisfaciant^ sese cum iis pacem esse
factiirum.^ 10. Si quid^ vultis/^ revertimini.^ 11. Si pacem
jjopulus Romanus cum Helvetiis faciet^ in earn partem ibunt^^
Helvetii iibi eos esse volueris.^ 12. Sin bello^ persequi"^ per-
se verabis^^ remmiscere^ et veteris incommodi^ populi Eomani
et pristinae virtutis Helvetiorum. 13. Si veteris contumeliae
oblivisci vellem,^^ num^^ etiam recentium injuriarum memo-
riam depdnere"^ possem? 14. Si id fiet, provinciae^^ pericu-
losum erit. 15. Caesar dicit si nemo^^ sequatur, se cum sola
decima legione itiirum esse.^^
Write in I^atin.
1. If he is satisfying the Aedui/ he is rejoicing. 2. If he
satisfies the Aedui, he will rejoice. 3. If he should satisfy
the Aedui, he would rejoice. 4. If he were satisfying the
Aedui, he would be rejoicing. 5. If he had satisfied the Aedui,
he would have rejoiced. 6. If you wish anything,^ aslc. 7. If
they make peace with us, we shall go into that part wliere they
wish^ us to be. 8. But if they persist in pursuing^ us with
war/ let them recall to mind^^ our former valor.^ 9. If we
were willing to forget the old misfortune, could we also get
rid of the remembrance of recent insults ?
124 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
Notes and Questions.
1 See 132, 2 essS factumm = facturum essS.
8 See 116 and Ex. 6. * See 47.
6 What does the Future Perfect Tense denote ? {42)
6 See 54, "^ See 69,
8 persSqui persevere, I persist in pursuing.
9 See 14;?. ^^ See l;?5.
11 See 126,
12 What answer is implied ? See Ln. LXL, Note 1.
13 See 86,
1* The Genitive and Ablative of nemo are rare : these cases are supplied
by nullius and nuUo (from nuUus, 24).
15 See 134.
LESSON LXXVIII.
USE OF THE ABLATIVE.
14:4. Ablative depressing Measure {Degree) of inference,
A. & G. 54, 6,e: A. & S. 256, Rem. 16 : B. 262, Rule XLVII. :
B. & M. 929: G. 400 : H. 418.
144, a. Ablative of Quality, A. & G. 54, 7, a : A. & S. 211,
Rem. 6 : B. 263, Rule XLVIII.: B. & M. 888: G. 402 : H. 428.
This is called sometimes the Ablative of Characteristic, sometimes tJie
Descriptive Ablative.
EXAMPLES.
1. Alterum iter multo {144) expeditius erat, the other route
ivas MUCH more passable,
2. Maturius paulo {144) domum contendit, he hastens home A
LITTLE sooner.
3. Ipsum Dumnorigem, summa audacia {144, a), Dumnorix
himself, (a man) of the greatest boldness.
4. Summa humianitate {144, a) adolescens, a youth OF THE
HIGHEST CULTURE.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 125
Analyze and parse.
1. Caesar multo gravius queritiir.^ 2. Multo major aiacri-
tas exercitui^ injecta est. 3. Alteram iter per provinciam
nostram erat, multo facilius atque expeditius, propterea quod
inter fines Helvetiorum et AUobrogum^ qui nuper pacati erant,
Ehodanus fluit. 4. Caesar una aestate^ duobus maximis
bellis* confectis mattirius paulo, quam tempus anni postulabat,
in hiberna in^ Sequanos exercitum deduxit. 5. Post ejus
mortem nihilo minas Helvetii id^ quod constituerant/ facere
conantur^ tit e finibus suis exeant.'' 6. Eeliquum spatium
mons continet magna altitudine^ ita^ tit radices^ montis ex
utraque parte^ ripae^^ fluminis contingant.^^ 7. Galli ingenti
magnitudine corporum Germanos^^^ incredibili virtuti atque
exercitatione in armis esse^^ praedicabant. 8. Commodissi-
mum visum est^^ Caium Yalerium Procillum, summa virtu te
et hiimanitate adolescentem^ ad eum mittere. 9. Eeperit
ipsum esse Dumnorigem, summa audacia^ magna apud plebem
propter liberalitatem gratia^ cupidum^^ rerum^^ no varum.
Write in tiatin.
1. He censures the soldiers much more severely. 2. He
censured me a little more severely than the remaining soldiers.
3. The route through onr province is much more practicable
than through the territory of the Sequani. 4. The lieutenant
led his army into winter- quarters among ^ the Aedui a little
sooner than the time of year demanded. 5. We shall none
the less attempt to do that which we have resolved (to do).
6. Caius is a youth of extraordinary valor. 7. We have seen
mountains of great height. 8. It seemed^^ most suitable to
send to him Titus, a youth of extraordinary practice in
arms.
126 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
Notes.
1 See 103. 2 See 67.
3 See 111* * See 122.
fi in, amo7ig. ^ constituerant, sc. facSre.
■^ tit — exeant is an appositive to id ; for the mood, see 1S9 ; translate,
to go forth,
8 See 34. ^ ex utraque parte, on each side.
10 See 32. " See 139.
12 See S3. 13 See 52,
14 What is the subject of visum est ? (129)
15 See 64. 16 See 140.
LESSON LXXIX.
CONCESSIVE CLAUSES.
143. A. & G. 61, 2 : A. & S. 263, 2 : B. 292, ^, Rule LVI. ;
303, d, Rule LXIV.: B. & M. 1281-1284: G. 605-609: H.
514; 515, L-IIL
EXAMPLES.
1. Quum pugnatum sit, although they fought ; lit., it was fought.
2. Licet victoria glorietur, although he glories in victory.
3. Quamvis carebat nomine, although he was without the name.
4. Etsi videbat, tamen non piitabat, although he saw, yet he did
not think.
Analyze and parse.
1. Quum fortiter pugnent, tamen non Vincent. 2. Quum
Sequani Eomanis^ satisfecerint, tamen legatus pacem cum iis
non facit. 3. Quiim ea^ ita sint, tamen^ si obsides ab iis sibi
dentur,^ cum iis pacem ^ciat.^ 4. Nam hoc toto proelio/
quum ab li5ra septima ad vesperum pugnatum sit/ aversum
hostem videre nemo potuit. 5. Licet ^ me hortetur^ non pug-
nabo. 6. Licet miles vulne rat us sit^ tamen laetatur. 7. Li-
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 127
*
cet Helvetii sua victoria"^ glorientur, tamen iter fticient non
per nostram proviiiciam. 8. Erat digiiitate^ regia, quamvis
carebat nomine.^ 9. Quamvis sint sub aqua^ sub aqua male-
dicere tentant. 10. Caesar^ etsi prope exacta jam aestas erat,
tamen eo^^ exercitum adduxit. 11. Nam etsi sine ullo
perTculo legionis^^ delectae cum equitatu proelium fore^^
videbat, tamen committendum^^ non putabat. 12. Ita dies
circiter quindecim iter fecerunt, iiti inter novissimum liostium
agmen et nostrum primum non amplius quinis^^ aut seuis
milibus-^^ passuum iiiteresset.^^
Write in liatin.
1. Although they fought bravely, yet they did not conquer.
2. Although these things are so, yet we shall make peace Avith
them. 3. No one fled in this whole battle, although they
fought from the fifth hour till sunset. 4. We cannot see the
mountain, although it is of great height.^ 6. The lieutenant
did not lead his army into winter- quarters, although the sum-
mer was almost gone. 6. He thinks that he ought to begin ^^
battle, although he sees that it will not be without danger to
the legions.
Notes and Questions.
I See 132. ^ See Ln. LVIIL, Note 13.
8 See Ln. LXXYIL, Ex. 4. What is the force of this conditional
clause? {143)
4 See 111. ^ See Ex. 1.
6 licet is properly an Impersonal Verb {128\ Present Tense, with ilt
(that) omitted ; hence it is followed only by the Present and Perfect Sub-
junctive. {135) What is the literal translation ?
7 See 79. ^ See 144, a.
9 See Ex. 3. i"^ e6, thither.
II A. & G. 50, 3 : A. & S. 211, Kem. 2, last part: B. 233, Rule XXII.:
B. & M. 746: G. 361, 2 : H. 396, II.
12 fore = fiiturum esse. {62)
13 committendum, sc. esse ; see 130.
1* quinis, etc., than Jive, etc. each day.
15 See 133, ^^ See 139.
128 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
LESSON LXXX.
USE OF THE ABLATIVE {continued),
146. Ablative of JPrice. A. & G. 54, 8 : A. & S. 252 : B. 258,
Rule XLIIL, c : B.&M, 884: G. 404 : H. 416. This answers
such questions as Foi' how much ? At what price ?
147. Ablative of IHstance. A. & G. 55, 2, & : A. & S. 236 :
B. 262, Rule XLYII. : B. & M. 958: G. 335, Remark I : H.
378, 2. This answers the question, How far ?
148. Ablative tvitU Adjectives. A. & G. 54, 3, a : A. & S.
244: B. 261, Rule XLYL, a : B. & M. 919: G. 373, Remarks
1-4: H. 419, IV.
EXAMPLES.
1. Domum duobus talentis {146) emit, he bought a house FOR
TWO TALENTS.
2. Oppidum parvo pretio {14=6) vendidit, he sold the town AT A
SMALL PRICE.
3. Milibus (147) passuum quattuor et viginti absunt, they are
TWENTY-FOUR MILES distant,
4. Dignus est majoribus {148), he is worthy OF (his) ancestors.
Analyze and parse.
1. Hic^ mercede pueros et puellas docet. 2. VigintT ta-
lentis unam orationem Isocrates vendidit. 3. Vendidit hie
auro patriam. 4. Victoria nobis ^ multo sanguine stetit.^
5. Vereor ne victoria iis multo sanguine stet.^ 6. Quum Eo-
mani vicerint,^ tamen victoria iis multo sanguine stetit.
7. Septimo die ab exploratoribus certior factus^ est Ariovisti
copias"^ a nostris^ milibus passuum quattuor et viginti abesse.^
8. Hie locus aequo fere spatio ab castris Ariovisti et Caesaris
aberat. 9. Legionem Caesar^ quam equis^^ devexerat^ passi-
bus ducentis ab eo tiimulo constituit. 10. Item equites
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 129
Ariovisti pari intervallo constiterunt.^^ 11. Eodem die castra
promovit et mllibus passuum sex a Caesaris castris sub monte
consedit. 12. Hi pueri patribus indigni sunt. 13. Hie im-
perator immortalitate dignus est. 14. Licet ^^ In milites
fortissimi sint, tamen majoribus indigni sunt. 15. Puerum
hortemur iit majoribus dignus sit.^^ 16. Nulla vox est ab iis
audita populi Eomani majestate et superioribus victoriis in-
digna.
Write in liatin.
1. This man^ will teach for wages. 2. I shall sell my
house at a small price. 3. He is by no means rich^ although
he sells ^ houses at a large price. 4. I fear that I shall not
sell^ mj house at a large price. 5. We are about fifteen miles
from the city. 6. We shall station the third legion three
hundred paces from the hill. 7. He will station his cavalry at
nearly an equal distance from the same place. 8. We shall
move forward our camp on the same day, and encamp at the
foot of a mountain ten miles from Geneva. 9. I fear that
these girls are not worthy of their mother. 10. Let us urge
the soldiers to be^^ worthy of their country.
Notes.
1 See Ln. LYIII., Note 13. 2 gee 39.
s See Gen. Vy. under st8. * See Ln. XLVL, Note 5.
5 See 145. ^ See Ln. LXVIIL, Ex. 2.
7 See S3. ^ So. cdpiis.
9 abessS depends upon the idea of saying contained in ab — factus eat,
he was informed by scouts thaty etc., i. e. who said that, etc.
10 equis, on horseback ; see S4. ^^ See consistS, Gen. Vy.
12 See Ln. LXXIX., Note 6. ^^ See 136,
130 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
LESSON LXXXI.
CAUSAL CLAUSES.
149. A. & G. 62, 2, e ; 63, 1 - 4 : A. & S. 263, 5 ; 264, 8 ;
266, 3: B. 302, Eule LXIII.: B. & M. 1250; 1251; 1255:
G. 538 - 541 ; 58T; 636 : H. 518, L, IL ; 519, 1 ; 520, L, II.
EXAMPLES.
1. Quiiin impetus sustinere non possent, alteri se in montem
receperunt, since they could not withstand the attacks, one
party withdrew upon the mountain.
2. Caesar injuriam faciebat qui vectigalia deteriSra faceret,
Caesar loas doing wrong because he was making the revenues
decrease.
3. Aedui questi sunt quod Harudes fines eorum popiilaren-
tur, the Aedui complained because (as they said) the Harudes
were laying waste their territory.
4. Quod a Bibracte SbSrat, rei frCinientariae prospiciendum
existimavit, because he was distant from Bibracte, he thought
that he must look out for supplies.
Analyze and parse.
1. Perfacile est, quiim virtute^ omnibus praestetis, totius
Galliae imperio^ potiri.^ 2. Orgetorix dixit perfacile esse,
quurn virtute ommbus praestarent, totius Galliae imperio
potiri. 3. Quum magna ex parte* eorum precibus^ adductus
bellum susceperit, queritur. 4. Caesari quiim id nunciatum
esset, matiirat ab urbe proficisci. 5. Diiitius^ quum nos-
trorum'^ impetus sustinere non possent, alteri se, tit coeperant,^
in montem receperunt, alteri ad impedimenta et carros suos se
contulerunt. 6. In fines Lingonum die quarto pervenerunt
quum propter vulnera milTtum nostri triduum morati eos
sequi non potuissent. 7. Ariovistus dixit magnam Caesarem
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 131
injuriam facere qui suo adventu vectlgalia deteriora^ ftlcSret.
8. Graviter eos accusat quod ab iis non sublevetur. 9. Mul-
to^^ etiam gravius quod sit destitutus queritur. 10. Propter
frlgora^ quod Gallia sub septemtrionibus posTta est/^ frumeuta
m agris matura non erant. 11. Eo autem frumento,^ quod^^
flumine Arare navibus^^ subvexerat, propterea minus uti^*
poterat^ quod iter ab Arare Helvetii averterant^ a quibus disce-
dere nolebat.^^ 12. Quod a Bibracte^ oppido Aeduorum
longe maximo et copiosissimo^ non amplius milibus^^ passuum
octodecim aberat, rei frumentariae prospiciendum ^^ existima-
vit : iter ab Helvetiis avertit ac Bibracte^^ Ire contendit.
Write in Liatin.
1. Since we excel the Romans in valor, it will be very easy
to get possession of their government. 2. Since they fight
more bravely than the Gauls ^^ they will easily conquer. 3. We
are fleeing, since we cannot longer withstand their attacks.
4. Since they cannot longer withstand the attack of the enemy,
one party withdraws upon a mountain, the other betakes itself
to the baggage. 5. He complained because (as he said) he
could not use the corn. 6. He complains because (as he
says) he has sold his house at a small price.^^ 7. Because
Germany is placed towards the north the cold there is great.
8. We shall march through Geneva at sunset/^ because we
are not more than twenty miles distant.
Notes and Quesiions.
1 See 124, 2 See 104.
3 See 129, * magna ex parte, in great part.
5 See 79, ^ Dititius modifies sustinfire.
7 The Possessive Pronouns, like the Demonstrative, are often used sQb-
stantively. See Ln. LYIIL, Notes 1 and 13.
8 What kind of a verb is coepgrant ? {127) ' " TTj. -^^^^
9 See Example 2. ^' See 144, tHT ^"^
132 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
11 Of what does quod — posita est express the cause ?
12 See 115 and 34. i^ See 54,
1* See 69, 1^ See 125,
16 See 133, i^ See Example 4.
18 See 105, 19 rA«?i j5Ae (?az^Z5, quam Galli.
2^ See 146, 21 See m.
LESSON LXXXII.
TEMPORAL CLAUSES.
150. A. & G. 62, 2, 6 - rZ : A. & S. 263, 3-5, Rem. 2 : B. 292,
d, 1-3, Rule LVI.; 304, 1-3, Rule LXV. : B. & M. 12S7 ;
1288; 1241; 1244: G. 570; 571; 574; 576; 579; 580; 581:
H. 518, II., 1 ; 522, L, II. ; 523, L, IL
EXAMPLES.
1. Quum legati mitterentur, Ariovistus postiilavit, when
ambassadors icere sent, Ariovistus demanded.
2. Priusquam quidquam conaretur Divitiacum vocat,i before
he attempted anything he summoned Divitiacus.
3. Dum haec geruntur Caesari nunciatum est, while these
things were taking place it was reported to Caesar.
4. N5n exspectanduni sibi statuit dum pervenirent, he decided
that he ought not to wait until they should arrive.
Analyze and parse.
1. Diu quum esset pugnatum, impedlmentis castrisque^
nostri^ potiti sunt. 2. Quum tiidui viam* processisset^ nun-
ciatum est^ ei Ariovistum cum suis omnibus c5piis contendere.
3. Hie pagus unus^ quum domo^ exisset patrum nostrorum
memoria/ Lucium Cassium consulem interfecerat et ejus exer-
citum sub jugum miserat. 4. Quum^^ hostium acies a smis-
tro cornu^ pulsa^ atque in fugam conversa esset^ a dextro
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 133
cornu veliementer multitudine suorum? nostram flciem premc-
bant. 5. Itaque priusquam quidquam conaretur Divitiacum
ad se vocari jiibet.^ 6. Postquam id aiiimum advertit copias
suas Caesar in proxTmum collem subducit. 7. Eo postquam
Caesar pervenit obsides^ anna, servos ^^ poposcit. 8. Dum
haec in colloquio geruntur,^^ Caesari nunciatum est^ equites
Ariovisti lapides telaque^'^ in nostros conjicere. 9. TSmen, fit
spatium intercedere posset/^ dum milites, quos imperaverat,
convemrent, legatis respondit diem se ad deliberandum^*
sumpturum.^^ 10. Quibus^^ rebus adductus Caesar non ex-
spectandum^''' sibi statuit, dum, omnibus fortunis^^ sociorum
consumptis, in Santonos Helvetii pervemrent.
Write in I^atin.
1. When ambassadors were sent to Caesar, he demanded
corn of them.^^ 2. When they had proceeded a three days'
march/ they pitched (their) camp. 3. Before they attempted
to set out they summoned a council. 4. After the general
arrived in the territory of the Aedui he demanded corn, wagons,
and^^ horses. 5. Although we had routed the enemy's hne
on the right wing, on the left he was pressing furiously npon
us. 6. While the troops are assembling we are waiting.
7. We shall remain in the city until the troops assemble.
8. Influenced by these^^ affairs, we decided that we ought"
not to wait until the enemy should lay waste our fields.
Notes.
1 See A. & G. 58, 2, d'. A. & S. 145, L, 3: B. 58: B. & M. 1082:
G. 220: H. 467, III.
2 See Ln. XXIII., Note 2. » See Ln. LXXXI., Note 7.
* See 109,
5 What is the subject of nunciatum est ? {129)
6 See 107, ^ See 111.
8 a sinistro cornu, on the left wing, ® pulsa, sc. esset.
134 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
10 "When several nouns follow each other in the same construction, the
Latin language either omits the conjunction altogether, or repeats it : e. g.
either obsides, arma, servos ; or obsides et arma et servos ; isot obsides,
arma et servos.
11 A. & G. 58, 2, e: A. & S. 359, (1.), (c): G. 2^0, Remark:
H. 467, 4.
12 An enclitic throws its accent back upon the final syllable of the word
to which it is attached : telSque.
13 See 136, i^ ad deliberandum, for deliberating.
15 sumpturum, sc. esse.
16 The Latin often employs a relative where the English prefers a demon-
strative : quae res, these affairs.
17 exspectandum, sc. ess6. See 130 and 131
18 See 122. 19 See 71 and Ln. LVIIL, Note 2.
20 See 14S.
LESSON LXXXIII.
SUBJUNCTIVE IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS.
ISl* The Indirect Question. A. & G. 67, 2 and Remark :
A. & S. 265 and Note 2 : B. 294, a, Rule LVII.: B. & M. 1182:
G. 454 ; 469 : H. 524 ; 525.
EXAMPLES.
1. Quid sui consilii sit ostendit, he shows what his plan is.
2. Causa quae esset quaesiit, he asked what the cause was.
3. Ariovisto mirum visum est quid in Gallia CaesSri negotii
esset, Ariovisttis wondered what business Caesar Imd in Gaul.
Analyze and parse.
1. Qualis esset natiira montis, qui^ cognoseerent^^ misit.
2. Dlcit intelligere sese quanto id cum periculo fecerit.
3. Ex quo judicari potest/ quantum habeat in se boni^ con-
stantia. 4. Dumnorigi custodes ponit/ ui, quae agat^ quibus-
cum^ loquatur^ scire possit. 5. Ariovistus dixit sibi mirum
Tideri/ quid in sua Gallia, quam bello^ vicisset/ aut Caesari^^
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 135
aut ornnmo popiilo Eomano^^ negoti^ esset. 6. riuinen est
Arar^ quod per fines Aeduorum et Sequanorum m Eliodunum
influit incredibili lenitate^ ita tit oculis, in utram partem ^^ fluat,
judicari non possit. 7. Postero die castra ex eo loco movent.
Idem^^ facit Caesar^ equitatumque omnem^ ad niimerum quat-
tuor milium, quem ex omni provincia et Aeduis atque eorum
sociis coactum habebat,^^ praemittit, qui videant,^ quas in
partes liostes iter faciant. 8. Caesar veliementer eos incusavit
quod, aut quam in partem aut quo consilio^* ducerentur,^^
sibi quaerendum^^ aut cdgitandum piitarent.^'^ 9. Caesar dixit
de quarta vigilia se castra moturum, tit quam primum intelli-
gere posset, utriim aptid eos ptidor atque officium, an timor
valeret. 10. Qutim ex captivis quaereret Caesar, quam ob
rem Ariovistus proelio^ non decertaret, hanc reperiebat cau-
sam.
Write in liatin.
1. Caesar asked in what direction the river flowed. 2. We
shall send (men) to ascertain^ in what direction the river flows.
3. It cannot be determined in what direction the river flows.
4. Labienus sent forward the cavalry to see in what direction
the enemy had fled. '5. Liscus censures them severely because
(as he says) they think ^^ they ought to ask^® in what direction
they are to be led. 6. We shall break up camp in the first
watch, that we may be able to know as soon as possible whether
our soldiers are brave or cowardly. 7. We shall place guards
over him,^ that we may know with^ whom he speaks. 8. The
general placed guards over the soldiers, that he might be able
to ascertain what they were doing.
Notes and Questions.
1 quid sui consili, what his plan; lit., whut of his plan. See A. & G.
50, 2 : A. & S. 21'^: B. 2^7, Rule XVIL: B. k M. 771: G. 366; 371.
II. 31)6/111.
136 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
2 qui, sc. viros as antecedent. ^ See 136 and Ex. 10.
4 What is the subject of potest ?
s Dumnorigi — ponit, he places guards over (lit. for) Dumnorix,
6 See Ln. LIX., Note 1.
7 sibi — videri, he wondered; lit., it seeined to him wonderful; for sibi,
see 39.
8 bello, in war; see 54,
9 vicisset, translate by the Indicative.
10 See 137,
11 in utram partem, in which direction.
12 How does idem differ in meaning from idem ?
13 coactum babebat, he had collected,
14 See 79, i^ ducSrentur, they were to he led.
16 quaerendum, sc. essS : see 130* i"^ See 149 and Ex. 3.
LESSON LXXXIV.
ORATIO OBLIQUA. — INDIRECT DISCOURSE.
152. A. & G. 67, Eemark, and 1 : A. & S. 266, Note, and 2 :
B. 316; 317, Rule LXXIV.: B. & M. 1295; 1296: G. 651-653:
H. 528; 530,1., IL ; 531.
EXAMPLE.
Oratio Recta, Direct Dis- Oratio Obliqua, Lidirect Dis-
course, course.
Ob earn Ldcfitus est Divitidcus : 6b earn
rem ex cTvitate profugi et rem se ex civitate profugissc et
Romam veni, quod neque Romam venisse, quod neque
jurejiirando neque obsidibus jurejurando neque obsidibus
ienebar. teneretur.
I fled from Divitiacus said: he fled from
the state and came to Rome for the state and came to Rome for
this reason, because I was re- this reason, because he was re-
strained neither by an oath nor strained neither by an oath nor
by hostages. by hostages.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
137
Analyze and parse.
1. Divico respondit : Ita Helvetios a majoribus suis iustt-
tutos esse^ uti obsides accipere,^ non dare consueriiit^ ; ejus
rei populum Eomanum esse testem. 2. Legati dixeruut scse
habere quasdam res^ quas ex communi consensu ab eo pete re
vellent. 3. Locutus est pr5 his Divitiacus Aeduus : Galliae
totius factiones esse duas : harum^ alterius* principatum te-
nere Aeduos^ alterius Arvernos. 4. Dixit horum^ primo cir-
citer milia quindecim EAienum transisse : posteaquam agros
et cultum et copias^ Gallorum homines feri acbarbari adamas-
sent^ tradnctos^ plures:^^ nunc esse m Gallia ad centum et
vTginti milium niimerum. 5. Dixit cum his Aeduos eorumque
clientes semel atque iteriim armis*^ contendisse; magnam cala-
mitatem pulsos^ accepisse^ omnem nobilitatem^ omnem sena-
tum^ omnem equitatum^ amisisse. 6. Ammadvertit Caesar
unos ex omnibus Sequanos nihil earum rerum^ facere, quas
ceteri facerent, sed tristes capite^^ demisso terram intueri.
Notes.
1 See 69.
2 See 139 and Ln. LXXV., Note 11.
8 See Ln. LXXXIIL, Note 1.
* alterius modifies factionis understood.
5 copias, wealth.
7 See S4.
9 See Ln. LXXXIL, Note 10.
11 plus is declined as follows :
■ JV^om. plus,
Ge7i. pluris,
Sing. - Dat. ■ Pltjr.
Ace, plus,
■ AhL
6 traductos, sc. essS.
8 See pello.
10 See 122.
M. andF,
' plures,
pliirium,
pluribus,
plures,
. pluribus.
plura,
plurium,
pliiribus,
plura,
pluribus.
138
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
LESSON LXXXV.
INDIRECT DISCOURSE {continued).
EXAMPLE.
Direct Discourse.
Si
pacem populus Eomanus cum
Helvetiis iaciet, in earn partem.
Ihunt atque ibi einint Helve-
tii, iibi eos tu constitu-
i^ris atque esse volugrts ; siu
bello persequi perseveraftfs, re-
miniscerc et veteris incom-
mocli populi Romani et pristmae
virtutis Helvetiorum.
If the Roman people
sJuill make peace with the
Helvetii, the Helvetii will go
into that part and stay where
you sluill have determined and
wished that they should be ;
but if you sluill persist in
continuing war, recollect the
old misfortune of the Roman
people and former valor of the
Helvetii.
Indirect Discourse.
Is itd cum Caesdre egit: Si
pacem populus Romanus cum
Helvetiis facere*, in eam partem
Ituros atque ibi fUturos Helve-
tios, ubi eos Caesar constitu-
isset atque esse yolwisset ; siu
bello persequi perse veraref, re-
minisce refttr et veteris incom-
modi populi Romani et pristinae
virtiitis Helvetiorum.
He treated with Caesar as fol-
lows: If the Roman people
should make peace with the
Helvetii, the Helvetii would go
into that part and stay where
Caesar shouldheive determined
and wished that they should be ;
but if he should persist in con-
tinuing war, let him recollect
the old misfortune of the Roman
people and former valor of the
Helvetii.
Analyze and parse.
1. Ariovistus multa^ praedicavit : Transisse Ehenum sese
non sua sponte,^ sed rogatum^ et arcessitum^ aGallis; non
sine magna spe magnisque praemiis domum propinquosque
reliquisse : sedes habere^ in Gallia ab ipsis^ concessas^^ obsTdes
ipsorum^ voluntate'^ datos; stTpendium capere^ jure"^ belli,
PIUST LESSONS IN LATIN. 139
quod^ victores victis^ imponere consuerint.^^ 2. His Caesar
ita respondit : Eo^^ sibi mmiis dubitatioiiis^^ dari, quod eas
res, quas legati Helvetii commemorassent,^^ memoria^^ tencret,
atque eo^^ gravius ferre, quo^^ minus merito"^ po^uli Eomani
accidissent : qui si^^ alicujus injuriae^^ sibi^^ conscius fuisset,
non fuisse difficile cavere^^ ; sed eo^^ deceptum,^^ quod neque
commissum ^^ a se intelligeret, quare timeret, neque sine causa
timendum^^ putaret.
Noies.
1 A. & G. 47, 4, 5 : A. & S. *205, Rem. 7, (2) : B. 269: B. & M. 658:
G. 195, Remark 2 : H. 441.
2 See 79. 8 See 121 and Exs. 3 and 4.
4 habere, capgre, sc. se. ^ ipsis, sc. Gallis.
6 concessas, from concede ; ipsorum, their own.
7 The Ablative of Cause often designates that in accordance with which
anything is done : jure, in accordance with the law,
8 See 115.
9 A. & G. 47, 3 : A. & S. 205, Rem. 7: B. 269: B. & M. 658: G.
195, Remark 1 : H. 441, 1 ; this rule includes Participles and Pronouns:
for the case of victis, see 67.
10 See Ln. LXXV., Note 11. ^^ eo,/or this reason,
12 See Ln. LXXXIIL, Note 1. ^^ See Gen. Vy. under eo.
iiquisi, ^/;^(?. is See 140.
16 See 86; translate, 0^1 his own part.
17 See 129. ^^ deceptum, sc. essS s6.
19 commissum, sc. essS aliquid.
20 timendum, sc. sibi essg, and see 130.
21 See 54.
LESSON LXXXVI.
INDIRECT DISCOURSE {continued).
Write in liatin.
1. Caesar replies : The Eomans have been so trained up by
their fathers that they do not give^ hostages. 2. He in-
140 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
forms Caesar (that) the Helvetii are marching through the
province because they have no other way. 3. He says (that)
the Aquitani are hemmed in by the Pyrenees^ which separate
Aquitania from Spain. 4. We shall say many^ (things) :
(that) we did not cross the Rhone of our own free wdll^ but
because^ we had been invited^ by the Sequani ; we did not
set out from home ^ without great rewards; we have among
the Helvetii large possessions^ granted to us with their own^
consent;^ we levied tribute on the conquered*^ in accord-
ance with the law^ of war. 5. You said (that) you remem-
bered those things which the Sequani had called to mind;
that you had been deceived for this reason/ that^^ you had
neither done anything for which ^^ you should fear^ nor did you
think (that) you ought to fear^^ without a reason.
Notes.
1 See 139. 2 See Ln. LXXXV., Note 1.
3 See 121 and Ex. 3. * See 107.
^ their own, ipsdrnm. ^ gee 79,
7 See 67 and Ln. LXXXV., Note 9.
8 See Ln. LXXXV., Note 7.
^ for this reason, eo. i'^ that, qn5d.
11 /or which, quarS. 12 ggg ^^q ^u^ jj^^^
LESSON LXXXVII.
THE GERUND.
153. The Gemind. A. & G. 73, 1 : A. & S. 275, L : B. 324 :
B. & M. 1319,' 1321: G. 426; 427: H. 559; 560.
EXAMPLES.
1. Hostibus pugnandi potestatem fecit, he gave the enemy an
opportunity for fighting.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 141
2. Bellandi cfipidi, fond OF carrying on war.
3. Diem ad deliberandum sumet, he will take a day for delib-
erating.
4. Reperiebat in quaerendo, he found on inquiring.
5. Stiidium pugnandi, a desire FOR fighting.
Analyze and parse.^
1. Qua de causa homines bellandi^ ciipidi magno dolore^
afficiebantur. 2. His rebus adducti et aactoritate OrgetorTgis
permoti, constituerunt ea, quae ad proficiscendum pertTiierent,^
comparare. 3. Caesar legatis respondit^ diem se ad deliber-
andum sumpturum.^ 4. Eeperiebat m quaerendo Caesar !nT-
tium ejus fugae factum^ a Dumnorige atque ejus equitibus.
5. Caesar Divitiacum consolatus rogat^ flnem orandi facial.^
6. Ariovistus^ quuin neque aditum neque causam postiilandi
justam haberet,"^ iTberalitate^ senatus ea praemia consecutus
est. 7. Caesar loquendi finem facit seque ad suos^ recTpit,
suisque imperavit ne quod^^ omnino telum in hostes rejTcerent.
8. Multo^^ major alacritas studiumque pugnandi inajus exer-
citui injectum est. 9. Proximo die Caesar aciem instruxit
hostibusque^2 pugnandi potestatem fecit.^^ 10. Ita nostri^
acriterin hostes signo^^ dato impetum fecerunt, tit spatium
pila in hostes conjiciendi non dSretur.^^
Write in liatin.
1. He says the Eomans were fond of carrying on war.
2. We shall take ten days for deliberating. 3. We shall ask
them to make« an end of entreating. 4. A much greater de-
sire for carrying on war was infused into all of us.^^ ^ 5. They
gave us an opportunity for strengthening peace with them.
6. We shall give them an opportunity for strengthening peace
and friendship ^dth us. 7. You will find on inquiring (that)
we do not easily keep the enemy from our towns. 8. Tliey
142 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
said you would find on inquiring (that) tliej do not easily keep
the enemy from their cities. 9. We made an end of speaking
and betook ourselves to our (friends). 10. Although we had
no just cause for askings we obtained many things ^^ by reason
of your generosity.^
Notes.
1 Parse the Gerunds like nouns. 2 g^e 140,
8 A. & G. 54, 7, J : A. & S. 247, 2 : B. 259, Rule XLIV. : B. & M. 873:
G. 401: H. 414, 3.
4 A. & G. 65, 2 : A. & S. 264, 1, {a.) : B. 301: B. & M. 1218: G. 633:
H. 500, 2, second part.
^ essS is often omitted from the compound forms of the Infinitive.
6 See 136 and Ln. XXXVIII. , Note 3 ; iit, as here, is sometimes
omitted.
7 See 145. 8 See 79.
9 See Ln. LXXXV., Note 9. lo gee ii6, second part,
^1 See 144. 12 gee 39.
13 See Example 1. i^ See 122 and Ex. 2, h.
IS See 139, 16 all of us, omnibus nobis ; see 67,
1" See Ln. LXXXV., Note 1.
LESSON LXXXVIII.
THE GERUNDIVE.
154. The Gerundive. A. & G. 73, 2 : A. & S. 2T5, IL: B.
325, Rule LXXVL: B. & M. 1322: G. 428: H. 562.
EXAMPLES.
1. Ad minuendam gratiam, for DIMINISHING popularity.
2. Ad eas res conficiendas Orgetorix deligitur, Orgetorix is
chosen to execute these plans.
3. Speni regni obtinendi, the hope OF OBTAINING the sovereignty.
4. Data f acultate itmeris f aciendi^ if an opfportnnity for inarching
should be granted.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. U3
Analyze, and parse.
1. Qmbus opibus^ ac nervis non solum ad mmucndam^
gratiam/ sed paerie ad perniciem suam uteretur.* 2. Ipse tii
citeriorem Galliam ad conventus agendos profectus est. 3. Ad
eas res conf iciendas biennium sibi satis esse duxerunt. 4. In
Gallia ab his^ qui ad conducendos liomines facultates liiibe-
bant, regna occupabantur. 5. Ea, quae ad effcmmandos
aminos pertinent^ important. 6. Decima legio se esse Sd bel-
lum gerendum paratissimam confirmavit. 7. Ariovistus dixit
oinnes Galliae civitates ad se oppugnandum venisse. 8. Fru-
mentum omne^ praeterqnam quod secum portaturi erant/ com-
burunt^ tit dornum^ reditionis spe"^ sublata^ paratiores Sd
omnia perTciila subeunda essent. 9. Liscus dicit si quid ac-
cidat^ Eomanis, summam in spem^^ per Helvetios regni obti-
nendi Dumnorigem venire. 10. Hac oratione liabita^^ summa
alacritas et cupiditas belli gerendi innata est. 11. Neque
homines inimico animo/^ data facultate per provinciam itiueris
faciendi, temperaturos^^ ab injuria et maleficio existimavit.
12. Hoc proelio facto reliquas copias Helvetiorum ut consequi
posset,^* pontem in Arare faciendum curat ^^ atque M excer-
citum traducit.
Write in I^atin.
1. We consider two days sufficient for collecting the men.
2. They thought five days were sufficient for destroying the
city. 3. We entertain^^ the highest hope of establishing
friendship with all. 4. He says he entertains the highest
hope of establishing friendship with the Gauls if anything
happens^ to us. 5. An opportunity for marcliing througli
entire Gaul was granted the Romans. 6. A ve^y great desire
for obtaining the sovereignty was infused into Dumnorix.
7. Let us not import ^^ those things which tend to enervate the
mind. 8. Let us do that which tends to strengthen peace
144 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
with all men. 9. Caesar said that entire Germany had come
to attack him. 10. We shall burn up our villages^ that we
may be more ready to endure all perils.
Notes.
1 See 104,
2 Trauslate the Gerundives like Gerunds (see Ex. 1) ; parse them like
adjectives.
3 gratiam, so. suam.
4 utSretur, translate by the Indicative.
6 See Ln. LXX., Ex. 2.
6 See 105 ; dSmuni limits the idea of motion in the verbal noun
rSditidnis.
7 See 122. ^ From tollo.
9 accidat, translate by the Indicative ; why is it in the Subjunctive ?
{t5l)
10 in spem vSnio, / entertain the liope.
11 See Ln. LXIV., Note 2. 12 ggg 144, a.
13 See Ln. LXXXVIL, Note 5. " See 136.
15 pontem — curat, he attends to huilding a bridge over the Sadne; lit.,
he cares for a bridge to be built, etc. How is Sadne pronounced ?
16 See 134.
LESSON LXXXIX.
THE SUPINE.
155. The Supine. A. & G. 74, 1-2 : A. & S. 276, L-IIL:
B. 326, Rules LXXVII. and LXXVIIL : B. & M. 1360; 1365:
G. 435-437: H. 567-570.
EXAMPLES.
1. Legates mittunt rogatum auxilium, they send legates TO ask
FOR aid.
2. Perf^ile factu^ very easy to do.
riRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 145
Analyze and parse.
1. Aedui^ quum se suaque^ ab iis defendere non possent,^
legates ad Caesarem mittunt rogatiiin aaxilium. 2. Bello
Helvetiomm confecto totius fere^Galliae legati^ principes^ ci-
vitatum^ ad Caesarem gratulatum convenemnt. 3. Legati
ab Aeduis et a TrevTris veniebant ; Aedui^ questum quod
Harudes^ qui nuper m Galliam transportati essent,^ fines
eorum popularentur^ ; sese ne obsidibus quTdem datis pacem
Ariovisti redimere potuisse. 4. Divitiacus dixit ob earn rem
se ex civitate profugisse et Eomam^ ad senatum venisse auxt-
lium postulatiim, quod solus neque jurejurando neque obsidi-
bus teneretur. 5. Liscus dicit Dumnorigem ipsum ex Ilel-
vetiis uxorem habere, sororem ex matre''' et propinquas suas
nuptum in alias civitates coUocasse. 6. Hostis^ est uxor in-
vita^ quae ad virum nuptum datur. 7. Perfacile factu esse
illis probat conata perficere, propterea quod ipse suae cIvTtatis
imperium obtenturus esset.^^
Write in ILatin.
1. We have sent legates to the general to ask for troops.
2. We shall send a legate to you to ask for aid. 3. Since Ave
cannot 2 defend ourselves and our possessions ^^ from the
enemy, we shall send legates to Geneva^ to ask for aid.
4. We shall go to the consuls to congratulate (them), 5. Let
us go to the praetor to congratulate (him). 6. Ambassadors
came from all the states ; the Gauls to complain because the
Germans had crossed^ the Ehine to attack ^^ their towns;
(saying that) not even after a pledgees j^ad been given
were they able to establish peace. 7. You are attempting
that which is not very easy to do. 8. He shows (that) to^
march through the enemy^s territory is (a thing) not ej)
to do.
146 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
Notes.
1 See A. & G. 4, 2, c : A. & S. 15, 2 : B. 24, Exc. 3 : B. & M. 21:
G. 14, Remark 1 : H. 25, 3, 1).
2 See 149. 3 See 25.
* Aedui, sc. veniebant.
6 See A. & G. 66, 2 : A. & S. 266: B. 310, RuLE LXIX.: B. & M.
1291: G. 666: H. 527.
6 See 105.
7 sororem ex matre, his lialf-sistcr. ^ See 64.
9 invita, against her will ; it modifies quae.
10 See Ln. LXX. and 149. " See Ln. LXXXV., Note 1.
12 See 155. 13 gee 122.
LESSON XC.
THE ROMAN CALENDAR. — ABBREVIATIONS.
IM. The Calendar. A. «fe G. 84, I - 3, a - c : A. & S. 326,
(l.)-(6.): B. 3T4, a-c: B. & M. 1524-1537: G. Appendix,
page 371: H. TOT -710.
157. Abbreviations. A. & G. 15, 1-4: A. & S. 328: B. 373:
B. & M. 1538-1542: H. 719; 720.
VOCABULARY.
Januarius, S, iim, (Jan.) ofJanimry,
Februarius, a, um, (Febr.) of February.
Martius, a, um, (Mart.) of March,
Aprilis, e, (Apr.) of April,
Maius, a, um, (Mai.) of May,
Junius, a, um, (Jun.) of June,
Quin tills, e, (Quint.) of July.
Sextilis, e, (Sext.) of August.
September, bris, bre, (Sept.) of September.
October, bris, bre, (Oct.) of October.
November, bris, bre, (Nov.) of November.
December, bris, bre, (Dec.) of December.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 147
Kalendae, artim, (KaL) f. pL, Calends; the first day of the Roman
month.
Nouae, arum, (Non.) f. pi.. Nones; the 7th of March, May, July,
and October, and the 5th of the
other months.
Idus, uiim, (Id.) f. pi.. Ides; the 15th of March, May, July,
and October, and the 13th of the
other months.
pridie, (pr. or prid.) adv., the daij before.
Pronounce the abbreviated words as if they were printed In full.
1. Genevam Kalendis^ ipsis Novembnbus^ occupfibit.
2. Qui dies erit a. d. VI. Kal. Nov.^ (ante diem sextum Kil-
lendas Novembres). 3. C* Julius Caesar Idibus Martiis
occlsus est. 4. M. TuUius Cicero a. d. III. Non. Jan. nfitus
est. 5. P. ScTpio a. d. XVII. Kal. Mai. mortuus est. 6. Ap.
Claudius a. d. VI. Non. Apr. in senatu locutus est. 7. "K.
Gracchus Nonis Juniis Eoma^ profectus est. 8. M. Manllius
ad Eomam profectus est a. d. VI. Id. Sext. 9. Multa verba
oratores faciunt a. d. IV. Non. Quint. 10. C. Caesar prid.
N5n.^ Febr. castra movit. 11. Dixi ego m senatu caedem t8
contulisse^ princTpum m a. d. V. Kal. Nov. VI. Caedem
principum contulisti ex a. d. V. Kal. Dec. Sd pr. KSl.^ Jan.
13. T. Labienus prid. Id.^ Sept. hostes siiperavit. 14. Is
dies erat a. d. V. Kal. Apr. L. Pisone A. Gabinio consiilTbus.*
15. Si quid vellent, ad Id. Apr. reverterentur. 16. Horum
est nemo qui nesciat^ te prid. Kal.^ Jan. stetisse In comTtio
cum telo.
Imitate in Abbreviations the preceding Latin exercises.
1. Caius Cassius was bom on the 31st of October. 2. Mar-
cus Flaccus died on the 4th of May. 3. Caius Gracchus was
killed on the 25th of January. 4. Titus Labienus set out
from Geneva on the 15th of July. 5. Tiberius Gmcchus will
148 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
break up camp on the 12th of February. 6. Lucius Piso was
elected on the 1st of December. 7. That day was the 16th of
Aprils when Lucius Cassius and Appius Claudius were con-
suls.^ 8. If you wish anything^ return on the 13th of June.
9. He put ofiF the murder of the consuls to the 30th of No-
vember. 10. There was no one of these who did not know^
that you stood in the Comitium on the 20th of August.
Notes.
1 See 111.
2 The Latin names of months are adjectives.
3 Such an expression as antS diem sextum KSlendas NSvembres is
treated as a single word; hence it is often used like an Ablative of Time,
as in sentence 4 ; like a Predicate Substantive, as in sentence 2 ; or it is
governed by the prepositions in, ex, and rarely by Sd, as in sentences 11
and 12.
4 Caius : Latin pronunciation, Kdh-yoos ; English pronunciation, Kd-yus,
6 See 107.
6 See A. & G. 56, 2, a : A. & S. 238, 1, (h.) : B. & M. 1010: H. 437, 1.
■^ From confgro. 8 ggg ^22.
9 A. & G. 65, 2 : A. & S. 264, 7 : B. 301, 5 : B. & M. 1218: G. 634:
H. 501, I.
LESSON XCI.
GENERAL EXERCISE.
" EXAMPLES.
1. prima luce, at daybreak, at earliest dawn.
2. multo die, late in the day.
3. prima nocte, in the first part of the night
4. ad multam noctem, till late at night.
5. pridie ejus diei, on the day hefore.
6. postridie ejus diei, on tliefollomng day.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. U.9
Translate and parse.
1. Prima luce,^ quum summus mons a T. Labieno tenere-
tur,2 ipse ab hostium castris non longius mille et quingentis
passibus^ abesset^ Considius equo^ admisso ad eum accurrit,
dlcit montem^ quern a Labieno occupari voluerit/ ab hosttbus
teneri. 2. Multo denique die per exploratores Caesar cog-
novit et montem a suis teneri et Helvetios castra movisse et
Considium timore perterritum, quod n5n vidisset^ pro viso stbi
renunciasse.^ 3. Circiter hommum'^ milia sex prima nocte e
castris Helvetiorum egressi ad Ehenum f Tnesque Germanorum
contenderunt. 4. Ad multam noctem etiam ad impedimenta
pugnatum est, propterea quod pr5 vallo carros objecerant.
5. Colloquendi^ Caesari causa visa non est, et eo^ magis, quod
pridie ejus diei^^ Germani retineri non poterant, quin^^ in
nostros tela conjicerent.^^ 6. Postrldie ejus diei^^ praeter
castra Caesaris suas copias traduxit et milibus^^ passuum duo-
bus ultra eum castra fecit. 7. Postrldie ejus diei Caesar
praesidium utrisque castris, quod satis esse visum est^ reli-
quit.
Write in liatin.
1. The cavalry hastened to the city at Ml speed^^^ and
pitched their camp at daybreak not farther than nine miles
from ours. 2. We ascertained late in the day that the top of
the mountain was held by the Sequani. 3. We set out on
the day before at earliest dawn, hastened at full speed, and
arrived at sunset in the vicinity of Geneva. 4. They set out
in the first part of the night and arrived in the territory of the
Gauls on the following day at earliest dawn. 5. We stayed
at home on the fourth of July till late at night. 6. The reason
for holding a conference^ does not seem good to us, and the
more 9 because the Romans cannot be restrained from hurling ^^
missiles upon our men. 7. We shall leave for both camps a
garrison which will seem to be sufficient.
150 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
Notes and Questions.
1 What is the literal meaning of prima Itice ? Why is the Ablative nsed?
2 Why is the Subjunctive used ? See A. & G. 62, 2, ^> : A. & S. iJ63, 5,
Kem. 2 : B. 304, Kule LXY. : B. & M. 1244 : G. 581, II. : H. 518, II., 1.
3 See 133,
* See 122 ; what is the literal meaning of equo admisso ?
^ What mood is voluerit ? Why is that mood used in this clause ?
See 152.
eSeeLN. LXXV., Note 11.
7 See Ln. LXXXIII., Note 1. 8 See 152.
9 eo magis, the more; for eo, see 79.
10 See A. & G. 50, 4, c, Remark : A. & S. 212, Rem. 4, Note 6 : B. &
M. 1005: H. 411, 2.
11 quin — conjicerent, fronn hurling ; why is the Imperfect used ? See
135; why is the Subjunctive used ? See A. & G. 65, 1, & : A. & S. 262,
Rem. 10 : B. 297, Rule LX.: B. & M. 1218: G. 551: H. 498.
12 See 147.
13 at full speedy Squis admissis ; why the Plural ?
LESSON XCII.
GENERAL EXERCISE.
EXAMPLES.
1. plus posse, to he more powerful,
2. plurimum posse, to he the most powerful^ or to he very powerful,
3. ei gratlas agere, to thank him.
4. nobis est in animo iter facere, we intend to mxirch.
5. latere aperto, on the unprotected flank,
6. ex equis, on horseback.
7. memoria tenere, to remember,
8. maximis potest itineribus, hy the longest possible marches.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 151
Translate and parse.
1. Liscus dicit esse nonnuUos^ qui privatim plus^ pos-
sint^ quam ipsi magistratus. 2. Non erat diibium, quin totlus
Galliae plurimum^ Helvetii possent.^ 3. Damnorix gratia et
largltione apud Sequaiios plurimum poterat. 4. DivitiScus
dixit eos^ qui et sua virtute et popiili Eomani hospitio atquS
amlcitia plurimum ante in Gallia potuissent^^ coactos esse*
Sequanis^ obsides dare. 5. Decima legio per tribunes mlK-
tum ei gratias egit. 6. Caesari renunciatur^ Helvetiis'^ esse
in animo per agrum Sequanorum et Aeduorum iter in San-
tonum fines facere. 7. Helvetii legates ad eum mittunt^ qui
dlcerent^ sibi esse in animo sine ullo maleficio iter per pro-
vinciam facere. 8. Pars aperto latere ^^ legiones circumvS-
nire coepit.^^ 9. Capto monte^^ Boii et Tulingi nostros latere
aperto agressi circumvenlre coeperunt. 10. Ariovistus, ex
equis lit coUoquerentur ^^ et praeter se denos tit ad colloquium
adducerent^^^ postulavit. 11. Eorum una pars^ quam Gallos
obtinere dictum est/* attingit ab^^ Sequanis et Helvetiis flu-
men Ehenum. 12. Id^^ hoc facilius eis persuasit, quod un-
dique loci natura Helvetii continentur. 13. Moribus^^ suis
Orgetorigem ex vinculis^^ causam dlcere coegerunt; damna-
tum^^poenam sequi oportebat.^o ^t igni cremaretur. 14. Cae-
sar, quod memoria'^i tenebat^^ L. Cassium consulem occisum
exercitumque ejus ab Helvetiis pulsum^^ et sub jiigum mis-
sum,23 concedendum^* n5n piitabat. 15. Caesari quum id^^
nunciatum esset/^ eos per provinciam nostram iter fiicere
c6nari,27 maturat ab urbe proficisci et quam maximis potest
itineribus^i in Galliam ulteriorem contendit et ad Genevam
pervenit. 16. Itaque re^^ frumentaria quam celerrime potuit
comparata magnis itineribus ad Ariovistum contendit.
17. Liscus dicit Dumnorigem complures annos^s portoria
reliquaque'^9 omnia Aeduorum vectigalia parvo pr(3tio redempta
habere/^ propterea quod illo^^ licente contra liceri audeat*^
nemo.
15^ FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
Notes and Questions.
1 See A. & G. 53, 3 : A. & S. 333, (3.) : B. 323, Rule XIII.: B. & M.
728: G. 331, Remarks 2 and 3 : H. 380.
2 Why is the Subjunctive used in this clause ? See 152*
8 Why the Subjunctive ? See Ln. XCL, Note 11.
4 From cogo. ^ See 39.
6 What is the subject of rSnunciatur ? What is it that is reported to
Caesar ?
■^ See 137 ; what is it that the Helvetii intend (have in mind) to do?
What then is the subject of esse ?
8 See Ln. LXXXIL, Note 1.
^ See 130 and Example 10 ; what question does qni dicSrent answer ?
10 latSre is an Ablative of Place, answering the question Where ?
11 What kind of a verb is coepit ? See 127,
12 See 122. 13 See 136 and Example 9.
1* What is the subject of dictum est ?
1^ ab, on the side of.
16 id — qu6d, he persuaded them to this the more easily, because; lit., he
persiutded this to them, etc. ; for hoc, see 79,
1' See Ln. LXXXV., Note 7.
18 ex vinculis, in chains ; what is its literal meaning ?
19 damnatum, if condemned; see 121; it modifies eilm understood, the
object of sSqui.
2D What kind of a verb is 5portebat ? See 128 ; what is its subject ?
See Ln. LXIX., Examples 6 and 7.
21 See 54,
22 What kind of a clause is quod — tSngbat ? See 149 ; what is the
object of t^nebat ?
23 See Ln. LXXXVIL, Note 5.
24 concedendum, sc. essS ; translate, that it ought to he granted,
25 To what does id refer ? What had been reported to Caesar ?
26 See Ln. XCL, Note 2. 27 conari is in apposition with id.
28 See 93* 29 See Ln. LXXXIX., Note 1.
3^ rSdempta habere, had bought up.
31 What kind of a verb is audeat ? See A. & G. 35, 2 : A. & S. 143, 2 :
B. 110, a: B. & M. 312: G. 183: H. 371, 3.
SELECTIONS FOR READING.
I. FABLES.
!• The Mouse and the Kite.
Milvius laqueis irretltus musculum exoravit^ ut eum, corro-
sis plagis^ liberaret. Quo facto, milvius liberatus murem
arripuit et devoravit.
Haec fabula ostendit, quam gratiam mali pro beneficiis red-
dere soleant.
». The Kid and the Wolf.
Haedus, stans in tecto domus^ lupo praetereunti maledixit.
Cui lupus, Non tu, inquit, sed tectum mihi malerUcit,
Saepe locus et tempus homines timidos audaces reddit.
S. The Crane and the Peacock.
Pavo, coram grue pennas suas explicans, Quanta esty inquit,
formosttas mea et tua deforrmtas ! At grus evolans, Et quanta
est, inquit, levttas mea et tua tardUas !
Monet haec fabula, ne ob aliquod bonum, quod nobis natura
tribuit, alios contemnamus, quibus natura alia et fortasse ma-
jora dedit.
154 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
4. The Goat and the Wolf.
Lupus capram in alta rupe stantem conspicatus^, Cur non,
inquit^ relinquis nuda ilia et sterilia loca, et hue desceiidis in
herbulos campos, qui tibi laetum pabulum offerunt ? Cui
respondit capra : Mihi nou est in ammo didcia tutis praepo-
nere.
5, The Dog in the Manger.
Canis jacebat in praesepi bovesque latrando a pabiilo
arcebat. Cui unus bourn, Quanta ista, inquit, invidia est,
quod non pater is ut eo cibo vescdmur, quern tu ipse capere nee
velis nee possis !
Haec fabiila invidiae indolem declarat.
6. The Fox and the Lion.
Vulpes, quae nunquam leonem viderat, quum ei forte occur-
risset, ita est perternta^ ut paene moreretur formidine. Eun-
dem conspicata iterum, timuit quidem, sed nequaquam, ut
antea. Tertio ilH obviam facta^ ausa est etiam propius acce-
dere eumque alloqui.
7. The Oxen.
In eodem prato pascebantur tres boves in maxima concordia,
et sic ab omni ferarum incursione tuti erant. Sed dissidio
inter illos orto, singuli a feris petiti et laniati sunt.
Fabula docet quantum boni sit in concordia.
8. The Ass in the Lion's Skin.
Asmus, pelle leonis indutus, territabat homines et bestias
tamquam leo esset. Sed forte, dum se celerius movet, aures
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 155
eminebantj mide agnitus in pistrmum abductus est, ubi
poenas petulantiae dedit.
Haec fabula stolidos notat, qui immeritis honoribus supe^-
biant.
9. The Golden Egg.
Mulier quaedanri habebat gallmam, quae ei quotidie ovum
pariebat aureum. Plinc suspicari coepit, illam auri massam
intus celare, et gallinam occTdit. Sed nihil in ea reperit, nisi
quod in aliis gallinis reperiri solet. Itaque dum majoribus
divitiis inhiabat, etiam minores perdidit.
lO, The Travellers and the Ass.
Duo qui una iter faciebant, asmum oberrantem in solitu-
dine conspicati, accurrunt laeti, et uterque eum sibi vindicfire
coepit, quod eum prior conspexisset. Dum vero contendunt
et rixantur, nee a verberibus abstinent, asinus aufiigit et
neuter eo potitur.
11, The Trumpeter.
Tubicen ab hostibus captus, Ne me, inquit, inter jicite ; nam
inermis sum, neque quidqiiam haheo praeier hanc tubam. At
hostes, Propter hoc ips2im, inquiunt, te interimemus, quod, qmun
ipse pug nandi sis imperUus, alios ad pug nam incitdre soles,
Fabula docet, non solum malef icos esse puniendos sed etiam
eos, qui alios ad male faciendum irritent.
12, Sour Grapes.
Vulpes uvam in vite conspicata ad illam subsiliit omnium
virium suarum contentione, si eam forte attingere posset.
RSITVi,
^W
156 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
Tandem defatigata inani labore discedens dixit : At nunc etiam
acerbae sunt, nee eas in via rej}ertas tollerem.
Haec fabiila docet^ multos ea contemnere^ quae se assequi
posse desperent.
IS. The Mice.
Mures aliquando habuerunt consilium, quomodo sibi a fele
caverent. Multis aliis propositis, omnibus placuit ut ei tin-
tinnabulum annecteretur ; sic enim ipsos sonitu admonitos
earn fugere posse. Sed quum jam inter mures quaereretur,
qui feli tintinnabulum annecteret, nemo repertus est.
Fab u la docet, in suadendo plurimos esse audaces, sed in ipso
periciilo timidos.
14:. The Wolf and the Crane.
In faucibus lupi os inhaeserat. Mercede igitur conducit
gruem, qui illud extrahat. Hoc grus longitudine colli facile
effecit. Quum autem mercedem postularet, subridens lupus
et dentibus infrendens, Num tibi, inquit, parva merces videtuT,
quod caput inpolume ex lupi faucibus extraxisti ?
II. STOEIES PEOM EAELY EOMAN HISTOEY.
Saturn.
1. Antiquissimis temporibus Saturnus in Italiam venisse
dicTtur. Ibi baud procul a Janiciilo arcem condidit, eamque
Saturniam appellavit. Hie Italos primus agriculturam do-
cuit.
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 167
Latinus and Aeneas.
2. Postea Latinus in illis regionibus imperavit. Sub hoc
rege Troja in Asia eversa est. Hinc Aeneas, Anchisae filius,
cum multis Trojanis, quibus ferrum Graecorum pepercerat,
aufugit et in Italiam pervenit. Ibi Latinus rex ei benigiie
recepto filiam Laviniam in matrimonium dedit. Aeneas urbein
condidit, quam in lionorem conjugis Lavinium appellavit.
Founding of Alba Longa by Ascanius.
3. Post Aeneae mortem Ascanius, Aeneae filius, regnum ac-
cepit. Hie sedem regni in alium locum transtiilit, urbemque
condidit in monte Albano, eamque Albam Longam nuncu-
pavit. Eum secutus est Silvius, qui post Aeneae mortem a
Lavinia genitus erat. Ejus posteri omnes usque ad Romam
conditam Albae regnaverunt.
Other Kings of Alba.
4. TJnus horum regum, Komulus Silvius, se Jove majorem
esse dicebat, et, quum tonaret, militibus imperavit, ut clypeos
liastis percuterent, dicebatque liunc sonum multo clariorem
esse quam tonitru. Fulmine ictus et in Albanum lacum
praecipitatus est.
5. Silvius Procas, rex Alban5rum, duos filios relTquit Nu-
mitdrem et Amulium. Horum minor natu, Amulius, fratri
optionem dedit, utrum regnum habere vellet, an bona, (juae
pater reliquisset. Numitor paterna bona praetiilit ; Amulius
regnum obtinuit.
Birth of Romulus and Remus.
6. Amulius, ut regnum firmissime possideret, Numitoris
filium per insidias interemit et filiam fratris Rheam Silviam
158 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
Vestalem virgmem fecit. Nam his Yestae sacerdotibas non
licet viro nubere. Sed haec a Marte gemiiios filios Romulum
et Eemum peperit. Hoc quum Amulius comperisset,, matrem
in vinciila conjecit^ pueros autein in Tiberini abjici jussit.
7. Forte Tiberis aqua ultra ripam se effuderat^ et, quum
pueri in vado essent positi, aqua refluens eos in sicco rellquit.
Ad eorum vagltum lupa accurrit, eosque uberibus suis aluit.
Quod videns Faustulus quidam, pastor illTus regionis, pueros
sustulit et uxori Accae Laurentiae nutriendos dedit.
Foundation of Rome, B. C. 753.
8. Sic Eomulus et Eemus pueritiam inter pastores transe-
genint. Quum adolevissent et forte compcrissent quis ipso-
rum avus, quae mater fuisset, A'mulium interfecerunt et
Numitori avo regnum restituerunt. Turn urbem condiderunt
in monte Aventino quam Eomulus a suo nomine Eomam vo-
cavit. Haec quum moenibus circumdaretur, Eemus occisus
est; dum fratrem irridens moenia transiliebat.
How Romulus increased the Number of Citizens.
9. Eomulus, ut civium numerum augeret, asylum patefecit,
ad quod multi ex civitatibus suis pulsi accurrerunt. Sed
novae urbis civibus conjuges deerant. Festum itaque Neptuni
et ludos instituit. Ad hos quum multi ex finitimis populis
cum mulieribus et liberis venissent, Eomani inter ipsos ludos
spectantes virgines rapuerunt.
War with the Sabines. — Tarpeia.
10. Populi ilii^ quorum virgines raptae erant^ bellum ad-
versus raptores susceperunt. Quum Eomae aj^propinquarent,
forte in Tarpeiam virginem inciderunt, quae in arce sacra pro-
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 159
curabat. Hanc rogabant, ut viam in arcem monstraret, elque
permiserunt, ut munus sibi posceret. Ilia petiit, ut sibi
darent, quod in sinistris manibus gererent, anulos aureos et
armillas signif Tcans. At hostes in arcem ab ea perducti scutts
Tarpeiam obruemnt; nam et ea in sinistris manibus gere-
bant.
Treaty with the Sabines.
11. Tum Eomulus cum hoste, qui montem Tarpeium tene-
bat^ pugnam conseruit in eo loco, ubi nunc forum Romanum
est. In media caede raptae processerunt, et hinc patres hinc
conjuges et soceros complectebantur, et rogabant, ut caedis
finem facerent. Utrique his precibus commoti sunt. Eomulus
foedus icit et Sabinos in urbem recepit.
Institutions of Romulus. — His Death.
12. Postea civitatem descripsit. Centum senatores legit
eosque quum ob aetatem tum ob reverentiam iis debitam patres
appellavit. Plebera in triginta curias distribuit, casque rap-
tarum nominibus nuncupavit. Anno regni tricesimo septimo,
quum exercitum lustraret, inter tempestatem ortam reppiite
oculis hominum subductus est. Hinc alii eum a senatoribus
interfectum, alii ad deos sublatum esse existimaverunt.
Reign of Numa Pompilius, B. C. 716 - 673.
13. Post Eomiili mortem unTus anni interregnum fuit.
Quo elapso, Numa Pompilius Curibus, urbe in agro Sabinorum,
natus rex creatus est. Hie vir bellum quidem nullum gessit ;
nee minus tamen civitati profuit. Nam et leges dedit, et
sacra plurima instituit, ut populi barbari et bellicosi mores
moUiret. Omnia autem, quae faciebat, se nymphae Egeriae,
160 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
conjiigis su9e^ jussu facere dicebat. Morbo decessit^ quadra-
gesimo tertio imperi anno.
Keign of Tullus HostiUus, B. C. 673 - 641.
14. Numae successit Tullus Hostilius^ cujus avus se in
bello adversus Sablnos fortem et strenuum virum praestiterat.
Rex creatus bellum Albanis indixit, idque trigeminorum Hora-
tiomm et Curiatiorum certamine finivit. Albam propter per-
fidiam Metti Fufeti diruit. Quum triginta duobus annis
regnasset^ fulinine ictus cum domo sua arsit.
Beign of Ancus Marcius, B. C. 640-616.
15. Post liunc Ancus Marcius, Numae ex filia nepos, sus-
cepit imperium. Hie vir aequitate et religione avo similis,
Latinos bello domuit, urbem ampliavit, et nova ei raoenia cir-
cumdedit. Carcerem primus aedificavit. Ad Tiberis ostia
urbem condidit, Ostiamque vocavit. Vicesimo quarto anno
imperi morbo obiit.
Reign of Tarquinius Priscus, B. C. 616 - 578.
16. Deinde regnum Lucius Tarquinius Priscus accepit,
Demarati filius, qui tjrannos patriae Corintlii fugiens in Etru-
riam venerat. Ipse Tarquinius, qui nomen ab urbe Tarqmniis
accepit, aliquando Eomam profectus erat. Advenienti aquila
pileum abstulit, et, postquam alte evolaverat, reposuit. Hinc
Tanaquil conjux, mulier auguriorum perita, regnum ei portendi
intellexit.
17. Quum Eomse commoraretur, Anci regis familiaritatem
consecutus est, qui eum filidrum suorum tutorem rellquit. Sed
is pupillis regnum intercepit. Senatoribus, quos Eomiilus
creaverat^ centum alios addidit, qui minorum gentium sunt
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 161
appellati. Plura bella feliciter gessit, nee paueos agros hostt-
bas ademptos urbis territorio adjunxit. Primus triuiuplians
urbem intravit. Cloacas fecit; Capitolium inchofivit. Tri-
cesimo octavo imperi anno per Anci filios^ quibus regnum
eripuerat^ occTsus est.
Reign of Servius Tullius, B. C. 578 - 534.
18. Post Imnc Servius Tullius suscepit imperium, genitus
ex nobili femma, captiva tamen et famula. Quum iu domo
Tarquini Prisci educaretur, flamma in ejus capTte visa est.
Hoc prodigio Tanaquil ei summam dignitatem portendi intel-
lexit, et conjugi persuasit, ut eum sicuti liberos suos edacaret.
Quum adolevisset^ rex ei filiam in matrimonium dedit.
19. Quum Priscus Tarquinius occTsus esset, Tanaquil do
superiore parte domus populum allocuta est, dicens ; regent
grave quidem seel non leidle viilnus accepisse ; eum peih'e, ut
populits, dum convaliiissefy Sewio Tiillio ohedlreL Sic Servius
regnare coepit, sed bene imperium administravit. Montes tres
urbi adjunxit. Primus omnium censum ordinavit. Sub co
Eoma habuit octoginta tria milia civium Eomanorum cum his,
qui in agris erant.
20. Hie rex interfectus est scelere filiae Tulliae et Tarquini
Superbi, fili ejus regis, cui Servius successerat. Nam ab ipso
Tarquinio de gradibus curiae dejectus, quum domum fugeret,
interfectus est. Tullia in forum properavit, et prima conjiigem
regem salutavit. Quum domum rediret, aurlgam super patris
corpus in via jacens carpentum agere jussit.
Reign of Tarquinius Superbus, the last king of Rome,
B. C. 534-510.
21. Tarquinius Superbus cognomen mortbus meruit. Bello
tamen strenuus plures finitimorum populorum vicit. Tern-
162 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
plum Jovis in Capitolio aedificavit. Postea, dum Ardeam
oppugnabat, urbem Lati^ imperium perdidit. Nam quum
filius ejus Lucretiae_, nobilissimae femmae^ conjugi Tarquini
CoUatini^ vim fecisset^ haec se ipsam occidit in conspectu mariti,
patris^ et amicorum, postquam eos obtestata fuerat, nt lianc
injuriam ulciscerentur.
2^. Hanc ob causam L. Brutus^ Collatinns^ aliique nonnulli
in exitium regis conjurarunt^ populoque persuaserunt, ut ei
portas urbis clauderet. Exercitus quoque^ qui civitatem Ar-
deam cum rege oppugnabat^ eum relTquit. Fugit itaque cum
uxore et liberis suis. Ita Eomae septem reges regnaveruiit
annos ducentos quadraginta ties.
NOTES ON THE SELECTIONS FOR EEADING.
The References are mainly to the Sections of this Book.
I. FABLES.
1. ut — liberaret, see 136 and Ln. XXXVIII., Note 3. — corrosis
plagis, hy gnaiving the nets; see 122. — quo, see 122 ; what is its ante-
cedent ?— ostendit, what is its object ? — mali, see Ln. LXXXV., Note 9.
— soleant, see 151 and Lx. XCII., Note 31.
^, lupo, see 132. — praetereunti (praeter and eo), see 126; translate
the Participle by a Relative Clause. — inquit, see A. & G. 38, 2, & : A. &
S. 183, 5 : B. Ill, c, 2 : B. & M. 444; G. 190 2: H. 297, II., 2. —
reddit, see A. & G. 49, \ d\ A. & S. 209, Rem. 12, (2) : B. 287, a : B.
& M. 64:4:', G. 281, Exception 1 : H. 463, I.
S, explicans, sj^reading. — inquit, see note on inquit, Eable 2. — ali-
quod, see 116, a. — quod, see 34 and 115. — contemnamus, see 136, —
alia, majora, see Ln. LXXXV., Note 1.
4. laetum, abundant. — mihi, see 137, — est, what is its subject ? —
dulcia, see Ln. LXXXV., Xote 1. — tutis, see 67,
5, boves, see A. & G. 11, III., 4, d, Note : A. & S. 83, II., Remark 1 ;
84, Exc. 1 : B. 138: B. & M. 123: G. 80: H. 66, — latrando, see 153
FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN. 163
and 54, — quod — pat6ris, see 149» — cibo, see 54 and 104, — veils, see
125 and Ln. LXXXIX., Note 5.
6. occurrisset, see A. & G. 63, 2, 6 : A. & S. 263, 5, Rem. 2 : B. 304,
Rule LXY.: B. & M. 1244: G. 581, II.: H. 518, II. — morerfitur, see
130. — necLuaquam, antea, what do they modify ? — obviam facta, having
met; obviam is used with the Dative. — ausa est, see Ln. XCII., Note 31.
7. pascebantur, what does the Imperfect Tense denote ? see 36» — boves,
see note on boves, Fable 5. — petiti, sc. sunt. — boni, see Ln. LXXXIIL,
Note 1. — sit, see 151*
8. pelle, see 54, — indutus, having clothed himself. — esset, see A. & G.
61, 1: A. & S. 263, 2: G. 604: H. 506. — movet, see Ln. LXXXIL,
Note 11. — unde, for vihich reason^ i. e. because his ears stuck out. —
agnitus, from agnosco ; render as if it were agnitus est, and supply and.
— dedit, suffered. — honoribus, see 79.
9. suspicari, see 69. — coepit, see 127. — illam, why in the Accusa-
tive ? why Feminine ? — quod is here equivalent to id quod ; compare the
English ivhatj equivalent to that ivhich. — solet, see Ln. XCII., Note 31.
— majoribus, see 84 and 85, — divitiis, see 67. — minfires, what does it
modify ?
10. duo, see 108 and Ln. LXXXY., Note 9. — accurrunt, see Ln.
LXXXIL, Note 1. — laeti, joyfully ; see A. & G. 47, 6 : A. & S. 205,
Rem. 15 : B. 270, h : B. & M. 663: G. 324, Remark 6 : H. 443.—
prior, see note on laeti ; the comparative is used when two only are men-
tioned. — conspexisset, see 149, — eo, see 104,
11. tubican, what is its derivation? see Gen. Vy. — inquit, see note
on inquit. Fable 2. — interficite, see 47, — inermis, derivation ? see Gen.
Vy. — propter hoc ipsum, for this very reason; what is the reason? —
pugnandi, see 153 and 140, — sis, see 145, — soles, see Ln. XCII.,
Note 31. — esse puniendos, see 130, — eos, why in the Accusative? —
irritent, see A. & G. 65, 2 : A. & S. 264, 1. {a.) : B. 301: B. & M.
1220, b: G. 633: H. 500, 2, last part
12. vulpes, see A. & G. 6, 4 : A. & S. 33: B. 118, IIL, Rem. 2:
B. & M. 41: G. 20, 3 : H. 43, 3. — omnium — contentiOne, with all its
might ; what is the literal translation ? for the Abl. contentifine, see 54.
— si, (to see) lohethcr. — posset, see 151. — repertas, from reperio ; see
121. — tollerem, see 143 and A. & G. 60, 1, a: A. & S. 261, Rem. 4 :
B. 305, third clause: G. 594, 2 : H. 503, 2, 1). — quae, see 34, — M,
see 53, — desperent, see note on irritent. Fable 11.
13. quomodo, {to see) by what means. — sibi, see A. & G. 51, 2, ff, 8 :
A. k S. 223: B. 239: B. & M. 836: G. 347 1 H. 385, 3. — cavfirent,
164 FIllST LESSONS IN LATIN.
see 151, — aliis, see Ln. LXXXV., Note 1 and 122, — placuit, what is
its subject ? — annecteretur, see A. & G. 70, 4, a : A. & S. 'ZG-Z, Rem. 3 :
B. 301, KuLE LXll. : B. & M. 1222 : G. 558 : H. 495, 2. — sic — posse ;
this Infinitive Clause depends upon some such expression as they thought,
they said. — quaereretur, see note on occurrisset, Fable 6 ; what is the sub-
ject of quaereretur ? — suadendo, see 153, — plurimos, see 85 and Ln.
LXXXV., Note 9.
14, inhaeserat, from inhaereo. — mercede, see 146, — extrahat, see
136, — hoc, what was this that the crane accomplished ? — postularet, see
note on occurrisset, Fable 6. — num, what answer is implied f See Ln.
LXL, Note 1. — merces, see 64, — videtur, what is its subject ? — fauci-
bus, how declined in the Singular ? in the Plural ? See Gen. Vy.
n. STORIES PROM EARLY ROMAN HISTORY.
1, Janiculo, the Janiculum is a hill on the west side of the Tiber ; the
seven hills are on the east side ; these are the Palatine, Cajntoline, Qiiiri'
nal, Avcntine, Coelian, Usquiline, and Viminal. — earn Saturniam, see 58,
— Italos, agriculturam, see 71» — primus — docuit, ivas the first who
taught; see A. & G. 47, 6 : A. & S. 205, Rem. 15 : B. 271, Remark :
B. & M. 663: G. 324, 7 : H. 442, 1.
2, in — regionibus ; what country is meant ? — sub, in tJie reign of, —
Troja, Troy is said to have been destroyed in b. c. 1184. — hinc, from this
place, i. e. from Troy. — Aeneae, Anchisae, how declined ? See A. & G.
9, 8: A. & S. 44: B. 125: B. & M. 52: G. 72: H. 50. — quibus, see
132, — Lavinium was situated about 16 miles south of Rome, three miles
from the coast.
S, Aeneae, see note on Aeneae in preceding section. — trans tulit, see
123, — Albam Longam, Alba Longa was about 16 miles southeast of
Rome, situated on the western slope of the Alban Mount and overlooking
the Alban Lake. — secutus est, succeeded. — genitus erat, from gigno. —
ad Romam conditam, until the founding of Rome ; what is the literal trans-
lation ? — Albae, see 106.
4, Jove, see 133 and A. & G. 11, III., 4, & : A. & S. 85: B. 138: B.
& M. 123: H. 66, 3.— tonaret, see 128 and note on occurrisset, Fable 6.
— multo, see 144, — tonitru, what case? why? — ictus, sc. est. — Alba-
num Lacum, see note on Albam Longam in section 3.
5, minor natu = junior ; for natu, see 124, — vellet, see 125 and 151,
reliquisset, see Ln. LXXXIX., Note 5.
nnST LESSONS IN LATIN. 165
6. vestalem virginem, a vestal virgin was bound by a vow of chastity ;
if she broke her vow she was buried alive. — licet, what is its subject?
viro nubere, to marry ; for viro, see 132 ; what does nubgre mean ?
pepSrit, from pario. — hoc, what was it that Amulius had found out ?
7. essent positi, see A. & G. 62, 2, e : A. & S. 263, 5 : B. 302, 1 :
B. & M. 1251: G. 587: H. 518, I. — quod, what is its antecedent ? what
did a certain Faustulus see ? — regionis, what region is meant ? — nutrien-
dos, to he nourished y modifies pueros, and expresses the purpose of dedit.
8. adolevissent, from adolesco ; see note on occurrisset, Fable 6. —
quis, see 64, — avus, sc. fuisset and see 151, — monte Aventlno, Mount
Aventine, one of the seven hills of Rome. The best authorities agree that
Rome was built at first on the Palatine, which hill stands a short distance
northeast of the Aventine.
9. civibus, see A. & G. 51, Z, a-. A. & S. 226, Rem. 2 : B. 242,
Rem. 3: B. & M. 820: H. 386, 2. — inter, in the midst o/. — ipsos, very,
— spectantes, translate by a relative clause.
10. Romae, see 67. — in inciderunt, they came unexpectedly upon. —
quod, see note on quod. Fable 9. — gererent, see Ln. LXXXIX., Note 5.
— et ea, these also, i. e. as well as the rings and bracelets.
11. Montem Tarpeium, the Tarpeian mount; probably the Capitoline
hill. — forum Romanum, the Roman Forum^ an open space in the valley
between the Capitoline and Palatine, surrounded by temples and other
buildings ; here the Roman people, the Populus EomanuSy met to transiict
business. — media, 7nidst of. — raptae, sc. muli^res. — hino — hinc, here
— the7'e. — utrique, who are meant ? — icit, compare the English expres-
sion, strike a bargain ; the Romans were accustomed to offer a sacrifice to
confirm a treaty, and hence this use of ico.
12. quum — turn, both — and. — raptarum, sc. muliSrum. — inter, in
the midst of. — ortam, which had ariseii. — oculis, see 67. — hinc, i. e. by
reason of the fact mentioned in the preceding sentence. — alii — alii, some
— others. — interfectum, sc. esse. — sublatum esse from tollo.
13. quo, what is its antecedent ? — Curibus, see 106. — jussu, see 79.
facere, what is its object ? — morbo decessit, i. e. Numa died a natural
death, which has not always been the lot of kings ; with decessit supply
de vita.
14. praestiterat, what does it govern ? see 58. — crefttus, see Ln.
LXIII. and Examples. — Horatifirum. The Horatii fought for Rome, the
Curiatii for Alba. The three Curiatii fell, but one of the Horatii survived ;
this gave the victory to the Romans. — Metti Fuf6ti, see 17; for his
treachery he was torn asunder by horses driven in opi>osite directions, and
his city Alba razed to the ground. The inhabitants of Alba were removed
166 FIRST LESSONS IN LATIN.
to Rome and located on the Coclian hill ; this was the origin of the Roman
Plebs. — annis expresses duration of time ; what is the more usual con-
struction ? see 93. — arsit, fr. ardeo, ardere, arsi, arsum, hum.
15, aequitate, see 124, — avo, see 86, — bello, see 54. — ei, see A. & G.
51, 1, c : A. & S. 349, Rem. 3 : B. 243, Rem. 3 : B. & M. 859: G. 348:
H. 384, II., 1. — primus, see note on primus, section 1, — obiit, see 120
and note on morbo decessit, section 13,
16, deinde, i. e. after the death of Ancus Marcius. — qui refers to
Demarati. — advenienti, sc. ei and see A. & G. 51, 2, c : A. & S. 224,
Rem. 1 : B. 242, Rem. 3 : B. & M. 829: H. 386, 2. — abstiilit from
aufgro, auferre, abstuli, ablatum, carry off; derived from ab aivay, off;
and fero carry. — auguriorum, see 140,
17, Romae, see 106, — commoraretur, see note on occurrisset, Fable 6.
— tutorem, as guardiani ; compare 58, — pupillis, see 67, — gentium
modifies senatores understood. — plura, several; how declined? See
Ln. LXXXIV., Note 11. — ademptos, from adimo primus, see note on
primus, section 1, — Cloacas. The main sewer, known as the Cloaca Maxi-
ma, and a branch running from the Forum are still in use. — Capitolium,
tJie Capitol, signifies here the temple of Jupiter on the Cajiitoline. — per
filios, at the instigatimi of the sons ; they hired assassins to murder liim :
a filiis would signify that they killed him with their own hands. — quibus,
see note on ei, section 16,
IS, genitus, from gigno. — captiva, see 25, — domo, how declined ?
See 97, — conjiigi, see 132 and Ex. 1. — educaret, see 136,
19, domus ; this stood on the Palatine. — regem — obediret ; change
this to the Direct Discourse ; see 152, — eum refers to regem. — coepit,
see 127, montes — adjunxit. The Palatine, Capitoline, Quirinal, and
Aventine had been previously occupied. — milia, how declined ? see 108,
— civium, see Ln. LXXXIIL, Note 1.
20, scelere, see 79, — filiae, see 25, — curiae. The senate-house stood
near the Forum. — domum, see 105 ; how declined ? — prima, see note on
primus, section 1, — regem, asking; compare 58,
21, cognomen, i. e. Superbus, the Proud. — moribus, see 79, — bello,
see 111, — plures, how declined ? see note on plura, section 17, — populo-
rum, see Lx. LXXXIIL, Note 1. — Templum. This temple had been
begun by Tarquinius Priscus ; see section 17, — Jovis, how declined ? see
note on Jove, section 4, — Lucretiae, see 39, — vim, how declined ? See
Gex. Vy. — ut — ulciscerentur, see 136 and Ln. XXXYIIL, Note 3.
22, in, /or. ~ conjurarunt, see Ln. LXXV., Note 11. — populo, see
132, — ei, against him; see 39, — civitatem = urbem. — Ardea was
situated about 18 miles south of Rome.
GENERAL VOCABULARY.
I. Latin-English.
Numerals and Pronouns not given in this Vocabulary can be found in the
Grammar.
The References are to Sections of this book.
The English words in small capitals are derived either directly or indirectly
"from the Latin words under which they stand, or from the same Root.
The parts in Parentheses give the derivation of the Latin words. For Ab-
breviations see page xii.
A., abbreviation of Aulus, a Ro-
man praenomen.
ab, a, prep. w. abl. from, mmy
from ; hy : on the side of
ab-duco, ducerg, duxi, ductum
(ab away, duco lead), lead
away. Abduct, abduction.
ab-jicio, jicere, jeci, jectiim
(ab aicay, doion ; jacio cast),
cast away or down. Abject.
abs-tineo, tinere, tinifi, tentiim
(ab(s) from, teneo keep), keep
from, ABSTAIN. Abstinence.
ab-sum, esse, fui (ab away, sum
he) he away, he absent, he
distant.
ac. See atque.
Acca, ae, f., Acca Larentia^ the
wife of Faustulus.
ac-cedo, cedSrS, cessi, cesstim
(ad towards, cedo go), go to-
wards, draw near, approach;
assault. Accede, accession.
ac-cido, cidSrg, cidi (ad xipon,
cado fall), fall upon, befall,
happen. Accident.
ac-cipio, cXpgrg, cepi, cepttlm
(ad to one's self, capio take),
receive, accept, take.
ac-curro, currgrg, ctlcurri and
curri, cursum (ad to, curro
run), run to, hasten to.
accuse, arg, avi, atiim (ad to,
causa a laiosuit), accuse, blames
censure. Accusation.
ac^r, acr^, acr6, sharp. Acrid.
168
ACERBUS — AEquITJS
acerbtts, a, um, sour. Acerbity.
acies, aciei, f., edge; line, line
of battle ; army in battle-array.
See agmen.
acriter, acrius, acerrime, adv.
(acer sharp), sharply, fiercely,
violently.
ad, prep. w. ace. to, towards : for;
near; w. numerals, about; w.
names of towns, towards, in or
into the vicinity of.
ad-amo, are, avi, atum (ad de-
noting a beginning, amo love),
begin to love, acquire a liking for.
ad-do, dere, didi, ditum (ad
to, beside; do put), add.
ad-duco, ducere, duxi, ductum
(ad to, duco lead), lead to, lead;
influence.
ad-eo, ire, ii, itiim (ad to, eogo),
go to. See 12 G.
ad-imo, imere, emi, emptum
(ad to one's self, emo take),
take away.
aditiis, us, m. (adeo go to), ap-
proach, access.
ad-jungo, jungerg, junxi, junc-
tum (ad to, jungo join), join
to, join.
ad-miuistro, are, avi, atum
(ad without additional force,
ministro serve), administer,
manage. Administration,
ADMINISTRATOR.
ad-mitto, mittere, misi, missum
(ad to, milto let go), allow, ad-
mit ; give the reins to ; equo
admisso, at full speed. Ad-
mission.
ad-moneo, monere, monui,
monitum (ad w. no percep-
tible additional force, moneo
admonish), ADMONISH, warn.
Admonition.
adolesce, adolescere, adolevi,
adultum (adoleo cause to grow ,
up), grow, increase, grow up.
Adult.
ad-sum, ad-ess e, af-fui (ad near,
sum be), be near, be present;
assist.
ad-venio, venire, veni, ventum
(ad to, venio come), come to,
arrive, come. Adventure.
adventiis, us, m. (advenio come
to), arrival, approach. Advent..
adversiis and adversum, prep,
w. ace. towards, against.
ad-verto, vertere, verti, ver-
sum (ad towards, verto turn),
turn towards; id animum ad-
vertSre, to turn the mind to-
icards it, to perceive it. Ad-
vert.
aedificium, i, n. (aedifico build),
building, edifice.
aedilico, are, avi, atum (aedes
building for habitation, facie
make), build. Edify, edifica-
tion.
Aedui, orum, m. pL, a tribe in
Central Gaul.
aeger, aegra, aegriim, sick.
Aeneas, ae, m., a Trojan prince,
son of Venus and Anchlses.
aequitas, atis, f. (aequus fair,
equitable), BqviTY, justice, mod-
eration.
JEqVUS — AMICUS
169
aequus, a, um, even, level;
EQUAL ; like ; fail', equitable,
aestas, atis, f., summer,
aetas, atis, f., age,
af-fero, af-ferre, at-tiili, al-lattim
(ad to, fero bring), bring to,
carnj to ; offer ; carry.
af-ficio, ficere, feci, fectiim (ad
^0, facio do), AFFECT, injiaence;
magno dolore affici, to be very
grievously affected,
ager, agri, m., field, land; country,
territory.
agger, aggeris, m., mound; mate-
rials/or a mound.
ag-gredior, gredi, gressiis sum
(ad to, gradior go), go to, op-
jiroacli ; go against, attack. Ag-
GIIESSIOX, AGGRESSIVE.
agmen, agminis, n. (ago put in
inotion), ariny on the march,
line of march ; [acies, army in
battle array ; exercitus, a dis-
ciplined army"] ; agmen novis-
simum, the rear; primum
agmen, the van,
ag-nosco, noscere, novi, nitiim
(ad denoting reference, (g)nos-
co know), recognize ; know.
ago, agere, egi, actum, put in
motion : had, drive, conduct ; act,
do, perform. Actiox, agent.
agricultura, ae, f. (ager field,
colo cultivate), agriculture.
alacer, alacris, alacrg, lively,
cheerful : eager, fierce.
alacritas, atis, f. (alacer lively),
liveliness, eagerness, zeal, Alac-
RITY.
Alba or Alba LongS, the mother
city of Home, built by Ascanius.
Albaniis, i, m., an Alban, an in-
habitant of Alba,
aliquando, adv. (aliquis some
one), at some time, once^ for-
merly.
aliquis, indef. pron. [see lie, a],
some one, somebody, something,
some; anyone, anybody, anything^
any.
alius, alia, aliiid [see 24"], others
another,
Allobroges, um, m. pi., a people
in the southeastern part of
Gaul.
al-16quor, ISqui, 16cutiis siim
(ad to, loquor speak), speak tOy
address.
alo, alere, alui, alitiim or al-
tiim, nourish, feed, support,
Alpes, Alpiiim, f. pi. the Alps.
alte, altiiis, altissime (altus
high, low), on high, highly ; loto,
lowly.
alter, altera, altgriim [see ;?4],
one of two, the other, the second;
alter — aligr, the one — the
other.
altitude, altitudinis, f. (altus
high, deep), height ; depth ; alti-
tude.
altus, a, iim (alo nourish), high,
lofty: deep.
amicitia, ao, f. (amicus friendly),
friendship.
amicus, a, um (amo love), loving,
friendly : amicus, i, m. friend.
Amicable.
170
AMITTO — ARIOriSTUS
a-mitto, mittere, misi, missum
(ab away, mitto let go), lose.
amplio, are, avi, atum (amplus
of large extent), enlarge.
ampliiis, adv. more, farther.
Amuliiis, i, m., son of Silviiis
Procas and brother of Numitor.
an, adv. or.
Anchises, ae, m., a Trojan, the
father of Aeneas.
Ancus Marcius, i, m., the fourth
king of Rome.
angustiae, arum, f. pi. (angus-
tus narrow), narrow pans, defile;
difficulty.
anira-ad-verto, vertere, verti,
versum (animus mind, adver-
to turn towards), notice. Anim-
advert, ANIMADVERSION.
animal, animalis, n., animal.
animus, i, m., mind, soul; dh^^posi-
tion ; affection ; feeling, courage.
[animus denotes the human
. soul, including all its faculties,
including mens; mens denotes
the thinking, mental faculty.]
an-necto, nectere, nexui, nex-
iim (ad to, necto tie, fasten), tie
to, fasten to. Annex.
annus, i, m., year. Annual.
ante, prep. w. ace, before; adv.
hefare, previously. Ante in
antecedent, etc.
antea, adv. (ante before, ea that),
before, previously.
antiquiis, a, iim (ante before),
ancient, old; of long continuance.
Antique, antiquated.
anulils, i, m., ring. Annular.
Ap., abbreviation of Appius, a
Roman pr^enomen.
apertiis, a, iim (aperio uncover),
uncovered, unprotected.
ap-pello, are, avi, atiim (ad to,
pello bring one's self to a per-
son), address; name, call. Ap-
peal, appellation.
ap-propinquo, are, avi, atum
(ad to, propinquo draw near),
draw near to, approach.
apiid, prep. w. ace, at, near, in
pi'esence of, among.
aqua, ae, f., icater. Aqueduct.
aquiia, ae, f., eagle.
Aquileia, ae, f., a town at the
head of the Adriatic Sea.
Aquitani, orum, m. pi., inhabi-
tants of Aquitania.
Aquitania, ae, f., the southwest-
ern division of Gaul.
Arar, Araris, ace. Ararim, m.,
the Saone [pronounced SOne'], a
river in Gaul, tributary to the
Rhone.
arcesso, arcessere, arcessivi,
arcessitum, invite, summon,
arceo, arcere, arcui, drive away;
ivard off, keep from; restrain.
Ardea, ae, f., a city of Latium,
capital of the Rutuli.
arma, orum, n. pi., arms, iceap-
ons.
armilla, ae, f., bracelet or ring,
worn on the left arm by sol-
diers as a reward for valor.
Ariovistus, i, m., a powerful
German king in the time of
Caesar.
JRRIPIO — BELGAE
171
ar-ripio, ripere, ripui, reptum
(ad upon., rapio seize), seize
upon.
arrogantia, ae, f. (arrogans as-
Sliming) f haughtiness, insolence,
ARROGANCE.
Arverni, orum, m. pi., a people
in the eastern part of Aqui-
tania.
arx, arcis, f., citadel, fortress,
Ascanius, i, m., son of Aeneas.
Asia, ae, f., Asia.
asinus, i, in., an ass.
as-sequor, sequi, secutus sum
(ad with no perceptible addi-
tional force, sequor follow), fol-
low ; overtake ; obtain.
asylum, i, n. asylum.
at, conj. hut.
at-tingo, tingere, tigi, tactum
(ad against, tango touch), touch
against, border upon; touch,
reach.
atque, ac, conj. (ad in addition,
que and), and also, and.
auctoritas, atis, f. (auctor pro-
ducer), AUTHORITY, influence.
audacia, ae, f. (audax bold),
boldtiess, AUDACITY.
audaciter or audacter, audaci-
us, audacissime, adv. (audax
bold), boldly, courageoushj.
audax, gen. audacis (audeo
dare), hold, daring, AUDACIOUS.
audeo, audere, ausus sum [see
Ln. XCIL, Note 31], dare, ven-
ture.
audio, ire, ivi, itiim, hear. Au-
dit, AUDITOR, AUDIENCE.
au-fugio, fiiggrg, fugi, fiigltiim
(ab away, fugio Jlee), fee away,
escape ; flee.
augeo, augerg, auxi, auctiim,
increase, augment.
augiirium, i, n. (auguror fr. au-
gur diviner), augury, divina-
tion.
aureus, a, iim (aurum gold),
golden.
auriga, ae, m. (aurea bridle, ago
manage)^ charioteer.
auris, auris, f. ear. Auri-cular.
auriim, i, n., gold.
aut, conj. or; aut — aut, either
— or.
autem, conj., hut, yet, moreover.
auxilium, i, n. (augeo increase) ,
help, aid; pi. auxiliaries.
Aventinus, i, m., the A ventine.
aversiis, a, iim (averto turn
aivay), turned away; avexsus
hostis, a retreating enemy.
a-verto, verterg, verti, versiim
(ab away, verto turn), turn
away, turn aside, avert. Aver-
sion.
avus, i, m., grandfather.
barbSrtls, S, iim, foreign: xm-
civilized; savage, rude, bar-
barous. Barbarian.
beatus, a, iim (beo bless), happy.
Beatific.
Belgae, ariim, m. pi., a powerful
people dwelling in Northern
Gaul.
17^
BELLICOSUS— CJSSIUS
belHcosiis, a, iim, icarllke,
bello, are, avi, atum (bellum
?mr), carry on war,
bellum i, n., war,
bene, adv., well^ finely,
benef icium, i, n., kindness, bene-
fit. Beneficial.
benigne, adv. (benignus kind),
kindly ; benignly. Benign,
BENIGNANT.
bestia, ae, f., beast.
Bibracte, is, n., the chief town of
the Aedui.
biennium, i, n. (bis twice, annus
year), two years. Biennial.
Boil, oriim, ra. pi., the Boii [pro-
nounced Bb-yl], a nomadic peo-
ple dwelling chiefly in Gaul,
Italy, and Germany.
b6nus, a, iim, good, friendly ; b6-
niim, i, n. a good thing, an ad-
vantage; b5na, orum, n. pi.,
goods, an estate,
bos, bovis, m. and f., ox, coiv,
brSvis, brSve, short, brief.
Brutus, i, m. (brutus stupid), L,
Junius Brutus, the deliverer of
Rome from regal dominion.
C, abbreviation of Caiiis [pro-
nounced Ca-yus^, a Roman
praenomen.
caedes, caedis, f. (caedo kill),
murder, slaughter, carnage,
caedo, caedere, cecidi, cae-
siim, cut, cut down; kill, mur-
der, -cide in parri-cide,
matri-cide, etc.
Caesar, Caesaris,m., Caius Julius
Caesar, a distinguished Roman
general, orator, statesman, and
author.
Caius Valerius Procillus, a dis-
tinguished Gaul, friend of Cae-
sar.
calamitas, atis, f., calamity,
disaster, misfortune.
campiis, i, m., plain, field ; Cam-
pus, the Campus Martius, a
grassy plain just outside the
walls of Rome on which the
people assembled for elections,
military drills, and games.
canis, canis, m. and f., dog.
capio, caper e, cepi, captiim,
take, capture.
Capitolium, i, n. (caput head),
THE Capitol, the temple of Ju-
piter on the Capitoline hill at
Rome; the Capitoline hill, in-
cluding both temple and cifadel.
capra, ae, f., a she- goat,
captiviis, a, um (capio capture),
captive; captiviis, i, m., a
captive, a prisoner,
capiit, capitis, n., head. Oc-
ciput.
career, carceris, m., prison, In-
carcer-ate.
careo, carere, carui, caritiim,
he icithout, lack.
carpentlim, i, n., chariot.
carrus, i, m., cart, wagon.
carus, a, um, dear, helored.
Cassiiis, i, m., a Roman name.
CASTELLUM— COGITO
178
castelliim, i, n. (castrum aforti-
Jied place), castl,k, fort, strong-
hold.
Casticiis, i, m., a chief of the
Sequani.
castrum, i, n., fort, castle; pi.
camp,
causa, ae, f., cause, reason, mo-
tioe; causa, for the sake of,
when following a Genitive ;
causam dicere, to plead one's
cause.
caveo, cavere, cavi, cautiim,
he on one's guard. Cautious.
eeler, celeris, celere (cello im-
pel), swift, speedy. Celerity.
celeriter, celerius, celerrime,
adv. (celer swift), swiftly, quick-
ly, immediately,
celo, are, avi, atum, conceal,
hide.
census, us, m. (censeo assess,
register), census.
Centrones, iim, m. pi., a tribe in
Southeastern Gaul.
centum, num. adj. indecl., hun-
dred.
certamen, certaminis, n. (certo
contend), contest; battle.
certiis, a, iim (cemo determine),
CERTAIN, sure ; Caesarem
certiorem facere, to inform
Caesar.
ceteri, ae, a, adj. pi., the rest.
cibiis, i, m.,food,
cingo, cingere, cinxi, cinctiim,
surround, encircle. Cincture.
circiter, adv. (circus circle),
about, near.
circiim, prep. w. ace. (circus
circle), around; near, in the en'
virons of Circum- is a prefix
in many English words; e. g.
CIRCUM-FERENCE, CIRCUM-
NAVIGATE.
circum-do, darg, dgdi, dStiim
(circum around, do put), put
around, surround,
circum-vgnio, venirg, veni,
ventiim (circum around, ve-
nio come), come around^ sur^
round; circumvent.
citerior, citeriiis [see 85], hither.
citra, prep. w. ace, this side of.
civis, civis, m. and f., citizen.
Civil.
civitas, atis, f. (civis citizen), a
body of citizens, a state; citizen-
ship.
clariis, a, iim, clear ; famous.
claudo, clauderg, clausi, clau-
siim, close ^ enclose, shut; agmen
claudere, to bring up the rear,
In-clude, ex-clude.
cliens, clientis, m. and f., (clu-
ens fr. clueo hear), client,
vassal.
clipeus or clypeiis, i, m., shield.
cloaca, ae, f., drain, sewer; Clo-
aca maxima, the great sewer
in Rome, constructed by Tar-
quinius Priscus.
coepi, coepissg [see i;87], have
begun, began.
cogito, arg, avi, atiim (cum de-
noting completeness, agito wei(/h
in the mind), consider^ reflect
upon. Cogitate.
174
COGNOMEN— COIBIUNIO
cognomen, cognominis, n. (cum
denoting similarity, (g)nomen
name), a surname.
co-gnosco, gnoscere, gnovi,
gnitum (cum denoting com-
pleteness, (g)nosco know), know
completely; find out, ascertain,
learn, discover. Cognitiox.
cogo, cogere, coegi, coactum
(cum together, ago drive), drive
or lead together, collect ; compel.
Cogent.
cohors, cohortis, f ., cohort, the
tenth part of a legion.
co-hortor, ari, atiis sum (cum
intensive, hortor urge), exhort,
encourage.
Collatiniis, i, m., cognomen of L.
Tarquinius.
collis, coUis, m., a hill.
col-16co, are, avi, atum (cum
denoting completeness, loco
place), lay, put, place; nuptum
— coUocare, to give in mar-
riage. Collocate, colloca-
tion.
coll6quium, i, n. (colloquor
speak together), conference, inter-
view. Colloquy.
col-16quor, 16 qui, 16cutus siim
(cum with, loquor speak), speak
with, hold a conference.
coUum, i, n., neck.
colo, colere, colui, cultum,
dwell : till, cultivate ; ho7ior.
com-buro, burere, bussi, bus-
tiim (cum denoting complete-
ness, (b)uro burn), burn up.
Combustion.
comitium, i, n. (cum together, eo
go), the comitium, a place where
the Romans assembled to vote.
commeatus, us, m. (commeo
come and go), supplies, provi-
sions.
com-memoro, are, avi, atum
(cum intensive, memoro remind
of), call to mind; relate. Com-
memoration.
com-meo, are, avi, atiim (cum
denoting frequency, meo go),
come and go, resort; ad Bel-
gas commeare, to visit the Bel-
gae.
com-mitto, mittere, misi, mis-
sum (cum tog ether, ^juitio cause
to go), join; begin; commit.
Commission.
commode, adv. (commodus
advantageous), advantageously^
fitly, conveniently; satis com-
m5de, conveniently enough, with
sufficient ease.
commodus, a, um (cum denot-
ing completeness, modus meas-
ure), advantageous, suitable, fit.
Commodious.
com-m5ror, ari, atiis siim (cum
denoting completeness, moror
tarry), stop ; reside, stay at ; re-
main.
com-moveo, mbvere, movi,
motiim (cum intensive, moveo
move), move, affect, excite, dis-
turb, stir up, induce. Commo-
tion.
com-miinio, miinire, miinivi
and miinii, miinitum (cum
C03t MUNIS ~ CONOR
175
denoting completeness^ munio
forlifij)^ fortify on all sides.
communis, commune (cum to-
gether, munis serving), com-
mon.
com-paro, are, avi, atum (cum
intensive, 'psiro prepare), prepare
with zeal, make ready.
com-perio, perire, pSri, per-
tum, leai^n, discover.
com-plector, plecti, plexus
sum (cum with, plector en-
ticine one's self), embrace.
complures, complura (rarely
compluria), gen. compluri-
um, adj. pi. (cum together, plu-
res several) ^several together, very
many.
com-porto, are, avi, atiim (cum
together, porto bring), bring to-
gether, collect. Comport.
conatum, i, n. (conor to attempt),
an attempt.
con-cedo, cedere, cessi, cessiim
(cum denoting completeness, ce-
de yield), grant; concede.
Concession.
concilio, are, avi, atiim (con-
cilium a calling together), bring
together; ivin, conciliate.
concilium, i, n. (cum together,
calo call), council, assembly.
Concordia, ae, f. (concors fr.
cum denoting similarity, cor
heart), concord, harmony.
con-curro, currere, cucurri and
curri, cursiim (cum together,
curro run), rush together; has-
ten. Concurrent.
conditio, conditionts, f. (condo
put together), cOxNDition.
condo, condgrg, condidi, con-
ditum (cum together, do jnit),
found, build.
con-duco, ducgrg, duxi, duc-
tum (cum together, duco lead),
lead together, collect ; hire; con-
duce.
con-fero, ferrg, tuli, col-latfim
(cum together, fero bring), bring
together, collect; put off; con-
fer; se conferre, to betake
07ie's self. Conference, col-
late, collation.
con-ficio, ficerg, feci, fectiim
(cum denoting completeness, fa-
cio make), execute, accomplish,
finish. Confection.
con-firmo, are, avi, atum (cum
denoting completeness, Annus
firm), establish, strengthen, con-
firm; encourage; assert. Con-
firmation.
con-jicio, jicerS, jeci, jecttim
(cum intensive, jacio throw),
hurl. Conjecture.
conjuratio, conjurationis, f.
(conjuro swear together), con-
spiracy.
con-juro, arg, avi, atiim (cum
together, jure swear), swear to-
gether; conspire. Conjure.
conjux, conjiigis, ni. and f.
(conjungo fr. cum together,
jungo join), spouse, husband,
wife.
Conor, ari, atils siim, attempt, try.
Conative.
176
CONSCIUS— CONTRA
consciiis, a, um (cum withj scio
knoiv), CONSCIOUS.
con-sensus, us, m. (consentio
think together) J agreement, con-
sent.
con-sequor, sequi, secutus sum
(cum denoting completeness^ se-
quoT folio w), follow after, folio iv;
gain: obtain. Consequent.
con-sero, serere, serui, sertum
(cum together, sero join), join
together, Join; pugnam con-
serere, to join battle, to fight.
Considiiis, i, m., Publius Consi-
dins, an officer in Caesar*s army.
con-sido, sidere, sedi, sessiiin
(cum together, side sit down),
sit down together, encamp.
consilium, i, n., deliberation,
counsel, plan, design.
con-sisto, sistere, stiti, stitum
(cum denoting completeness,
sisto place one's self), take a
stand; keep a position; halt.
Consist, consistent.
con-solor, ari, atiis sum (cum
intensive, soloT comfort), comfort
greatly, console ; encourage,
cheer.
conspectus, us, m. (conspicio
look at), sight^ view, presence.
con-spicio, spicere, spexi, spec-
ttim (cum denoting complete-
ness, specie look), behold, see.
conspicor, ari, atiis sum (con-
spicio), behold, see.
constantia, ae, f. (constans
standing firm), firmness, stead-
fastness, constancy.
con-stituo, stituere, stitui, sti-
tutum (cum denoting complete-
ness, statue cause to stand), re-
solve, determine; establish, station.
Constitute, constituent.
consuesco, consuescere, con-
suevi, consuetum, become ac-
customed, be wont.
consiil, consillis, m. (akin to
censule consult), consul; one
of the two chief magistrates at
Rome, chosen annually.
con-siimo, siimere, sumpsi,
sumptiim (cum denoting com-
ple'eness, sumo take), consume,
icaste, destroy. Consumption.
con-temno, temnere, tempsi,
temptum, despise, contemn.
Contempt.
con-tendo, tenders, tendi, ten-
tiim (cum denoting complete-
ness, tendo stretch), hasten,
march in haste; contend, dispute,
fight; w. inf. proceed, set out
eagerly.
contentio, contention's, f . (con-
tendo contend), contention,
strife.
con-tineo, tmere, tinui, tentiim
(cum together, teneo hold), hold
together; encompass, hem in,
bound ; occupy, restrain. Con-
tent, continent.
continenter, adv. (continens
hanging together), continually,
icithout cessation.
con-tingo, tingere, tigi, tactum
(cum denoting completeness,
tange touch), touch on all sides ;
touch, border upon. Contact.
contra, prep. w. ace, against.
CONWMELIA — CUSTOS
177
contumelia, ae,f. (cum intensive,
tumeo swell), insult, abuse; dis-
c/race. Contumely.
con-valesco, valescere, valui
(cum denoting coynpleteness, va-
lesco grow ^strong), regain health,
recover. Convalescent.
con-venio, venire, veni, ven-
tiim (cum together, yenio come),
come together, assemble; con-
vene. Convention.
conventus, us, m. (convenio
come together), court ; conven-
tum agere, to hold a court,
con-verto, vertere, verti, ver-
sum (cum denoting complete-
ness, verto turn), turn about,
change; in fugam convertere,
to put to flight. Convert, con-
version.
con-v6co, are, avi, atum (cum
together, voce call), call together,
summon, convoke. Convoca-
tion.
copia, ae, f. (cum denoting com-
pleteness, ops means of any kind),
plenty, abundance, supply ; num-
ber ; ^\., forces, troops; liches.
copiosus, a, urn (copia ple7ity,
osus full of), wealthy, well-sup-
plied ; COPIOUS.
coram, prep. w. abl., in the pres-
ence of; before: adv., openly.
Corinthus, i, f., Corinth, a city in
Greece.
corpus, corporis, n., body;
CORPSE.
cornu, us, n., horn; loing, flank
of an army.
cor-rodo, rodgrS, rosi, rostim
(cum denoting completeness, ro-
do gnaw), gnaw to pieces, gnaw;
CORRODE.
Crassus, M. Licinius Crassus, a
celebrated Roman.
crgmo, arg, avi, atiim, burn.
Cremation.
creo, are, avi, atum, create,
elect, choose, appoint. Crea-
tion.
crus, cruris, n., leg,
cultus, lis, m. (cole cultivate),
CULTURE.
cum, prep.w.abl.,ut7^, togethermih,
cupiditas, atis, f. (cupidus de-
si?^ous), desire, ivish, longing;
eagerness, enthsuiasm; cupid-
ity.
cupidus, a, um, (cupio desire),
desirous, fond.
cupio, cupere, ctipivi and ciipii,
cupittim, desire,
ciir, interrog. adv., whyf where-
fore ?
ciir a, ae, f. (quaere seek), care.
Cures, Curium, f. pi, chief towa
of the Sabines.
curia, ae, f., curia or tvard; senate-
house.
Curiatii, oriim, m. pi., the name
of an Alban tribe. Three brotli-
ers belonging to this tribe fought
with the Horatii.
euro, ar6, avi, atiim (cura core),
care for, attend to, cause some-
thing to be done. Curate.
custos.custodis, m. and f., guards
watch. Custodian.
178
DJ3IN0 — BESTITUO
damno, are, avi, atum (dam-
num jye?ia%), CONDEMN.
de, prep. w. abl., down from^ from ;
of; abouty concerning : for,
dea, ae, f. [see 11], goddess.
debeo, ere, ui, itum (de from,
habeo hare), owe.
de-cedo, cedere, cessi, cessum
(de away, cedo go), go away,
depart, retire.
de-certo, are, avi, atum (de
intensive, certo contend), fght,
contend.
decimiis, a, um (decem ten),
tenth.
de-cipio, cipere, cepi, ceptum
(de intensice, capio ensnare),
DECEIVE. Deception.
declare, are, avi, atiini, show,
declare.
de-duco, ducere, duxi, ductiim
(de down, away, duco lead),
lead down or away, withdraw,
lead. Deduce, deduct, etc.
de-fatigo, are, avi, atum (de
denoting completeness, fatigo
weary) , weary completely, fatigue.
de-fendo, fend^re, fendi, fen-
Siim, DEFEND.
deformitas, atis, f., deformity,
ugliness.
deinde, adv., then, after that.
de-jicio, jicere, jeci, jectum
(de down, jacio throw), throw or
cast down. Dejection.
delectus, a, um (deligo choose),
chosen.
deleo, delere, delevi, deletum
destroy. Deleterious.
de-libero, are, avi, atum (de
denoting completeness, libro
iceigh in one's mind), weigh well
in mind, deliberate. Delib-
eration.
de-ligo, ligere, legi, lectum (de
apart, lego gather), select, choose,
Demaratiis, i, m., a Corinthian,
father of Tarquinius Priscus.
de-mitto, mittere, misi, mis-
stim (de doivn, mitto let go),
let go down; capite demisso,
with bowed head.
de-monstro, arS, avi, atum (de
intensive, monstro shoio)^ point
out, show, demonstrate; de-
clare. Demonstration.
deni, ae, a, num. adj. pi., ten each,
deniquS, adv., at last, finally.
dens, dentis, m., tooth. Dental.
de-p6no, ponere, pbsui, p5si-
tiim (de down, pono put), put
down, lay aside, get rid of. De-
posit, deponent.
de-scendo, scendere, scendi,
scensiim (de down, scando go),
DESCEND.
de-scribo, scribere, scripsi,
scriptiim, describe ; divide.
Description.
de-signo, are, avi, atum (de
intensive, signo mark), desig-
nate, describe, mean.
de-spero, are, avi, atum (de
denoting negation, spero hope)
despair. Desperation.
de-stituo, stituere, stitui, stitii-
DESVM — BOMUS
179
turn (de aicay, statuo put),
forsake, abandon. Destitute,
DESTITUTION.
de-siim, de-esse, de-fui (de
away, sum he), he wanting,
deterior, deteriiis [see 85'],
ivorse.
detrimentum, i, n. (detero fr.
de away, tero ruh), loss ; dam-
age, injury ; detriment. Det-
rimental.
deiis, i, m. [see 20], god; deity.
de-veho, vehere, vexi, vectiim
(de away, veho carry), carry
away, hring.
de-v6ro, are, avi, atiim (de
down, voro swallow), devour,
eat up.
dexter, dextra, dextriim, right ;
dextra (so. manu hand), on
the right. Dexterous.
dico, dicere, dixi, dictum, say,
tell, speak ; appoint ; call, name ;
causam dicere, to plead one's
cause. Dictum.
dies, diei, m., day.
dif-fero, dif-ferre, dis-tuli, di-
latiim (dis in different direc-
tions, fero carry), carry different
ways ; put off; differ.
difficilis, e (dis negative, facilis
easy), difficult; impractica-
hle.
dignitas, atis, f. (dignus worthy),
dignity, rank; honor, office.
digniis, a, iim, icorthy. Dignify.
di-mitto, mittere, misi, missum
(dis hither and thither^ mitto
send), dismiss.
di-ruo, rugrg, rui, ruttlra (dis
asunder, ruo hurl down), destroy;
overthrow; raze.
dis, m. and f.; dite, n.; gen. ditis
[ditiSr, ditissimiis], rich.
dis-cedo, cedere, cessi, cessttm
(dis away, cedo go), go away,
depart, leave.
dissidiiim, i, n. (dissideo fr. dis
apart, sedeo sit), dissension.
dis-tribuo, tribugrg, tribui, trl-
butum (dis among several, tri-
buo give), distribute, divide.
ditio, ditionis, f ., dominion, poiver.
dill, diutiiis, diiitissime, adv.,
a long time.
dives, gen. divitis, adj., rich,
Divico, onis, m., a distinguished
man among the Helvetii.
di-vido, vidgrg, vidi, visum
(dis asunder, root vid separate),
divide; separate. Division.
Divitiacus, i, m., a chief of the
Aedui.
divitiae, ariim, f. pi. (dives rich),
riches, ivealth.
do, dare, dedi, datiim, give.
doceo, dbcere, dbcui, doctiim
teach, instruct; infonn. Doc-
tor.
d616r, dSloris, m. (doleo feel
pain), grief, sorrow, trouble.
Dolorous.
dSltis, i, m., fraud, deceit, strata-
gem.
d6mo, arg, d6mui, dbmltiim,
subdue, conquer.
d5mtis, lis and i [see ©7], house:
dbmi, at home; ddmiUn, /tome,
*^'of mn'
180
DUBITATIO — ETIA3I
homeward; d6mo, from home.
Dome.
diibitatio, onis, f. (dublto waver
in opinion), doubt, hesitation.
diibius, a, um, doubtful. Dubi-
ous.
diicenti, ae, a, num. adj. pi. (duo
twOf centum hundred), two hun-
dred,
duco, ducere, duxi, ductiim,
lead, draw; suppose, consider;
put off. Duct, aqueduct.
dulcis, dulcS, sweet, pleasant.
Dulcet.
dum, conj.j while, as long as; un-
til.
Dumnbrix, Dumnbrigis, m., one
of the Aedui.
du6, ae, 6, num. adj. [see i08'\,
two.
dux, diicis, m. and f., leader,
guide; commander, general.
E.
ediico, are, avi, atum (educo
bring up a child), educate.
Educatiox.
e-duoo, ducere, duxi, ductum
(ex out, duco lead), lead out,
lead forth. Educe, eductiox.
efEemino, are, avi, atum (ex
denoting change of nature, fe-
mina woman), enervate. Ef-
feminate.
ef-ficio, ficere, feci, fectum
(ex out, facio make), effect,
accomplish.
ef-fundo, fundere, fudi, fusiiui
(ex out, fundo pour), pour out^
ocerfow. Effusiox.
Egeria, ae, f., a nymph, celebrated
in Roman mythology as the wife
and instructress of Numa.
ego, pers. pron. [see 112'], I.
e-gredior, gredi, gressus sum
(ex out, gradior go), go out,
depart. Egress.
e-labor, labi, lapsus sum (ex
out, labor slip), glide away,
escape. Elapse.
e-mineo, minere, minui (ex out,
mineo jut), rise above ; appear.
Eminent.
emo, emere, emi, emptiim, buy,
purchase.
e-nuncio, arg, avi, atiim (ex
out o/ a place, nuncio carry a
report), divulge, report.
eo, ire, ivi, itiim [see 126], go.
eo, adv., to that place, thither,
there ; eo — quo, the — the.
gques, equitis, m. (equus horse,
eo go), rider, horseman; cavalry-
man ; pL, cavalry.
equester, tris, trg (eques horse-
man), of horsemen, of cavalry.
Equestrian.
equitatus, us, m. (equito to be a
horseman), cavalry.
equiis, i, m., horse.
e-ripio, ripgrg, ripui, reptum
(ex out, rapio tear), tear out
or from, take from.
St, conj., and, even; gt — et, both
— and.
gtiam, conj. (et-jam), and also,
also, even.
ETSI — FACVLTAS
181
et-si, conj., even if^ although.
Etruria, ae,f., a country of Italy,
modern Tuscany.
e-verto, vertere, verti, versiim
(ex out, verto turn), turn out;
overturn, destroy.
e-v61o, are, avi, atiim (ex out,
volofly), fly out, fly away.
ex, e, prep. w. abl. [see Ln. IV.,
Vy., 1], out of, from among;
from; of
exempliim, i, n. (eximo fr. ex
out, emo take)^ Example.
ex-eo, ire, ii, itiini (ex o^it, eo
go), go out, go forth, depart;
pass., he gone.
exercitatio, onis, f. (exercito
to exercise), practice.
exercitiis, us, m. (exerceo exer-
cise), army. See agmen.
ex-igo, igere, egi, actum (ex
out, ago drive), drive out, lead
out, spend; aestas exacta est,
the summer is gone. Exac-
tion.
existimo, are, avi, atiim, think,
suppose; believe, imagine.
exitiiim, i, n. (exeo go out), de-
struction, ruin.
ex-oro, are, avi, atum (ex
eflectually, oro entreat), move by
entreaty ; obtain by entreaty.
expgditus, a, iim (expedio fr.
ex away from, pes foot), unin-
cumbered, passable. Expp:diti-
ous.
ex-plico, are, avi, atum (ex out,
plico fold), unfold, explain,
spread. Explication.
exploratSr, orfe, m. (explore
explore), spy, scout.
ex-pugno, are, avi, atiim (ex
effectualhj, pngnoflght), take by
assault; storm, capture.
ex-specto, ar6, avi, attlm (ex
very much, specto look for),
EXPECT, long for; wait. Ex-
pectation.
extra, prep. w. ace, without,
beyond.
ex-traho, traherg, trasd, trac-
tiim (ex out, traho draw), dram
out, extract. Extraction.
extremiis, a, iim [see S5], fur-
thermost, most distant, extreme.
ex-iiro, urgrS, ussi, ustiim (ex
entirely, uro burn), burn up.
P.
fabiila, ae, f. (fari to speak),
skyry, fable.
facilS, faciliiis, facillime, adv.
(facilis easij), easily, readily,
without difficulty.
facilXs, facilg (facie do, ills de-
noting capability), easy, practi-
cable. Facile.
facio, facerg, feci, factiim, do,
make ; incite, furnish ; iter fa-
cgre, to march, to journey.
factio, factionis, f. (facio take
part with one), faction, politi-
cal party.
factiim, i, n. (facio do), deed, act,
facultas, atls, f. (facilis which
see), ability, opportunity. Fac-
ulty.
182
FAMILIA — FRATER
familia, ae, f. (famulus servant),
household, family.
familiaritas, atis, f. (familiaris
intimate), intimacy, friendship,
FAMILIARITY.
famiila, ae, f., maldj maid-ser-
vant.
fauce, abl., f. sing., throat; fau-
ces, fauciiiin, f. pi., throat.
Fausttiliis, i, m., the shepherd
by whom Romulus and Remus
were brought up.
faveo, favere, favi, fautum, fa-
vor, show favor.
feles and felis, felis, f., cat.
Feline.
feliciter, adv. (felix happy), hap-
pily, successfully,
felix, gen. felicis, adj. (feo pro-
duce), happy, fortunate. Fe-
licitous.
femina, ae, £., female^ woman.
Feminine.
fSre, adv., almost, nearly,
fgro, ferrg, tiili, latilin, bear,
bring, carry; endure.
fSrus, a, um, wild, uncultivated;
fgrS, ae, f., wild beast.
ferriim, i, n., iron ; sword.
festtim, i, n., feast.
fides, fidgi, f. (Mo trust), faith,
confidence ; pledge, promise ;
protection. Fidelity.
filia, ae, f. [see 11], daughter,
filiiis, i, m., son.
finio, finirg, finivi, finitiini
(finis end), end, finish.
finis, finis, m., end, limit, boun-
dary ; pi., territory. Final.
finitimiis, a, iim (finis boun-
dary), neighboring; finitimi,
ortim, m. pi., neighbors.
fio, fieri, factiis siim [see 126],
be made; become; occur, hap-
pen.
firmiter, adv. (finnus^rm),/rm-
ly, securely.
flagito, arS, avi, atiim, demand.
flamma, ae, f., flame.
fleo, flere, flevi, fletiim, weep,
flens, gen. flentis, weeping.
flos, floris, m., flower. Floral.
fliimgn, fliiminis, n. (fluo flow),
river,
fluo, fluSrg, fluxi, fluxtim, flow.
Fluent, fluency.
f5dio, f5dgrg, fossi, fossum,
dig. Fossil.
foediis, foederis, n., league^
treaty. Federal.
formido, formidinis, £., fear,
terror.
form5sitas, atis, £., beauty,
fortassS, adv. (fors chance), per-
haps.
fortg, adv. (fors chance), acci-
dentally, by chance,
fortis, forts, brave, bold, coura-
geous, valiant ; strong.
fortitSr, forties, fortissime, adv.
(fortis brave), bravely, valiantly.
fortuna, ae, f., fortune.
fSriini, i, n., market-place; fo-
rum ; court of justice.
fossa, ae, f. (fodio dig), ditch,
trench.
fratgr, fratris, m., brother. Fra-
ternal.
FRIGUS—GRVS
183
frigtis, frigbris, n., cold, frost.
frumentariiis, a, iim (frumen-
tum corn), of corn ; res f ru-
in entaria, supplies.
frumentum, i, n., corn, grain.
fruor, frui, fructiis stim, enjoy
[see J04].
fuga, ae, L, flight.
fugio, fiigere, fugi, m^it^m, flee;
escape. Fugitive.
fulmgn, fulminis, n. (fulgeo
flash), thunder-holt, lightning.
Fulminate.
funiis, fungris, n., funeral proces-
sion, burial, funeral.
G.
Gabinitis, i, m., Aulus Gahinius,
a Roman consul.
Gallia, ae, f., Gaul; it embraced
modern France, Belgium, that
part of the Netherlands south
of the Rhine, the provinces of
Germany west of the Rhine,
and a large part of Switzer-
land; all this was known as
Gallia ulterior, farther Gaul,
and as Gallia transalpina,
Gaul across the Alps, i. e. from
Rome : the northern part of
modern Italy was known as
Gallia citerior, hither Gaul,
and as Gallia cisalpma, Gaul
this side the Alps, i. e. towards
Rome.
gallina, ae, f., hen.
Galliis, i, m., a Gaul.
GarumnS, ae, f., a river of Gaul,
the Garonne.
ggminiis, a, iim, double ; gemlui
filii, Vwin-sons.
ggngr, ggngri, m., son-in-law.
Geneva, ae, f., a town of the Al-
lobroges, on Lake Lemannus,
modern Geneva.
gens, gentXs, f. (gigno beget),
nation, tribe. Gentile.
ggniis, ggngris, n., birth, kind,
race,
Germani, orum, m. pi., the
Germans.
ggro, gergrg, gessi, gestiim, bear,
carry; carry on, wage; pass.
happen, take place.
gigno, gigngrg, gSnui, ggnitiim,
beget ; bear ; pass., be born.
gloria, ae, f., glory, renown.
glorior, ari, attis stlm (gloria
glory), boast, GLORY.
grSdiis, lis, m. (gradior to step),
step, stair. Grade.
Graeciis, S, tlm, Grecian,
Greek.
gratia, ae, f. (gratus beloved,
dear), favor; influence, popu-
larity ; GRACE ; pi., thanks.
gratiilor, ari, atiis siim, con-
gratulate.
gravis, gravg, heavy, burden-
some; grievous, painful, se-
vere. Grief.
gravitgr, gravitis, grSvissIme,
adv. (gravis heavy), heavily;
grievously, severely.
grus, gruls, m. atd f., crane (a
bird).
184
HABEO — IMPEDIMENWM
H.
hibeo, erS, ui, ittim, have, hold;
regard^ consider ; deliver.
Harudes, um, m. pL, a people of
Southern Germany.
hast^ ae, f., spear, lance.
haud, adv., not at all, by no
means.
haediis and hoediis, i, m., kid, a
young goat.
Helvetii, oriim, m. pL, an an-
cient people occupying a large
part of the country now called
Switzerland.
Helvetiiis, §., um, of tlie Helvetii.
herbidus, ^ um (herba grass),
grassy.
hibernS, orum, n. pi. (hiems
winter), winter-quarters; [prop-
erly an adjective with castra
understood.] Hibernate.
hic, haec, hoc, this; pL, these
[see il5].
hic, adv. (hic this), here, in this
place.
hiemo, are, avi, atum (hiems
winter), pass the icinter.
hinc, adv. (hic this), lyence, from
this place.
Hispani^ ae, f., Spain.
hSdie, adv. (contracted fr. hoc
and die, on this day), to-day.
h6m6, hbminis, m. and f., human
being^ person, man. [See Ln.
XXV., Note 1.]
hSnor, hbnoris, m., honor.
horS, ae, f., hour.
Horatii, orum, m. pi., three Ro-
man brothers who fought against
the Curiatii.
hortor, ari, atiis siim, exhort,
urge. Hortatory.
hospitium, i, n. (hospes guest),
hospitality. Hospital, hos-
pitable.
hostis, hostis, m. and f., enemy,
public enemy; [inim.icus is a
personal enemy."] Hostile.
hue, adv. (hic this), hither, to this
place.
humanitas, atis, f. (humanus of
or belonging to man), humani-
ty, refinement, culture.
I.
ibi, adv. (is), there, in that place;
then.
ico, icerS, ici, ictiim, strike;
foedus icgre, to ratify or make
a treaty. Ictus.
idem, e^dem, idem (is and dem.
suffix dem), the same [see 113],
idoneiis, a, um^fit, suitable.
igitur, conj., therefore.
ignis, is, m., fire.
ille, ilia, illiid, that, he; pi., thoae,
immeritiis, S, iim (in negative,
meritus deserving)^ not deserv-
ing : not deserved.
immortalis, immortale (in neg-
ative, mortalis mortal), immor-
tal.
immortalitas, atis, f. (immorta-
lis immortal), immortality.
impedimentiim, T, n. (impedio
fr. in in the way of, pedes /eei),
niPENLEO ^ INLULGEO
185
hindrance; pL, baggage of an
army, including beasts of bur-
den and their drivers; [sar-
cinae are packs carried by the
soldiers.] Ijmpediment.
im-pendeo, pendere, no perf.
nor sup. (in over, pendeo hang),
overhang; impend.
imperator, oris, m. (impero
command), commander-in-chief,
general.
imperitiis, S, um (in negative,
peritus skilled), unskilled, in-
experienced.
imperifim, i, n. (impero com-
mand), command; government;
EMPIRE, supreme power.
impero, arg, avi, atiim (in upon,
paro put), give orders, order;
command; rule.
impetus, us, m., attack, assault.
Impetus.
im-ploro, arg, avi, atiim, beseech,
entreat, implore.
im-p6no, pongrS, posuT, p6si-
tiim (in upon, pono place),
place upon ; levy upon. Impose,
IMPOSITION.
im-porto, arg, avT, atiim (in
into, porto bring), bring into,
IMPORT.
in, prep. w. ace and abl. ; w. ace,
into, to, towards, against; w.
abl., in, on^ upon, among.
inanis, inanS, empty; vain, in-
effectual.
incendo, incendSrS, incendi,
incensiim, set on Jire, burn.
Incendiary.
inchoo, arg, avi, 5ttim, begin. ,
in-cido, cidgrg, cidi (in into,
cado fall), fall into or upon;
chance to meet with. Lncidlnt,
incidental.
in-cito, arg, avi. attim (in with-
out additional force, cito put in
quick motion), instigate, en-
courage; incite.
in-c61o, c61gre, c61uT, cultiim
(in in, colo dwell), inhubUy
dwell.
incoliimis, g, unhurt, safe.
incommbdiim, i, (incommodus
fr. in negative, commodus con-
venient), inconvenience, misfor-
tune^ defeat.
incredibilis, g (in negative, credo
believe, bilis denoting capabil-
ity), INCREDIBLE ; extraordi-
nary.
incursio, onis, f. (incurro fr. in
into, against; curro run), at-
tack; INCURSION.
in-cuso, arg, 5vi, atiim (in
against, causa cause), censure,
blame.
in-dico, dicgrg, dixi, dicttim
(in among, dice speak), declare,
proclaim.
indigniis, S, iim (in negative, dig-
nus worthy), unworthy.
ind51es, is, f., dv^position, nature,
in-diico, ducgrg, duzi, ducttim
(in info, duco lead), lead into;
INDUCE.
indulgeo, indulggrg, indulsl,
indultiim, favor, show favor;
INDULGE.
186
INBUO — INTERNECW
in-duo, dugrg, dui, dutiim, put
on^ dress ; clothe.
inermis, S (in negative, arma
arms), unarmed ; defenceless.
inferior, inferiiis, lower. Infe-
rior [see 85^.
in-fero, in-ferrS, in-tiili, 11-
latiim (in into, upon, feio
bring), bring into or upon, make
upon. Infer, inference.
in-fluo, flugrg, fluxi, fluxiim (in
ifito, fiViO flow), flow into, empty.
Influence, influx.
in-frendeo, frenderg, gnash with
the teeth.
ingens, gen. ingentis, vast, enor-
mous, large,
in-haereo, haererS, haesT, hae-
siim (in to, in; haereo 6/ic^),
stick or cleace to or in.
in-hio, arg, avi, attim (in for,
hie gape), gape for, desire.
inlmlcus, 5, um (in negative,
amicus friendly), unfriendly,
hostile ; inimical. See hostis.
initium, i, n. (ineo fr. in upon,
eo enter), beginning. Initial.
in-jicio, jicgrg, jeci, jectiim (in
into, jacio throw), throw into;
inspire, infuse. Inject.
injuria ae, f. (injurius fr. in
negative, jus right), injury,
wrong; injustice, damage; in-
sult.
in-nascor, nasci, nattis siim (in
in, nascor be born), spring up in.
inopia, ae, f. (inopes fr. in neg-
ative, opes resources), want,
scarcity.
inquam and inquio, defective
verb, say.
insidiae, ariim, f. pi., treachery,
deceit. Insidious.
insignis, insigne (in upon, sig-
num mark), remarkable, extraor-
dinary ; insigne, is, n., sign.
in-stituo, stituere, stitui, sti-
tutiini, appoint, institute;
train up, instruct.
institutiim, I, n., custom ; insti-
tution.
in-struo, struSre, stnixi, stnic-
tiim (in vv^ithout additional
force, struo arrange), arrange,
form, draw up. Instruct, in-
structive, INSTRUCTION.
intel-ligo (lego), liggrg, legi,
lectiini (inter between, lego
choose), understand, know. In-
telligent.
inter, prep. w. ace, hetiveen,
among.
inter-cedo, cedSrg, cessi, ces-
stim (inter between, cedo go),
intervene. Intercede, inter-
cession.
inter-cipio, cipere, cepi, cep-
ttim (inter between, capio take),
usurp : take away fraudulently ;
intercept.
inter-ficio, ficerg, feci, fectiim
(inter between, facio make), kill,
slay.
inter-imo, imerg, emi, emptiini,
kill, put to death.
internecio, onis, f. (intem^co
fr. inter completely, neco kill),
slaughter.
INTERREGNUM— JURA
187
interregnum, T, n. (inter between,
regnum reign), interregnum.
inter-sttm, esse, fui (inter be-
tween, sum be), be between, inter-
vene.
intervalliim, T, n. (inter between,
vallum rampart), interval,
distance.
intro, arg, avT, atiim, enter.
in-tueor, tueri, tuitiis siim (in
upon, at; tueor look), look at or
upon,
inttis, adv., within,
invidia, ae, f. (invideo look
askance at), envy, hatred.
invitiis, a, iim, unwilling ; se in-
vito, against his will.
ipse, ipsa, ipsiim [see IIS], self;
himself, herself, itself; very;
ipse rex, the very king.
irretio, ire, ivi, itiim (in in, rete
net), entangle, ensnare,
ir-rideo, riderg, risi, risiini (in
at, rideo laugh), laugh at, deride,
irrito, are, avi, atiim, provoke,
incite, irritate. Irritation.
is, eS, id, he, her, it; this; that
[see lis].
Isocrates, is, m., a celebrated
Greek orator and rhetorician.
it^, adv. (is), so, thus, in this man-
ner, as follows.
Italia, ae, £., Italy.
Italiis, a, tim, Italian.
itS-qug, conj., and so, accordingly,
therefore,
itSm, adv. (is), in like manner,
likeioise.
iter, itingris, n. (eo go). Journey ;
march; way, road, route; iter
facSre, to march. Itinerant.
itgrtim, adv. (is), again, a second
time.
jSceo, erg, ui, jScitiim, lie.
jScio, j&c6rg, jeci, jacttLm,
throw, hurl, cast.
j&m, adv., noio, already,
Janiciiliim, i, n., a hill across the
Tiber from Rome.
jiibeo, jiiberg, jussi, jussiim,
command, order.
judiciiim, i, n., (judex judge),
judgment; trial; sentence; de-
cision. Judicial.
judico, arS, avi, atiim (jus law,
dice point out), judge; deter-
mine, conclude; think. Ad-
judicate.
jilgiim, i, n. (jungo join), yoke;
ridge, summit: in war a frame
made of two upright spears sup-
porting a third in a horizontal
position, under which a con-
quered army was made to pass
in token of subjection.
jumentiim, i, n., beast of burden
as a horse or an ox.
Juppiter and Jiipiter, J6vis, m.,
son of Saturn, father of gods
and king of men.
Jiira, ae, m., the Jura, a chain of
mountains extending from tlio
Rhine to the Rhone and form-
ing the western boundary of
Switzerland.
188
JUS — LIBERO
jus, juris, n., riglit^ law. Jurist.
jusjurandiim, jurisjurandi, n.,
oath [see 110~\.
jussu, m. abl. (jubeo command)^
by command.
justiis, a, iim (jus law, suffix tus
^^noiing fulness), just, right,
jiivo, jiivare, juvT, jutiiin, help,
aid, assist. Ad-jut ant.
L.
L., abbreviation of Lucius, a Ro-
man praenomen.
L^bieniis, 1 m., one of Caesar*s
lieutenants in the Gallic war.
l^bor, l^boris, m., labor, toil.
lacrim^, ae, f., tear.
l^CliS, us, m., LAKE.
laetor, ari, atiis stim (laetns
joyful), rejoice, exult.
laettis, S, iim, joyful,
lS.uio, arg, avi, atilin, tear in
pieces.
l^pis, l^pidis, m., stone. Lapid-
ary.
ISqueiis, i, m., noose, snare.
Larenti^, ae, f. See Acca.
largitio, onis, f. (largior give
hountifully), liberality.
late, adv. (latus broad), widely,
extensively.
Latintis, i, m., an ancient king of
the Laurentes, a people of Italy,
latro, latronis, m., robber.
latro, are, avi, atttm, bark, bark
at.
l^tiis, lS.teris, n., side; flank.
Lateral.
latiis, S, iim, broad, ivide ; large,
spacious. Lat-itude.
Lavini^, ae, f., daughter of Lati-
nus and second wife of Aeneas.
Laviniiim, i, n., a city in Italy
built by Aeneas.
legatio, onis,* f. (lego send on
an embassy), embassy. Lega-
tion.
legatiis, i, m. (lego send as a rep^
resentative), ambassador, envoy,
legate; lieutenant.
Iggio, Iggionis, f. (lego levy),
LEGION, a body of infantry va-
rying in number from 4000 to
6000, and generally accompa-
nied by about 300 cavalrymen.
16go, Iggerg, legi, lecttim,
choose.
Lemanniis, T, m., Lake Leman or
Geneva in the southern part of
Switzerland.
leo, leSnis, m., lton.
letalis, 6 (latum death; suffix
alls, belonging to), fatal, deadly,
levitas, atis, f. (levis smooth),
smoothness.
Igvitas, atis, f. (levis light),
lightness. Levity.
lex, legis, f., law. Legal.
liber, libgrS, ITber urn, free,
libSralitas, atis, f. (liberalis fr.
liber free), liberality, gen-
erosity.
libgre, liberiiis, adv. (liber/re^),
freely, unreservedly.
liberi, orum, m. pi., children.
libero, axe, avi, atum (liber
free), to free, liberate.
LICEOR — MANEO
189
liceor, licSrT, licitiis stim, hid
at an auction.
licgt, licere, licuit or licitiim
est, it is permitted, allowed; one
may [see 128 and Ln. LXIX.,
Examples 2 - 5].
licSt, although,
Lingones, iim, m. pi, a people
in Northeastern Gaul.
lingua, ae, f., tongue; language.
Linguist, lingual.
Lisciis, i, m., a magistrate among
the Aedui.
littera and litSrS, ae, f. (lino
besmear), letter of the alpha-
bet ; pi., letter, epistle. Litera-
ture.
lociis, T, m. [pi. loci and loca],
place. Local, locality.
longe, longiiis, longissime, adv.
(longus long), far, hy far; often
used to strengthen superla-
tives.
longissime, adv., very far.
longitudo, inis, f. (longus long),
length. Longitude.
longus, a, lim, long.
loquor, loqui, locutiis siim,
speak, talk. Loquacious.
Liicius, i, m., a Roman prae-
nomen.
Lucretia, ae, f., a Roman matron,
wife of CoUatinus.
ludiis, i, m., play, game.
liipa, ae, f., she-wolf.
liipiis, 1, m., wolf
lustro, arg, avi, attim, revieiu.
lux, lucis, f. (luceo shine), light.
lyra, ae, f., lyre.
M.
M., abbreviation of Marcus^ a
Roman praenomen.
M'., abbreviation of ManiuSy a
Roman praenomen.
mSgis, maxime, adv., more, ra/Aer.
mSgistratiis, us, m. (magister
fr. mag-, root of magnus,
signifying to be great), magis-
trate.
magnitudo, inls, f. (magnus
great), size, magnitude.
magniis, S, tim, great, large, big,
mighty. Magni-.
majestas atis, f., majesty,
dignity.
majbr, majiis, gen. majorls
(comp. of magnus), larger,
greater, bigger; majorgs, ilm,
m. pi., ancestors. Major.
mS16, pejtis, pessimg, adv., bad-
ly, ill, wickedly.
m^lS-dico, dicSrg, dixi, dicttim
(male ill, dico speak), speak ill
of revile, rail at; [with dat.]
Malediction.
maigficitim, i, n. [maleficus do-
ing evil), mischief, damage.
maieficiis, S, lim (male wicked-
ly, facio do), wicked; mSlgfl-
ctis, i, m., an evil-doer.
malo, mallg, mSlui (magis more,
volo be icilling), be more williug,
choose rather, prefer [see J,^5].
m^iis, a, tim, bad, wicked, evil,
destructive.
m&neo, man6rS, mansl, man-
siim, stay, re- main.
190
MANBATUM— JIINOR
mandattim, T, n. (mando fr. ma-
nus hand, do put; put in one's
hand), charge, order, command.
Mandate.
maiius, us, f., hand; force of
soldiers. Manufacture.
Manius, i, m. See M'.
Marciiis, i, m., a Roman name.
Marcus, i, m. See M.
mare, maris, n., sea.
marltus, i, m. (marita wife), be-
longing to a wife, husband.
Mars, Martis, m., son of Jupiter
and Juno, and god of war.
Martial.
massa, ae, f., mass, lump.
mat^r, matris, f., mother ; ma-
tron.
matrimonium, i, n. (mater
mother), marriage; in matri-
monium dare, to give in mar-
riage; in matrimonium du-
c6re, to marry. Matrimony.
Matr5na, ae, m., a river in Gaul,
the modern Marne.
mature, adv. (maturus ripe),
early, soon.
maturo, arS, avi, attim, hasten,
make haste.
maturiis, a, iim, ripe, mature.
mediocriter, adv. (mediocris fr.
medius denoting a middle state),
moderately ; non mediocriter,
exceedingly.
mediiis, a, iim, in the middle or
midst ; in the middle of; middle,
central.
mSl, mellis, n., honey. Melli-
fluent.
mSlibr, mgliiis, gen. mSliorls
(comp. of bonus), better.
memini, meminissS, remember
[see 127\
mgmor, gen. memSris, mindful
of, mindful.
mSmoria, ae, f. (memor mind-
ful of), memory, recollection,
remembrance.
mens, mentis, f., mind. See
animus. Mental.
mensis, mensis, m., month.
mercator, oris, m. (mercer to
trade), trader, merchant.
merces, mercedis, f., wages,
hire, reward, price.
mgreo, erS, ui, ittim, deserve,
acquire.
meritlim, i, n., desert. Merit.
MessalS, ae, m., a Roman name.
metior, metirg, mensiis stim,
MEASURE, deal out.
Mettiiis, i, m., Mettius Fufetius,
an Alban general, put to death
by Tullus Hostilius.
meus, a, iim, my, mine.
miles, militis, m., soldier,
militaris, g (miles soldier, aris
belonging to), military; res
militaris, military science,
mille, pi. milia, miliilm, thou-
sand [see ids'].
milviiis, i, m., kite (a bird).
minime [parve, miniis, mini-
me]. adv., least, by no means.
minimiis, a, iim, least [see 85^.
minor, miniis, smaller, less [see
85 \ ; minor natu, younger.
MINUO — NEMO
191
minuo, minugrg, mmui, mmu-
tiim, Di-MiNiSH. Diminution.
minus, adv. less. See minime.
miror, ari, atiis siim, ad-mike ;
wonder at.
miriis, S, iim (miror wonder at),
wonderful.
miser, misSra, miseriim, wretch-
ed, pitiable, lamentable, miser-
able.
mitto, mitterg, misi, missiim,
send,
moenia, moeniiim, n. pi., walls
of a city.
mollio, irg, ivT, itiim (mollis
soft), soften, subdue.
moneo, erg, ui, itiim, remind;
advise, ad-monish.
mons, mentis, m., mountain,
MOUNT.
monstro, arS, avi, atiim (mon-
strum a dicine omen), show,
point out. De-monstrate.
morbus, i, m., disease. Morbid.
mbrior, mori and moriri, mor-
tuiis Slim, die.
moror, ari, atiis siim, tarry, de-
lay, hinder.
mors, mortis, f., death. Mortal.
mos, moris, m., custom, manner:
usage: pL, character. Moral.
m6veo, moverS, movi, motum,
MOVE ; excite : castra movere,
to break up camp.
miiligr, muligris, f., ivoman.
multitudo, inis, f. (multus
much), MULTITUDE.
multiis, a, tim, much, many a;
pi. many. Multi-ply.
munio, irg, ivi, itiim (moenia
wall, rampart), fortify.
munitio, 6nis,f. (munio >r/i/^),
fortification. Munition.
muniis, mungris, n., gift^ reward,
Re-muner-ate.
mus, miiris, m., mouse.
musciiliis, m. (mus), a Utile
7nouse,
N.
nam, conj.,ybr.
nascor, nasci, natiis siim, be
born. Nascent.
natii, abl. sing, m., by birth; mi-
nor natu, younger,
natura, ae, f. (nascor be born),
NATURE.
natiis, 5, iim (nascor be bom),
old.
navis, navis, f., ship. Nav-al,
NAVI-GATE.
ne, conj., not; that not; that, lest,
116, interrog. particle ; is appended
to first word of the question and
asks for information.
n6c. See ngqug.
nSco, ar6, avi, atiim, I'ill, put to
death.
nggo, arg, avi, attlm, deny, re-
fuse. Negation.
nSgotiiim, i, n. (nee not, otium
leisure), business; quid negS-
ti? what business? Negoti-
ate.
nemo, neminis, m. and f. (ne
not, homo a man), no one^ no-
body.
192
NEFOS — NUTRIO
nSpos, nepotis, m., grandson.
Nepotism.
Neptuniis, i, m., Neptune , god of
the sea.
nequaquam, adv., hy no means.
nSquS, nee, conj., and not;
ngquS — nequ^, neither —
nor.
nerviis, i, m., nerve, vigor, en-
ergy.
nescio, irS, ivi and ii, itiim (ne
not, scio know), not knoiu.
neutSr, neutra, neutrtim (ne
not, liter one or the other), nei-
ther [see 24:'], Neuter.
nihil, n. indecl., nothing.
nihilo miniis, adv., none the less,
nevertheless.
nihiliini, i, n., nothing,
nisi, conj. (ne not, si if), if not,
unless, except.
nitor, niti, nisiis or nixus stim,
strive, endeavor.
nobilis, nobilg (nosco knoio,
bills denoting capability), well
known, noble, of high rank,
nobilitas, atis, f. (nobilis noble),
NOBILITY.
nolo, noUS, n51ui (non not, volo
willing), be unwilling.
nomSn, nominis, n., name.
non, adv., not.
nonng, interrog. particle, expects
the answer yes.
non-nulliis, a, tim, some one;
nonnullT, orum, m. pi., several
persons.
NoreiS, ae, f., a town in Noricum.
Noriciis, a, iim, of Noricum, a
country lying between the Up-
per Danube and Eastern Alps,
nos, pers. pron., we [see 112'].
noster, nostra, nostrum, our,
ours.
noto, are, avi, attim (nota, a
mark), mark. Note, nota-
tion.
Novioduniim, i, n., the name of
several cities in Gaul.
n6viis, a, iim, new, strange; re-
cent, fresh ; novae res, revolu-
tion ; agmen novissimum, the
rear. Novel.
nox, noctis, f., night.
nubes, nubis, f., cloud,
nubo, nubere, nupsi, nupttini,
veil herself for the bridegroom,
marry [of a bride]. Nuptial.
nudtis, a, lim, naked, bare; nude.
nulliis, a, lim (ne not, ullus any
one), no, none, not any one,
niim, whether ; in direct questions
to be omitted in translation.
Ntima, ae, m., Numa Pompilius,
the second king of Rome.
niimSriis, i, m., number.
Niimitor, oris, m., father of
Rhea Silvia.
nunc, adv., now.
nuncio, arg, avi, atiim (nuncius
messenger), an-nounce, report.
nunciipo, arS, avi, atiim, to name.
nunquSm and numquam, adv.
(ne not, unquam ever), never.
nuper, adv. (novus neiv), newly,
recently.
nutrio, irg, ivi, itiim, nourish.
Nutrition, nutriment.
NYMPHA — OFFICIUM
193
nymphS, ae, f., a nymph; the
nyiiiplis were demi-goddesses
inhabiting the sea, rivers, foun-
tains, woods, trees, and moun-
tains.
6b, prep. w. ace, on account of,
for,
obedio, irg, ivi, itiim (ob with-
out any additional force, audio
listen to), listen to, obey; he sub-
ject to. Obedient.
6b-eo, ire, ivi and ii, itiim (ob
towards, eo go), die,
6b-erro, arg, avi, atiim (ob
about, erro wander), wander
about, wander.
ob-jicio, jicgrg, jeci, jectttm
(ob before, at; jacio throw),
throw before, at, or against;
throio up. Object, objec-
tion.
obliviscor, oblivisci, oblitiis
Slim, forget.
ob-ruo, rugrg, rui, riitiim (ob
without additional force, ruo
cast down with violence), over-
whelm; cover.
ob-secro, are, avi, atiim (ob on
account of sacra sacrifices), be-
seech, implore.
obses, obsidis,m. (obsideo stay),
hostage.
ob-testor, ari, atiis siim (ob
with no additional force, tes-
tor bear witness), conjure, he-
seech.
ob-tineo, tingrg, tinui, tentiim
(ob with no additional force,
teneo hold), hold, obtain, pos-
sess.
obviSm, adv., in the way; ob-
viam irS or figri, to meet,
occasiis, lis, m. (occido fall),
going down; soils occSsu, at
sunset.
oc-cido, cidgrg, cidi, cistim
(ob against, caedo cut, strike),
Jcilly slay.
oc-culto, arg, avi, attim, hide,
conceal. Occult.
oc-ciipo, arg, avi, atiim (ob
with no additional force, capio
take), seize, take possession of,
OCCUPY. Occupation.
oc-curro, currgrS, ciicurri and
curri, cursiim (ob towards,
curro run), meet. Occur, oc-
currence.
Oce^iis, i, m., ocean.
Ocgliim, i, n., a town in the west-
ern part of Cisalpine Gaul.
octaviis, S, iim, eighth. Octave.
octo-dgcim, num. adj., eighteen,
octo-ginta, num. adj , eighty,
dctUiis, i, m., eye. Oculist,
odi, odissg, hate (see l;27].
of-fendo, fendSrS, fendi, fen-
siim, OFFEND, wound. Of-
fence.
of-fgro, of-fgrrg, ob-tiUi, ob-
latiim (ob towards, fero bring),
OFFER, present,
officium, 1, n. (opes aid, facio
render), service^ duty; obedience^
allegiance. Office.
194
OMNINO — PASCOn
omnino, adv. (omnis all), alto-
gether^ at all.
omnis, omnS, all, every, the whole.
Omni-science, omxi-potent,
omni-present.
oniis, onSris, n., load, hurden ;
weight; size. Onerous.
6pis, opSm, 6pg [nom., dat., and
voc. sing, not used ; pi. entire] ;
pL, 6pes, opiim, 6pibtis, etc. ;
f., power ; means, resources.
Sportgt, oporterg, oportuit, it
behooves, it is necessary, one
ought [see 128 and Ln. LXIX.,
Examples 6 - 8],
oppidiim, i, n., town, walled
town.
op-pugno, arg, avi, attiin (ob
against, pugno fight), attack,
besiege, assault.
optio, onis, f. (opto choose),
choice, OPTION,
bptis, 6p6ris, n., icork, labor.
oratio, orationis, f. (ore speak),
speech, harangue; oration.
orator, oratoris, m. (ore plead),
orator.
ordino, arg, avi, atiim (ordo
arranging), arrange, order.
Orgetorix, igis, m., the noblest
and richest among the Helvetii.
Sriens, gen. brientis (part. fr.
orior), rising. Orient.
6rior, oriri, ortus sttm, rise,
arise, begin.
ornamentum, i, n. (omo adorn),
ORNAMENT, distinction.
6ro, arg, avi, atiim (os mouth),
beseech, beg ; implore, pray.
OS, oris, n., mouth ; face. Oral.
OS, ossis, n., bone. Ossi-fy.
os-tendo, tendere, tendi, ten-
tiim (ob before, t^ndo spread),
show, point out, exhibit. Osten-
sible.
Ostia, ae, f., a town at the mouth
of the Tiber, built by Ancus
Marcius.
ostiiim, i, n., mouth of a river.
ovtun, i, n., egg. Oval.
P.
P., abbreviation of Publius, a Ro-
man praenomen*.
pabiilatio, onis, t, foraging.
pabiiliim, i, n. (pasco feed\
food.
paco, arg, avi, atiim (pax /)eace),
PACIFY.
paeng, adv., almost, nearly,
pagiis, i, m., district, canton. .
par, gen. p^is, equal, like. Par.
paratiis, S, iim (part, of pare
prepare), pre-pared, ready.
parco, parcgrg, pgperci and
parsi, parcitiim and parsiim
(parous spare), to spare,
pario, pargrg, pgpgri, p^itiim
and partiim, bear, bring forth ;
ovum pargre, to lay an egg,
pars, partis, f., part, share;
side ; direction.
parviis, a, iim [comp., minor,
superl., minimus], small, Utile,
insignificant.
pascor, pasci, pastiis siXm.j feed,
graze.
FASSUS — PEllSUALEO
195
passiis, us, m. (pando stretch out
the feet), step^ pace ; as a
measure of length, about five
feet.
pastSr, pastoris, m. (pasco/eec?),
shepherd. Pastor.
p§.te-f^cio, fScere, feci, factum
(pateo he open, facio make),
make open, open.
pS-ter, patris, m., father.
paterniis, a, um (pater father),
PATERNAL,
potior, pati, passiis siim, let^
allow; suffer. Passion, pas-
sive.
p atria, ae, f. (pater father),
native land, fatherland. Pa-
trial.
pauci, ae, S, adj. \A.,few.
paulus, a, iim, little; paulo, n.
abl. sing., hy a little, little.
pave, onis, m. and f., peacock.
pax, pacis, f., peace. Pacify.
pellis, pellis, f., skin.
pello, pellere, pgpiili, pulsum,
drive out or away, banish ; rout.
Re-pulse.
penn^, ae, f ., feather. Pen.
per, prep. w. ace., through; hy
means of, hy.
per-ciitio, ciitSre, cussi, cussum
(per through, quatio strike),
strike through, strike. Percus-
sion.
per-do, dere, didi, ditum (per
through, do put), lose. Perdi-
tion.
per-duco, ducere, duxi, duc-
tum (per through, duco lead).
lead through or to, conduct ; fos-
sam perducgre, to extend or
make a trench.
per-facilis, g (per very, facilis
easy), very easy.
per-ficio, fic6re, feci, fecttim
(per completely, facio make),
accomplish. Perfection.
perfidiS, ae, f. (perfldus one who
hreaks his promise), perfidy.
perictilosiis, a, lim (periculum
danger; suffix osus fall of),
dangerous.
pgriciiliim, i, n., danger, risk,
peril.
pgritiis, S, iim, skilful, experi-
enced.
per-mitto, mittSrg, misi, mis-
siim (per through, mitto let
go), permit, allow. Permis-
sion.
per-m6veo, mSverg, movi, mo-
tum (per completely, moveo
move), prevail upon.
pernicies, perniciei, f. (pem^co
fr. per completely, neco kill),
ruin, destruction. Pernicious.
perpauci, ae, & (per very, pauci
few), very few.
per-s6quor, sgqui, sSciitiis siim
(per perseveringly, sequor fol-
low), pursue. Persecutk.
per-sgvero, arS, avi, atdm (per-
severus very strict), perse-
vere, continue.
per-suSdeo, suSderg, su&si,
suasiim (per thoroughly, sua-
deo adv'ise), persuade, prevail
upon. Persuasion.
196
PERTERREO — FOSTERUS
per-terreo, ere, ui, itiim (per
thoroughly^ terreo frighten),
thoroughly frigl ten, . terrify.
per-tineo, tmere, tinui, tenttim
(per thoroughly, teneo hold, lay
hold of), extend; reach, tend;
PERTAIN, belong.
per-turbo, are, avi, atiim (per
thoroughly, turbo disturb), great-
ly disturb, disturb. Perturb,
PERTURBATION.
per-venio, venire, veni, ven-
tiiin (per quite through, venio
come), come through, come to;
arrive; reach.
pes, pgdis, m.,foot. Pedal.
peto, peterg, pgtivi and pgtii,
pgtitum, ask, request; beseech,
beg for; seek; attack. Peti-
tion.
pgtiilantiS, ae, f. (petiilans
saucy), sauciness; insolence;
PETULANCE.
pTletis, 1, m., hat ; cap.
pHum, i, n., javelin.
Piso, onis, m., a Roman consul.
pistriniim, i, n. (pistor miller),
mill.
pl^ceo, plScere, plScui, plSci-
tum, PLEASE ; placet, impers.,
it pleases, it seems good.
plaga, ae, f., hunting-net, toil.
plebs, plebis, f., commons, com-
mon people.
plurimiis, S., tim [superl. of mul-
tus], most.
plus, pluris [compar. of multus,
see 55], inore,
poen^ae,i., punishment. Penal.
poUiceor, pollicerT, pollicitiis
sum (insep. prefix pot largely,
liceor offer), promise.
pono, ponere, posui, positiim,
place, j)ut; castra ponere, to
pitch a camp. Position.
popiilatio, onis, f. (populor rav-
age), ravaging.
popiilor, ari, attis siim (popu-
lus people), ravage, lay waste,
De-populate.
popiilus, 1, m., people; pL, na-
tions, tribes.
porta, ae, f., gate. Portal.
por-tendo, tend^re, tendi, ten-
tiim, fortell, predict, presage;
betoken ; portend.
porto, arS, avi, atiim, carry, bear,
TRANS-PORT. Ex-PORT.
portoriiim, i, n. (porto carry),
duty paid on goods imported or
exported.
posco, poscere, p6posci, no
sup., demand.
possessio, onis, f. (possideo
possess), POSSESSION.
pos-sideo, sidere, sedi, sessilm
(potis powerful, sedeo sit), be
master of; possess.
pos-siim, pos-se, pot-ui (potis
able, sum be), be able, can [see
68~\.
post, prep. w. ace, after.
postea, adv. (post after, ea that),
after that, afterwards.
post-ea-quam, after that, after.
posteriis, a, iim [comp., pos-
terior; superl, postremus and
posttimus], following, ensuing.
FOSTQUJM— PREMO
197
succeeding; postero die, on
the following day; postSri,
ortim, m. pi., descendants,
post-quam, conj., after, as soon
a?.
postridie, adv. (postero follow-
ing, die on the day), on the fol-
lowing day,
postiilo, are, avi, atiim, ask for,
demand.
potens, gen. pQtentis (possum
be able), able, powerful, influen-
tial. Potent.
potestas, atis, f. (potens able),
ability, power ; opportunity; ali-
cui potestatem facSrg, to give
any one an opportunity,
potior, potiri, potitiis siim (po-
tis able), acquire, obtain, get
possession of,
pbtiiis, adv., rather, sooner,
prae-cedo, cedgre, cessi, ces-
stim (prae before, cedo go), sur-
pass, excel; precede. Pre-
cedence, PRECEDENT.
praecipito, are, avi, atiim (prae-
ceps headlong), throw violently,
throw. Precipitate.
praecipue, adv. (praecipuus fr.
praecipio fr. prae before, capio
take), especially, chiefly,
prae- die o, are, avi, atiim (prae
publicly, dico tell), proclaim, de-
clare ; boast. Predicate.
prae-fero, ferrg, ttili, latiim
(prae before, fero bear) , pref e r.
prae-ficio, ficere, feci, fectiim
(prae over, facio place), place
over, put in command of.
prae-mitto, mittgrS, misi, mis-
siim (prae forward, mitto
send), send forward,
praemiiim, i, n. (prae beyond
others, emo take), profit, reward.
Premium.
prae-pono, pongrg, p6sui, p6-
situm. (j^T2i,Q before^ first ; pono
put), put before or first; prefer.
Preposition.
praesepe, is, n. (praesepio, to
fence in front), manger,
praesidiiim, i, n. (praesideo fr.
prae before, sedeo sit), d( fence,
protection ; guard, garrison.
prae-sto, stare, stiti, stitiim
and statiim (prae before, sto
stand), stand before, excel; se
praestare, to show one's self,
prae-siim, essg, fui (prae over,
sum be), be over, rule over, be in
command of
praetgr, prep. w. ace. (prae />e-
fore and suffix ter), past, by;
besides, except.
praeter-eo, irg, ii, itiim (prae-
ter by, eo go), go by. Pre-
terit.
praeter-quam, adv., except.
praetbr, praetorls, m., praetor^
a Roman magistrate, next in
rank to a consul and elected
annually.
pratiim, i, n., meadow,
prgci, precgm, prScS [nom. and
gen. sing, not used], pi., pri-
ces, prSciim, etc., request^
prayer.
prSmo, prSmSrg, pressi, pres-
198
PRETIUM— FROFINQUUS
sum, PRESS, press upon. Op-
pression.
pretiiim, i, n., worth, value, price,
Ap-preciate.
pridie, adv., on the day he/ore,
primo, adv. (primus), at first,
primiim, adv. (primus), at first;
quam primum, as soon as pos-
sible,
primus, S, umi [see 85], first;
primiim (agmSn), the van of
an army. Prime, primal,
PRIMARY.
princeps, gen. principis, adj.
(primus y?rsf, capio take), first,
chief; princeps, ipis, m., chief,
leader. Prince, principal.
principatiis, us, m. (princeps
chief), first place ; pre-eminence;
^ principatum tenere, to he at
the head,
prior, prius [superl. primiis, see
8.5], the former; first,
Priscus, 1, m., a surname of the
elder Tarquin.
pristmiis, a, iim, former ; pris-
tine.
priusquam, adv., before.
privatim, adv. (privus single),
as a piivate citizen,
privates, a, iim (part, of privo
deprive), private.
pro, prep. w. abl., before, for, in-
stead of
probo, are, avi, atum (probus
good), show ; prove. Proba-
tion.
Pr6cas, ae, m. See Silvius.
pro-cedo, cedSrg, cessi, cessilm
(j^TO forward, cedo go), go forth,
PROCEED, advance. Proces-
sion.
prSciil, adv. (procello drive for-
ivard), afar off, far.
pro-ciiro, are, avi, atiim (pro
for, euro care), care for, take
care of, manage. Procure.
prodigiiim, i, n. (pro beforehand,
root die point out), prodigy.
proeliiim, i, n., battle.
pr6fectio, onis, f. (proficiscor
set out), departure.
prb-ficiscor, ficisci, fectiis siim
(pro forwards, facio put one's
self), set out, depart; go, march,
travel,
prb-fugio, fiigSrg, fugi, fiigitiim.
(pro before, fugio flee), flee be-
fore, flee,
pr6-hibeo, hiberg, hibui, hibi-
ttim (pro in front, habeo hold),
restrain, prevent, keep from ;
PROHIBIT. Prohibition.
pro-jicio, jicSrg, jeci, jectiim
(pro/on^a?'<7, jacio throw), throio
forward, cast away; se pro-
jicSrg, to throw one's self for-
ward or down. Project.
pro-moveo, moverg, movi,
motiim (pro forward, moveo
move), move forward, advance.
Promotion.
propg, prbpiiis, proxime, adv.,
near, almost.
propSro, are, avi, atiim (pro-
perus speedy), hasten.
propinquus, i, m. (props not far,
hinc hence), relative; prbpin-
PROPIOR — QUJRTUS
199
qua, ae, f., kinswoman. Pro-
pinquity.
propior, prbpiiis [superl. proxi-
mus, see 55], nearer,
pro-pono, ponSrS, pSsui, p6si-
tiim (pro before, pono place),
expose to view ; propose. Pro-
posal, PROPOSITION.
propter, prep. w. ace, on account
of-
proptgr-ea, adv., for tJiis reason,
protSrea qu6d, because.
pro-spicio, spicSrS, spexi,
spectiim (pro forwards, spe-
cio look), look forwards ; look
out for. Prospect, prospec-
tive.
pro-sum, prod-ess§, pro-fui
(pro(d) for, sum be), be for,
be useful ; benefit, profit.
provinci^, ae, i., province.
proxime, adv. [positive prSpS,
compar. prbpiiis], very near,
very recently, last,
proximus, a, um [see 85], next,
nearest; ensuing, last. Ap-
proximate.
public e, adv. (publicus fr. po-
pulus people), in the name of
the state,
Publiiis, i, m., a Roman name.
pud6r, piidoris, m. (pudeo feel
shame), shame, feeling of shame.
puella, ae, f., girl.
puSr, pugri, m., boy, Puer-ile.
puSritia, ae, f. (puer boy), boij-
hood, childhood.
pugna, ae, f., battle. Pugna-
cious.
pugno, arg, 5vi, sit^m, fight.
pulchgr, pulchra, ptdchrttm
(polio polish), beautiful.
punio, irg, ivi, itiim (poena
punishment), PUNisii.
pupillus, 1, m. (puptUus a little
boy), PUPIL, ward.
pttto, arg, avi, attim, think, be-
lieve,
Pyrenaeiis, a, tim, Pyrenean;
Pyrenaei montes, the Pyrenees,
Q.
qua, adv. (qui) where.
qu^dragesimiis, a, tim (quadra-
ginta forty), fortieth.
quadraginta, num. adj. indecl.
(quattuor four) , forty.
quaere, quaergrS, quaesivi and
quaesii, quaesittim, see, ask,
IN-QUIRE. In-QUEST, IN-QUI-
sition.
qualis, qualg, of what sort; as.
quSm, conj. and adv., than; as.
quSm-ob-rgm, adv., on account
of which thing ; for which rea-
son; wherefore,
quam-quam, conj., although,
quamvis, conj. (quam as, vis
you will), as you will; however
much ; although.
quanttis, S, urn, how much : how
great; as; quantum boni,
how much good.
quarS, adv. (abl. of quae and
res), /or which thing, for which,
quartiis, S, tim (quattuor /our),
fourth. Quart.
200
qUATTUOR — REBUIO
quattu6r, num. adj. indecL, ybwr.
quS, coiij., and [see Ln. XXIIL,
Vy., 1].
quSror, queri, questiis siim,
complain. Querulous.
qui, quae, quod, rel. pron., v^ho,
which J what; that [see 114].
qui, quae, qu6d [interrog. pro-
noun used adjectively, see 116],
which f what f what sort of af
what kind of a?
quid, why? [see Ln. XCIL,
Note 1].
quidam, quaed^m, quoddam
or quidd^m; gen. cu3usdS.in;
[indef. pron. declined like qui],
a certain,
quidSm, adv., indeed; ne —
quidem, not — eiwn.
quin, conj. (qui by which, ne not),
but that, that not,
quindScim, num. adj. indecl.
(quinque fve, decern teji), fif-
teen,
quin gent 1, ae, S (quinque five,
centum hundred)^ five hundred.
quini, ae, S (quinque five), five
each,
quis, quae, quid, interrog. proh.,
icho? what? [see 116],
quis, indef. pronoun, anybody,
anything [see 11G~\.
quisqu^m, quaequam, quid-
quam or quicquam ; gen. cu-
jusquam; [indef. pron. declined
like quis], any one, anything,
any.
quo, adv., that, in order that,
qu6d, conj., because, that.
qu6m6d6, adv. (qui ivhat, mo-
dus manner), in what manner,
by what means, how,
qu6quS, conj , also,
quotidie, adv. (quot every, dies
daij), every day, daily.
quiim and cum, rel. adv., when,
as; conj., since; although;
qutim — turn, both — and.
radix, radicis, f., root ; radix or
radices mentis, the foot of a
mountain. Radish.
r Spina, ae, f. (rapio seize), plun-
dering ; RAPINE.
rapio, rSpSrg, rapuT, raptiim,
seize, plunder. Rapture.
raptSr, oris, m. (rapio seize),
one who seizes; robber.
Rauraci, ortim, m., a people in
Northeastern Gaul, neighbors
of the Helvetii.
rScens, gen. r^centis, recent,
fresh, new.
rS-cipio, cipSrS, cepi, ceptiim
(re back, capio take)^ take back ;
receive; se recipSre, to be-
take one's self, withdraw. Re-
ception.
red-do, d6rg, didi, ditiim (re(d)
back again, do give), return.
Render, rendition.
rgd-eo, Trg, ii, itiim (re(d) back,
60 go), go back, return.
rSd-imo, imere, emi, empttim
(re(d) back, emo buy), buy back,
release, ransom ; purchase ; hire, .
BEBITIO — REVERTO
201
farm. Redeem, redemp-
tion.
rgditio, onis, f. (redeo go hack),
going back^ reimm.
rg-duco, ducSrg, duxi, ducttim
(re back J duco lead), lead back,
lead. Reduce, reduction.
r6-fgro, ferrg, tiili, lattim (re
back, fero bear), bear or bri7ig
back, restore. Refer, re-
late.
re-fluo, flugrS, no perf. nor sup.
(re back, Ancyjlow), flow back.
Refluent, reflux.
rggio, onis, f., region.
regiiis, S, um (rex king), royal
regno, are, avi, atiim (regnum
rule), reign, rule,
regniim, i, (rego to rule), royal
power, sovereignty ; government ;
kingdom.
re-jicio, jicSre, jeci, jectiim (re
back, jacio throw), throw back,
hurl back. Reject, rejec-
tion.
rSligio, onis, f., religion, sanc-
tity.
rg-linquo, linquSrS, liqui, lic-
tiim (re behind, linquo leave),
leave behind, leave; quit, aban-
don. Relinquish.
reliqutis, a, iim (relinquo let re-
main), remaining, rest of.
rS-maneo, m^erg, mansi,
mansiini (re behind, maneo
stay), stay behind, remain.
rSminiscor, rSminisci, recall to
7mnd, recollect. Rkminiscence.
rg-mbveo, mdverg, movi, mo-
tiim (re hack, moveo wioue),
remove. Remote.
Rgmiis, 1, m., twin brother of
Romulus.
rg-nuncio, arg, Svi, atiim (re
back, nuncio biding word), re-
port. Renounce.
rgpentg, adv. (repens sudden),
suddenly.
r6-pgrio, p6rir6, pgri, perttlm
(re again, pario produce), fnd,
discover.
re-p6no, pongrg, p6sm, p6sl-
tiim (re again, pono place),
j)lace again, restore. Repose.
res, rgi, f., thing, affair.
re-scindo, scindSrS, scidi, scis-
stim (re away, scindo cut), cut
away, destroy. Rescind.
re-spondeo, sponderS, spondi,
sponsiim (re in return, spon-
dee promise), reply, answer.
Respond.
responsiim, i, n. (respondeo re-
ply), answer. Response.
respublicS, reipublicae, f. (res
affair, publica belonging to the
people), republic, common-
wealth [see 110\
re-stituo, stituSrg, stitui, stX-
tutiim (re again, statuo .^et
up), restore. .Restitution.
rS-tineo, tinerg, tinui, tentiim
(re back, teneo hold), hold back,
restrain, prevent. Retention.
rgvgrentia, ae, f. (revereor stand
in awe of), reverence.
rg-verto, vertgrg, verti, ver-
siim and
202
REVERTOR — SEBES
re-vertor, verti, versiis sum
(re hack, verto tum)^ turn back,
return. Revert, reversion.
rS-v6co, are, avi, atum (re hack,
voco call), call back. Revoke.
rex, regis, m., king. Regal.
Rhea, ae, f., Bhea Silvia, the
mother of Romulus and Remus.
Rheniis, i, m., the Rhine.
Rhodanus, T, m., the Rhone.
ripa, ae, f., hank (of a stream).
rixor, ari, atus siim (rixa quar-
rel), to quarrel.
r6go, are, avi, atum, ask, de-
mand, request.
Roma, ae, f., Rome.
Romantis, a, iim, Roman; R6-
maniis, i, m., a Roman.
Romiilus, i, m., the founder and
first king of Rome ; RomtQus
Silvius, a king of Alba.
rupes, rupis, f. (rumpo break),
rock, cliff,
s.
S^bini, ortim, m., the Sahines,
an ancient Italian people ad-
joining the Latins.
s^cer, sacra, sacrtim, sacred ;
sacra, oriim, n. pi., sacred rites,
sacrifices.
sacerdos, otis, m. and f. (sacer
sacred, do give), jniest; priest-
ess.
saepS, saepiils, saepissime,
adv., often.
saepe-nilmSro, adv., oftentimes,
frequently.
saluto, are, avi, atiim (salus
greeting), greet, SALUTE. Salu-
tation.
sanguis, sanguinis, m., blood.
Sanguine, sanguinary.
Sant6nes, um and Sant6ni,
oriim, m. pi., a people of Aqui-
tania.
sapientiS, ae, f. (sapiens wise),
tcisdom.
sarcinS, ae, f. (sarcio to patch),
bundle : pi., baggage carried by
soldiers. See impedimenta.
s^tis, adv., enough, sufficiently;
used adjectively in the sense of
sufficient.
sStis-facio, fScerg, feci, faotiim
(satis enough, facie do), do
enough, satisfy, give satis-
faction.
Saturnia, ae, f., a town built by
Saturn on the Capitoline Hill.
Saturniis, i, m. (sero sow), Sat-
urn, the father of Jupiter ; hon-
ored as the god of agriculture.
senilis, scSlSris, n., crime, guilt,
wickedness.
scio, scirg, scivi and scii, sci-
tiim, know, understand. Sci-
ence.
scribo, scribere, scripsi, scrip-
tiim, write. Scribe, de-scribe,
SCRIPT, scripture.
scutiim, i, n., a shield : [scutum
was an oblong shield, made of
wood, and covered with leather;
clipeus, a round brazen shield.']
sSd, conj , but.
sedes, sedis, f. (sedeo sit), seat;
SEGUSUm — SONITUS
203
dwelling-place ; sedes regni,
seat of government.
Sggusiani, orum, m. pi., a people
of Gaul, neighbors of the AUo-
broges and Aedui.
s6mel, adv., once.
semper, adv., always^ continually.
senator, oris, m. (senex old),
SENATOR.
sgnatus, us, m. (senex old)^
SENATE.
seni, ae, a (sex six), six each,.
sententia, ae, f. (sentio think),
opinion. Sentence.
septum, num. adj. indecl.,
seven.
septentriones (septemtriones),
um, m. pL, the north; sub sep-
tentrionibus, towards the north.
Septimus, a, iim (septem seven),
seventh.
S equina, ae, m., a river of Gaul,
the modern Seine,
Sequani, oriim, m. pi., a people
of Gaul, dwelling on the Se-
quana.
Sequaiiiis, a, iim, of the Sequani.
sequor, sequi, secutus sum,
follow; accompany. Sequence.
sermo, sermionis, m., discourse,
conversation. Sermon.
servitus, utis, f. (servus slave),
slavery, bondage,
Serviiis, i, m., Servius Tullius,
the sixth king of Rome,
servus, i, m., slave, servant.
sex, num. adj. indecl., six.
SI, conj., if; whether; see whether.
sic, adv., so, thus.
siccus, 5, tlm, dry; sicctlm, i,
n., dry land.
sTc-tlt and sic-iiti, adv., as; as
if-
signlfico, arg, avi, attlm (sig-
num sign, facie make), mean,
signify. Significant.
signiim, i, n., sign, mark; sig-
nal.
silva, ae, f., zooods, forest. Sil-
van.
Silvia, ae, f., Rhea Silvia, the
mother of Romulus and Remus.
Silviiis, i, m., name of several
kings of Alba; Silvius Pro-
cas, a king of Alba and father
of Numitor and Amulius.
similis, simile, like, similar.
sin, conj. (si if ne not), but if.
sing, prep. w. abl., without.
singuli, ae, a, single, one by
one; each,
sinister, sinistra, sinistriim, left.
Sinister.
sbcgr, s6c6ri, m., father-in-law,
sdcius, T, m., ally. As-soci-ate.
sol, soils, m., sun. Solar.
sdleo, sdlere, sblitiis stim, be
ivont, be accustomed.
solitude, inis, f. (solus alone),
desert; solitary place; soli-
tude.
soltim, adv. (solus alone), only,
alone.
s61um, i, n., ground, soil.
soltls, a, iim, alone, only [see
sdnitus, us, m (sono make a
noise), sound, noise.
204
SONUS— SU3I0
soniis, i, m. (sono make a noise) ^
7ioise.
s5r6r, sSroris, f., sister,
spatiiiin, i, n., space; oppor-
tunity.
specto, are, avi, atiim (specio
look)^ look at, behold, see; face,
front, be situated.
spes, spei, f. hope, expectation,
spiritiis, us, m.*(spiro breathe),
breath ; pride ; lofty airs.
sponte, f. abl. [gen. spoutis ; no
other cases found], of free will;
sua sponte, of his own free will.
Spontaneous.
statue, stStugrS, statui, statu-
tiiin (status standing), set up;
put; establish; decide. Stat-
ute.
sterilis, e, unfruitful, sterile.
stipendiiim, i, n. (stips contri-
bution, pendo pay), tax, tribute.
Stipend.
sto, stare, steti, stattim, stand;
nobis sanguine stat, it costs
us much blood. State, sta-
tion.
st61idus, a, um,/oo?i.s^. Stolid.
strenuiis, a, iim, bold, brave.
Strenuous.
sttideo, stiidere, stiidui, no sup.,
be eager or zealous, desire.
stiidium, i, n. (studeo be eager),
zeal, desire. Study.
suadeo, suadere, suasi, sua-
siim, advise, per-suade.
sub, prep. w. abl., under, beneath :
in the time of; sub monte, at
the foot of a mountain.
sub-duco, ducerg, duxT, duc-
tum (sub from under, duco
draw), draw from under ; with-
draw ; take away.
sub-eo, ir6, ivi and ii, ittim (sub
under, eo go), go under; en-
dure,
stibito, adv. (subitus sudden),
suddenly, quickly.
sub-levo, are, avi, atiini (sub
from beneath, levo //// up), raise
up, support ; help, aid.
sub-rideo, riderS, risT, risiim
(sub a litUe, rideo laugh), smile,
sub-silio, silire, silui and silii,
no sup. (sub up, salio leap),
leap up, jump,
sub-veho, vehSre, vexi, vec-
tum (sub from below, veho
carry), bring up, transport.
suc-cedo, cedere, cessi, ces-
siim (sub behind, cede come),
svccKKD, follow. Succession.
Suevi, oriim, m. pi., a powerful
people of Germany.
sui, of himself, herself, itself, them-
selves [see 112^.
Sull^, ae, m., Lucius Cornelius
Sulla, a celebrated Roman.
stini, essS, fui, be [see 62],
summS, ae, f. (summus highest),
amount, sum total. Sum.
summus, a, iim, highest [positive
supSrus, comparative supe-
rior, superlative supremus
and summus].
sumo, sumere, sumpsi, sump-
tiim, take, as-sume. As-sump-
TION.
SUPER — TJRQUINIUS
205
siiper, prep. w. ace. and abl., over,
above, upon. Super-.
siiperbio, Ire, no perf. nor sup.
(superbus proud), be proud of.
superbus, a, jim, proud; Super-
bus, i, m., the Proud, a surname
of the younger Tarquin, the last
king of Rome.
superior, siipgriiis, upper, high-
er : former. Superior. See
supgrus.
siipgriis, a, um [comp. superior,
superl. supremus or summus]
(super over, above), above, on
high, upper,
siipero, are, avi, atiim (super
over), surmount^ surpass, over-
come, subdue.
siiper-siim, esse, fuT (super
over, beyond; sum be), he over ;
survive.
supplicium, 1, n., punishment.
sus-cipio, cipere, cepi, ceptiiin
(sub under, capio take), under-
take, take upon; engage in; re-
ceive; sibi suscipere, to take
upon one's self
suspicio, onis, f. (suspicor sus-
pect), SUSPICION.
suspicor, ari, atus siim (suspi-
cio fr. sub secretly, specie look
at), SUSPECT.
sus-tineo, tmerg, tlnui, ten-
tiim (sub up, teneo hold),
hold up, sustain; endure;
withstand.
suiis, a, iim (sui), his, his own;
her, her own ; its, its own ; their,
their own.
T., abbreviation of Titus, a Ro-
man praenomen.
tabilia, ae, f., board; writing-
table ; muster-roll. Table.
talentiim, i, n., a talent, a sum
of money equal to about $ 1 200.
tain, adv., so, so very.
t^m^n, adv., nevertheless; yet,
still.
tamquam and tanqu^m, adv.
(tarn so, quam as), as much as ;
as if
TanSquil, life, f., wife of Tarqui-
nius Prisons.
tandgm, adv., at length; at last.
tantiis, S, tim, so great, such, so
large.
tarditas, Stis, f. (tardus slow),
slowness, tardiness ; heavi-
ness.
Tarpeia, ae, f., Tarpeia [pro-
nounced Tar-pe-ya"], daughter
of Spurius Tarpeius.
Tarpeitis, S, tlm, Tarpeian [pro-
nounced Tar-pe-yan'] ; mons
Tarpeius, the Tarpeian Rock,
the name of a rock on the
Capitoline hill from which
criminals were thrown head-
long; the Tarpeian Mount.
Tarquinii, oriim, m. pi, an an-
cient town of Etruria.
Tarqulniiis, i, m., Tarquin, the
name of an illustrious R*>-
man family, of which two,
Priscus and Sujjcrbus, were
kin2;s.
206
TECTU3f— TRANSILIO
tectiiin, 1, n. (tego to cover),
roof.
telum, 1, n., weapon, missile,
tempero, arS, avi, atum (tem-
pus a piece cut off), abstain.
Temper, temperate.
tempestas, atis, f. (tempus
time), storm; tempest.
templiim, i, n., temple.
temptls, tempdris, n., time.
Temporal.
tSneo, tSnere, tSnui, tenttLm,
hold; have, possess: keep; re-
strain; meiadria tener^, to
remember.
tSner, tSngra, tengrtim, ten-
der, delicate.
tento, arg,^avi, atxim, try. Ten-
tative.
terra, ae, f., earth, land. Ter-
race.
terreo, erS, ui, ittim, frighten,
terri-fy.
territo, are, avi, atiim (terreo
frighten), terrify.
territoritlin, i, n. (terra earth),
territory.
tertio, adv. (tertius third), the
third time.
testis, testis, m. and f., witness.
Testify.
Ti., abbreviation of Tiberius, a
Roman praenomen.
Tiberis, is [ace. im, abl. T], m.,
the Tiber, a river in Italy on
which Rome is situated.
Tiberiiis, i, m. See Ti.
timeo, ere, ui, no supine, to
fear.
timidiis, S, ttm, (timeo to fear),
TIMID ; cowardly.
tim6r, timoris, m., fear. Tim-
orous.
tintinnabiilum, i, n. (tintinno
to ring), bell.
Titiis, 1, m. See T.
toUo, tollere, sustiilT, subla-
tiira, lift, raise; pick up; re-
move, take away ; destroy.
t6nitriis, us, m., and tSnitrti, n.
indecl. (tono to thunder), thun-
der,
tdno, tSnare, t6nui, tSnitiim,
thunder.
tottis, S., tini, whole, entire,
tra-duco and trans-duco, du-
c6rg, duxi, ductiim (trans
across, duco lead), lead across ;
lead ; lead from one place to an-
other. Traduce,
trans, prep. w. ace., across, over;
beyond. Trans-.
trans-eo, irg, ii, ittim (trans
across, over ; eo go), go across or
over; cross. Transit, tran-
sitive, transient, transi-
tion.
trans-fgro, ferrS, ttili, lattim
(trans across, fero bear), bear
across; transfer. Transla-
tion.
trans-igo, igSrS, egi, acttim
(trans through to the end, ago
bring), bring to an end; spend.
Transact, transaction.
tran-silio or trans-silio, silirg,
silivi, silii, or silui, sultum
(trans over, salio leap), leap over.
TRANSPORTO — UNUS
207
trans-porto, arg, avi, attim
(trans across, porto carry),
carry across, transport.
Transportation.
tres, triS. [see 108], three.
Treviri, oriim, m. pL, a people
of Northern Gaul.
tribuniis, i, m. (tribus tribe),
tribune; tribuni militiim,
military tribunes, of which offi-
cers each legion had six.
tribuo, tribuSrg, tribui, tribu-
ttim, give, grant, bestow. Trib-
ute, CON-TRIBUTE, CON-TRI-
BUTION.
tricesimiis, a, urn (triginta thir-
ty), thirtieth.
triduiim, i, n. (tres three, dies
daij), three days,
trigSmini, oriim, m. pi. (tres
three gignor be horn), three
brothers born at a birth.
triginta, num. adj. indecl., thirty.
tristis, tristg, sad, sorrowful.
triumpho, arg, avi, atum (tri-
umphus a triumph), to triumph.
TrojS, ae, f., Troy, a city in the
northwestern part of Asia Mi-
nor.
Trojaniis, S, lim, Trojan.
tu, pers. pron., thou, you [see li^].
tab a, ae, f. (akin to tubus, a
tube), trumpet.
tiibicgn, inis, m. (tuba trumpet,
cano to sound), trumpeter.
Tulingi, ortim, m. pi, a people
of Southern Germany, neigh-
bors of the Helvetii.
Tulliiis, i, m. See Servius.
Tuiua, ae, f., daughter of Servius
Tullius, and wife of Tanjuinius
Superbus.
TuUtis, 1, m., Ttdlus IlostiliuSf the
third king of Home.
tiim, adv., then; also.
tiimiilTis, i, m. (tumeo swell),
mound.
turris, turris, f., tower. Tur-
ret.
tutSr, oris, m. (tueor protect) j
guardian ; tutor.
tutiis, a, tim (tueor protect),
safe.
tutis, a, tim, poss. pron. (tu thouj
you), thy, thine ; your, yours.
tyranniis, i, m., monarch ; tyrant,
V.
ubgr, ubgris, n., udder ; t€aJt,%
iibi, adv., lohen, where.
ulciscor, ulcisci, ulttls silm,
take revenge; avenge.
ulliis, ^ iim, any [see 24\
ult6ri6r, ultgritts (ulter that m
beyond), farther [see 85]. Ul-
terior.
ultra, prep. w. ace., beyond.
Ultra-.
una, adv. (unus one and the
same), at the same time; in
company, together,
und6, adv., from which place,
whence.
undique, adv. (unde, que),
from all parts; on all sides,
untis, a, Tim, one, single ; one and
the same; pi, alone [see »4},
208
URBS — VESTALIS
urbs, urbis, f., city. Sub-urbs.
tisiis, us, m. (utor use), use;
advantage.
usque, adv., even ; till.
ut and iiti, conj., that, in order
that; as.
titSr, utra, utrum, which of two,
which [see 24:~\.
titerque, iitraque, iitrumque;
gen. utriusque, etc. [declined
like uter, see 24'], each, both.
utilis, utilg (utor use, suffix ills
denoting capability), useful, ben-
eficial, profitable.
utor, uti, usiis stim, use, make
use of; adopt.
utriim, adv. (uter which of two),
ichether.
uvS, ae, f., a grape; a hunch oj
grapes.
u^r, uxoris, f., wife.
V.
vSco, arS, avi, attim, be unoccu-
pied. Vacate, vacant, va-
cation.
vadiiin, i, n. (vado go), ford,
shallow.
vagitiis, us, m. (vagio cry,
squall), crying, squalling.
vS^or, ari, atiis stini (vagus
roaming about), roam about,
wander about. Vaga-bond.
valeo, erg, ui, itiim, pre-vail.
vallum, 1, n. (vallus the line of
palisades, stakes, set about an in-
trenchment), rampart, intrench-
ment.
vasto, arg, avi, atiini (vastus
einpty, desolate), lay waste, de-
vastate.
vectigal, vectigalis, n. (veho
carry), toll paid for carrying
goods into a country ; tax ; rev-
enue.
vehementgr, vehgrnentitis, vg-
hgmentissime, adv. (vehe-
mens violent), violently, severely ;
furiously; vehemently.
v61, conj., or; vSl — vel, either
— or.
vendo, vendgrg, vendidi, ven-
ditiim (venum sale, do give)^
sell. Vend.
vgnio, vgnirg, veni, ventiim,
come; arrive at.
verbgr, Sris, n., blow. Re-ver-
ber-ate.
verbtiin, i, n., word. Verb,
VERBAL.
vSreor, vgreri, vgrittis stim,
fear.
v§r6, adv. (verus true), in truth,
truly; indeed; but,
vescor, Mesci, fill one's selficith;
live upon; eat.
Vgsontio, onis, f., the chief
town of the Sequani.
vespgr, vesperis and vesper, i,
m., evening star; evening; ad
vesperiim, till evening. Ves-
per, VESPERS.
Vesta, ae, f., Vesta, the goddess
of the hearth, to whom a per-
petual fire was kept burning.
Vestalis, e, of or belonging to
Vesta, Vestal.
VESTER — rULPES
209
vestgr, vestrS, vestriim, poss.
pron., your, yours.
vgtiis, gen. veteris, old, long
standing, ancient. Veteran,
IN-VETER-ATE.
vexillum, T, n. (velum sail),
standard; flag.
vexo, are, avi, atiim (veho car-
ry), trouble, annoy, harass. Vex,
VEXATION, VEXATIOUS.
via, ae, f., way, road; path;
march.
vicesimiis, S, iim (viginti twen-
ty), ttventieth.
victoria, ae, f. (victor conqueror),
VICTORY.
vie lis, i, m., village.
video, videre, vidi, vTsiim,
see.
videor, videri, vistis siim, pass.
and deponent, he seen; seem;
seem good or proper.
vigilia, ae, f. (vigilo to watch),
icatch; de tertia vigilia, in
the third watch. See Ln. LV.,
Note 5.
viginti, num. adj. indecl., twenty.
vinco, vine erg, vIcT, victiim,
conquer.
vincTiliim, i, n. (vincio hind), a
chain; in vinciila conjic^re,
to throw into prison.
vindico, arg, 5vi, 5ttim, claim.
Vindicate, vindication.
vir, viri, m., man ; hero ; hnahand.
See Ln. XXV., Note 1.
virgd, inis, f. (vireo flourish,
bloom), virgin.
virtiis, virtutis, f. (vir man,
hero), valor, courage; virtue.
VIS, vis, [ace. vim, dat. and abl.
vi; pL, vires, viritim, virl-
biis, etc.] f., strength, power,
vita, ae, f. (vivo live), life.
Vital.
vitis, is, f., vine.
vito, arg, avi, atiim, shun, avoid,
vix, adv., with difficulty ; scarcely,
hardly.
vbco, arg, avi, attim, call, sum-
mon, invite. Vocation, voca-
tive.
v61o, vellg, v61ui, be willing ;
wish : desire [see l/$5'},
voluntas, atis, f. (volo to wish),
wish, consent. Voluntary.
vos, pers. pron. pi, you [sec
1121.
vox, vocis, f., VOICE. Vocal.
vulngro, arg, avi, attim (vulnus
icound), to wound.
vulniis, vulngris, a wound,
VULNER-ABLE.
vulpes, is, f ., fox.
II. English-Latin.
The words given in this Vocabulary are more fully described in the preceding.
See that Vocabulary also for the Proper Names.
able, he able, possum.
about, w. numerals, ad, circiter.
abundance, copia.
accuse, accuse.
across, trans.
adopt, utor.
advancing, veniens.
advise, moneo.
affair, res.
after, prep, post : con j. postquam.
afterwards, postea.
against, in, contra.
aid, auxilium ; to aid, juvo.
all, every, omnis ; pi. omnes ;
all, the whole, totus.
ally, socius.
almost, paene, prope.
alone, solus.
also, etiam.
although, quum, etsi.
ambassador, legatus.
among, apud, inter, in.
and, et, atque, que ; both — and^
et — et.
animal, animal.
announce, nuncio.
any, quis, ullus.
anything, quid, aliquid {116, a),
appoint, creo.
arms, arma.
army, exercltus, agmen.
around, circum.
arrive, pervenio.
arrival, adventus.
ascertain, cognosco.
as soon as, postquam ; as soon as
possible, quam primum.
05^;, quaero; ask for, rogo.
assemble, convenio.
assembly, concilium.
asskt, adsum.
at home, domi.
attack, impetus; to attack^ op-
pugno.
attempt, conor.
at Caesar's feet, Caesari ad pe-
des.
auxiliaries, auxilia.
avoid, vito.
aioay, take away, tollo.
B.
bad, malus.
baggage, impedimenta.
bank, ripa.
battle, proelium, pugna.
be, sum; be present, adaom; be
from or distant, absum.
beautifuly pulcher.
212
BECAUSE— CORN
became, quod, quia.
become, fio ; become master of, po-
tior.
before, ante, pro.
beg for, peto.
beginning, initium.
besiege, oppugno.
best, optimus.
betake myself, me confero, me
recipio.
better, melior.
between, inter.
big, magnus.
bold, audax.
born, be born, nascor.
both, uterque ; both — and, et — et.
boy, puer.
brave, fortis.
bravely, fortiter.
break up {camp), (castra) moveo.
bridge, pons.
bring, fero ; bring upon, infero.
broad, latus.
, brother, frater.
building, aedifioium.
burn, incendo, cremo; burn up,
exuro, comburo.
but if sin.
buy, emo.
by, a, ab ; by no means, minime.
call, summon, voco; call, name,
appello ; call together, conv6-
co ; call to mind, commem6ro.
camp, castra; pitch a camp, cas-
tra pono ; break up camp, cas-
tra moveo.
can, possum.
capture, expugno.
carry, carry on, gero ; carry on
war, bellum gero ; bello.
cart, carrus.
cause, causa.
cavalry^ equitatus; of cavalry,
equester.
cavalryman, eques.
censure, accuse.
character, natura.
chief princeps.
choose, creo.
citadel, arx.
citizen, civis.
city, urbs.
cliff, rupes.
cold, frigus.
collect, comporto, confero, con-
diico.
come, venio ; come together, con-
venio ; come to, pervenio.
comitium, comitium.
command, be in command of, prae-
sum.
company, in company, una.
complain, queror.
conceal, occulto.
concerning, de.
confidence, fides.
congratulate, gratulor.
comjuer, vinco.
consent, voluntas.
consider, habeo, duco.
conspiracy, conjuratio.
consul, consul; in the consulship
of Caesar, Caesare consule.
continually, continenter.
corn, frumentum.
COVLD — EXPECTATION
213
could, past tense of possum.
council, concilium.
counsel^ consilium.
country, fatherland, patria.
cowardly, ignavus.
cross, transeo.
D.
danger, periciilum.
dangerouii, periculosus.
daughter, filia,
daicn, at the earliest dawn, prima
luce.
day, dies; at daybreak^ prima
luce ; on the day before, pridie.
death, mors.
deceive, decipio.
decide, statuo.
decision, judicium.
deep, altus.
defend, defendo.
delay, moror.
deliberate, delibero.
demand, postiilo, posco.
depart, discedo.
(Ie/)arture, profectio.
describe, designo.
design, consilium.
desire, studium, cupidltas.
desirous, cupidus.
destroy, deleo.
destruction, pernicies.
determine, judico.
devastate, vasto.
die, morior.
differ, differo.
difficulty, angustiae; loith diffi-
culty, vix.
dig, fodio.
direction, pars.
distance, spatium.
distant, be distant, absum; most
distant, extremus.
distinguished, nobilis.
disturb, commoveo.
ditch, fossa.
divulge, enuncio.
do, facio.
draw, duco.
dwell, incblo.
B.
each, to each other, inter se.
easily, facile.
easy, facilis ; very easy, perfacUis.
either — or, aut — aut.
elect, creo.
embassy, legatio.
empire, imperium.
empty, influo.
encamp, castra pono; consido.
encompass, contineo.
encourage, confirmo.
end, finis.
endeavor, nitor.
endure, subeo.
enemy, hostis.
enervate, eflfemlno.
entire, totus.
entreat, implore, oro.
equal, par, aequus.
establish, confirmo.
even, not even, ne — quidem.
excel, praecedo, praesto.
exhort, hortor.
expectation, spes.
214
EXTRAORBINJRY — GUARD
extraordinary^ incredibilis.
eye, octilus.
far, hy far, longe ; very far, lon-
gissime.
farther, adj., ulterior; adv., lon-
gius.
father, pater.
father-in-laic, socer.
fatherland, patria.
favor, faveo.
fear, timor ; to fear, timeo, ve-
reor.
few, pauci.
feld, ager.
ffleen, quindgcim.
ffih, quintus.
fght, pugno.
fnd, reperio.
fire, ignis ; set on fire, incendo.
first, primus ; in the first part of
the night, prima nocte.
five, quinque.
flight, fuga.
flee, fugio.
flow, fluo.
follow, sequor.
fond, cupidus.
foot, pes ; at the foot of the moun-
tain, sub monte.
for, de w. abl., ad w. ace; for
this reason, hoc, eo.
foraging, pabulatio.
falsest, silva.
forget, obliviscor.
former, pristinus, vetus.
forth, lead forth, educo.
fortify, munio.
fortune, fortuna.
forward, send forward, praemitto ;
move forward, promoveo.
free, liber; of one^s aion free will,
sua sponte.
friend, amicus.
friendly, amicus.
friendship, amicitia.
from^ from near, a, ab ; from out
of e, ex.
furiously, vehementer.
furnish, facio.
furthermost, extremus.
future, in the future, in reliquum
tempus.
G.
garrison, praesidium.
general, imperator.
generosity, liberalitas.
get possession of potior.
get rid of, depono.
girl, puella.
give, do ; give orders, impSro ;
give satisfaction, satisfacio.
glory, gloria.
go, eo ; go forth, exec.
god, deus.
goddess, dea.
gone, perf. part, of exigo.
good, bonus.
government, imperium.
grandfather, avus.
grant, concede.
great, magnus ; so great, tantus.
grievous, gravis.
guard, custos.
HAPPEN— LETTER
215
happen, accido, fio.
happy, felix.
harass, vexo.
hasten, maturo, contendo, ac-
curro.
have^ habeo.
he says, dicit.
hear, audio.
height, altitude.
help, juvo.
hem in, contineo.
high^ altus.
highest, summus.
hill, coUis.
hindrance^ impedimentum.
h'ls, his own, suus.
hither^ citerior.
hold, habeo, obtineo, teneo;
hold a conference, coUoquor.
home, at home, domi; homeward,
domum ; from home, domo.
hope, spes.
horse, equus.
hostage, obses.
hour, hora.
house, domus.
hurl, conjioio.
husband, vir.
/, ego.
if si.
implore, imploro.
import, importo.
in, into, in.
incite, facio.
influence, auctorltas.
influenced, adductus.
inform Caesar, Caesarem cer-
tiorem facio.
infuse, injicio.
inquire, quaero.
insult, contumelia.
intervene, intersum.
invite, arcesso.
just, Justus.
K.
keep, teneo; keep from, pro-
hibeo.
kill, caedo, interficio.
kindness, beneficium.
king, rex.
knoiv, scio ; know, find out, co-
gnosco ; not know, nescio.
L.
land, terra.
language, lingua.
large, magnus.
late in the day, multo die.
law, lex, jus.
lay waste, vasto.
lead, duco ; lead forth, edaco.
leader, dux. ,
leave, relinquo.
left, sinister.
legate, legStus.
legion, legio.
letter, epistSla.
216
LEVY— ONE
levy on, impono.
lieutenant, legatus.
like, similis.
line of battle, acies.
little^ paulus ; a little^ paulo.
lofty airs, spiritus.
long, for a long time, diu; longer,
diutius.
look at, intueor; look out for,
prospicio.
love, amor ; to love, amo.
M.
make, facio ; rnake or deliver a
speech, orationem habeo ;
make haste, maturo; make
upon, infSro.
man, vir, homo.
manner, in such a manner, ita.
many, multi.
march, iter; to march, iter facSre.
marriage, matrimonium ; to give
in marriage, in matrimonium
dare.
master, become master of, potior.
means, by no means, minime ; by
means of, see 54,
memory, memoria.
mile, mille passuum.
mind, animus, mens.
misfortune, incommbdum.
missile, telum.
month, mensis.
more, magis, amplius ; be more
willing., malo.
mother, mater.
mountain, mons.
move, moveo ; move forward, pro-
moveo.
much, multus.
multitude, multitudo.
murder, caedes; to murder, cae-
do, occido.
my, my own, meus.
N.
narrow pass, angustiae.
nature, natura.
near, circum, ad.
nearest, proximus.
nearly, fere.
neighbors, finitimi.
neither — no?', neque — neque.
nine, novem.
no, none, nuUus.
nobility, nobilitas.
noble, nobilis.
not, non; not — even, ne —
quidem.
none the less, nihilo minus.
nothing, nihil.
notice, animadverto.
number, numSrus.
obtain, obtineo, consgquor.
occupy, occupo.
often, saepe.
old, vetus, natus.
on, upon, in.
on account of, propter.
on all sides, undique.
on the day before, pridie.
one, unus.
ONE— REMOVE
217
one hy one, singiili.
one party — the otlier^ altgri —
altgri.
opinion, sententia.
opportunity, potestas, facultas.
or, aut, vel, an.
order, give orders, impSro.
other, alius ; to each other, from
each other, inter se.
ought, oportet, debeo. See also
Ln. LXX.
our, our own, noster.
OM,', set out, proficiscor; out of,
e, ex.
overcome, supero.
oivn, his own, suus; my own,
mens ; your own, tuus, ves-
ter; their own, suus.
P.
pace, passus.
part, pars.
party, one party — the other, al-
teri — alteri.
pass the winter, hiemo.
peace, pax.
people, popiilus.
peril, periculum.
persist, persevere.
persuade, persuadeo.
pitch a camp, castra pono.
place, locus ; j)lace, put, pono.
plan, consilium.
please, placeo.
pledge, fides.
poor, pauper.
possession, possessio ; get posses-
sion of, potior.
power, royal power, sovereign pow-
er, regnum.
practicable, facilis.
practice, exercitatio.
praetor, praetor.
prepare, compSro.
present, be present, adsum,
press, press upon, premo.
prevail upon, permoveo.
prevent, retineo.
price, pretium.
private, privatus.
proceed, precede.
promise, poUiceor.
protection, praesidium.
province, provincia.
provisions, commeatus.
pursue, persSquor.
put off, confSro.
R.
ready, paratus.
rear of an army, agmen novis-
simum.
reason, causa.
recall to mind, reminiscor.
recent, recens.
refinement, humanitas.
reign, regno.
rejoice, laetor,
relief subsidium.
remain, maneo.
remaining, reliquus.
remember, memini ; memoricl
teneo.
remembrance^ memoria.
remove, moveo, removeo.
218
REPLY— STRENGTHEN
reply, responsum; to reply, re-
spondeo.
report, enuncio.
resolve, constituo.
rest, the rest, ceteri ; rest of, reli-
quus.
restrain, retineo, prohibeo.
return, reverter, reverto.
recenue, vectigal.
reward, praemium.
rich, dives.
ri(l(je, jugum.
right, dexter.
ripe, maturus.
ricer, flumen.
road, via.
rout, pello.
rou'e, iter.
royal power, regnum.
ruin, pernicies.
S.
sad, tristis.
sake, for the sake of causa.
same, the same, idem.
satisfaction, give satisfaction, satis-
facio.
satisfy, satisfacio.
say, dico ; he says, dicit.
sea, mare.
see, video.
seem, videor ; it seems good, vide-
tur.
seize, occupo.
select, deligo.
sell, vendo.
senator, senator.
send, mitto; send forward, prae-
mitto.
separate, divido.
set on fire, incendo.
set out, proficiscor.
severely, graviter, vehementer.
ship^ navis.
short, brevis; shortest way or
route, proximum iter.
show, probo.
shun, vito.
side, this side of, citra.
sides, on all sides, undique.
sight, conspectus.
signal, signum.
since, quum.
single, unus.
sister, soror.
skilful, peritus.
slave, servus.
slavery, servitus.
small, parvus.
so, ita ; with adjectives, tam ; so
great, tantus.
soldier, miles.
some, some one, aliquis. See
116, a.
son, filius ; son-in-law, gener.
soon, matiire.
sovereignty, sovereign power, reg-
num.
Spain, Hispania.
speak, loquor.
speech, oratio ; make, deliver a
speech, orati5nem habeo.
stand, sto.
state, civitas.
station, colloco, constituo.
stay, maneo.
storm, expugno.
strengthen, confirmo.
STRIVE— USEFUL
219
strive, nitor.
such^ tantus.
sufficient, sufficiently, satis ; with
sufficient ease, satis com-
mode.
suitable^ idoneus, commodus.
summer, aestas.
summon, voco, conv6co.
sunset, occasus solis.
supply, copia; supplies, res fru-
mentaria, commeatus.
surround, cingo.
surcive, supersum.
suspicion, suspicio.
swiftly, celeriter.
T.
take, capture, capio, expugno;
take away, toUo ; take to one's
self, sumo.
tarry, moror.
teach, doceo.
ten, decem.
tend, pertineo.
territory, ager, fines.
than, quam.
that, ille.
that, in order that, ut ; after verbs
oi fearing, ne.
that not, ne ; after verbs of fear-
ing, ut.
the same, idem.
there, in that place, ibi.
their, their own, suus.
they, them, see Ln. LVIII.,
Note 2.
thing, res.
think, puto, abXtror.
third, tertius.
this, hie.
those, illi.
three days, triduum.
three hundred, trecenti.
through, per.
throw one's self, se projicSre.
till evening, ad vespdrum.
time, tempus; for a long time^
diu.
to, ad.
to-day, hodie.
together, come together^ convenio.
tongue, lingua.
top of the moHntain, summus
mons.
toioards, ad; towards the north,
sub septemtrionibus.
tower, turris.
town, oppidum.
trader, mercator.
train up, instituo.
tribute, stipendium.
troops, copiae.
try, Conor.
twenty, viginti.
two days, biduum.
u.
under, sub.
unoccupied, he unoccupied^ vaoo.
until, dum.
unwilling, he unwilling, nolo.
upon, in.
upper, superior.
urge, hortor.
use, utor ; make use of utor.
useful, utilis.
220
VALOR— YOUTH
vahr, virtus.
very, valde ; very easy, perfaci-
lis ; very great, maximus ; eery
is often rendered by ipse : e. g.
the very city, urbs ipsa.
vicinity^ in or into the vicinity of,
ad w. name of town in aec.
victory, victoria.
w.
wage, gero.
laages, merces.
wagon, carrus.
wait, exspecto.
walled town, oppidum.
wanting, he loanting, desum.
umr, bellum.
waste, lay ivaste, vasto.
watch^ vigilia ; in the third watch,
de tertia vigilia.
way, via.
we, nos. See Ln. LVII.
wealthy, copiosus.
weapon, telum.
tveep, fleo ; iveeping, flens.
what? quid?
what sort of a?
LX.
when. quum.
where, ubi.
whether, utrum.
qui? See Ln.
ivhich, quod.
while, dum.
zvho, qui ; who ? quis ?
whole, totus.
why? quid?
wide, latus.
willing, be willing, volo.
icin, concilio.
wing of an army, cornu.
winter, pass the winter, hiemo.
winter- quarters, hiberna.
rcish, volo.
with, cum.
icithdrarv, se recipSre.
without, sine.
withstand, sustineo.
witness, testis.
woman, mulier.
word, verbum.
worthy, dignus.
wound, vulnus; to ivoundy vul-
ngro.
write, scribo.
wrong, injuria.
Y.
year, annus.
yet, tamen.
yoke, jugum.
you, tu, vos.
your, tuus, vester.
youth, adolescens.
See Ln. LYIL
(tnyiVBESITY)
a, Bigelow, & Co.
VALUABLE GREEK BOOKS
PUBLISHKD BY
S. C. GEIGGS AND COMPANY,
CHICAGO.
"No better exercises can be found for clashes in Greek Prose Compo-
sition, whether in College or the Preparatory School." — KD WAKU
NORTH, L.. H. D., Professor of Greek, Hamilton CoUege, N. Y.
JONES'S EXERCISES IN GREEK PROSE COMPOSI-
TION. — With References to Hadley's, Goodwin's, and Taylor's-Kiihner's UrcvkUnuii-
mars, and a full English-Greek Vocabulary. Part I. By Elisha Jonks, M. A., Ut«
Professor of Greek, University of Michigan, (now of Germany. ) Price, !$ 1.00.
Extracts from the Preface : '* These exercises in prose composition are designed
for a systematic dnll in the more important principles of Greek syntax They
are also intended to accompany the reading of Xenophon's Anabasis, from which are
taken all of the vocabularies and nearly all the examples. Wherever practicable lb)
exercises themselves are so framed that, with the use of the Anabasis, Xcnoph »n' »
style may be imitated in turning them into Greek. To aid in securing thoroughness, eaMi
exercise after the fourteenth not only comprises the principles referred to in its own lessiui,
but also reviews those in at least two of the preceding. 'I'he purpose of this repetiti«»n. ne-
cessary for the young student, is to make him so familiar with the principal peculiarities
of Greek construction, that he may be able to appreciate somewhat the beauties of Xeno-
phon, and also better prepared to enter upon a morv? advanced study of the language.
" It is believed that Part I. contains sufficient work in prose composition for admission to
any American college."
SEQUEL TO THE ABOVE, or
Part II. EXERCISES IN GREEK SYNTAX. By James R.
Boise, Ph. D., for the use of Freshman Classes. Price, $1.50.
OPINIONS OF CLASSICAL SCHOLARS.
J. B. Sewall, Prof, of Ancient Lang., Bowdoin College. Me. : " ' Mr. .Jone.«»'8 Exercl««« *
I have been waiting for with impatience I shall have this required for ndmii«^iun
here. 1 am grateful to you for giving students such beautiful pagres to study fnim.
A. Huelster, Ph. D., Prof, of Greek, Northtcestem Collage, III. : " The * Exerclswi
in Greek i^rose Composition by Prof. .Jones,' are superlatively excellent. They cniMo
preparatory students i o master Greek syntax with comparative ease, and are a model of ac-
curacy and conciseness."
Rev. W. S. Tyler, D. I>., Prof, of Greek, Amherst College, Mas*. : " I am murh
pLased with ' Exercises in Greek Prose Composition ' by Prof. Jones. It has the m-rll
of great simplicity and clearness. It comprehends a great deal for so small a book. I mmU
have no hesitation in recommending it highly for a p'eparatory book."
Kev. Thomas TV. Tobey, A. M., Prof, of Greek, Bethel College, Ky.: " A» ExrKKr>.
IN OILY valuable book, ably and carefully prepared and well adapted to the purp<Me for w-li.i-n
it was made. Let the 1 eachers in our land understand its mbbits, and you will have
for it a most extensive circulation."
B. li. Cilley, Prof, of Ancient Lang<iage>t, Philip's Exeter Aciuiemv, -V. /(• •• " I « n I
that it works well. It seems better acapted to its purpose than any book else which I I»v«
found."
Mailed, postage paid, on rbokipt op prick.
Publications of S. C. Griggs & Co., Chicago.
BOISR — FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. — Adapted to Hadleys
Larger and Smaller Greek Grammars, and intended as an Introduction for Xenophon's
Anabasis. By James R. Boise, Ph. I)., Prof, of Greek Language and Lit., University
of Chicago. Price, % 1.25.
Prof. N. li. Andrews, Madison University, N. Y. : " Your * First Lessons in Greek ' is
capital. It will, 1 am sure, have no competitor among those who use Hadley's Grammars."
Ira W. Pettibone, M. A. Beloit College, Wisconsin: " I am perfectly delighted with
your ' Greek Lessons.' My class, after two terms spent upon it, are reading the Anabasis, I
think, quite as easily as after a year spent upon another introductory book."
C. W. Guernsey, Russell's Collegiate Institute, New Haven, Conn.: "I find Prof.
Boise's ' Greek Lessons ' wellnigh invaluable in my classes."
BOISE.— HOMER'S ILIAD. — The First Six Books of Homer's
Iliad, with Explanatory Notes intended for Beginners in the Epic Dialect: accompa-
nied with numerous References to Hadley's Greek Grammar, to Kiihner's Larger
Greek Grammar, and Goodwin's Moods and Tenses. By James R. Boise, of the Uni-
versity of Chicago. Price, ^ 1.50.
M. L.. I>' Ooge, Prof, of Greek, University of Michigan : " Incomparably superior to
any other edition of Homer ever published in this country."
W. W. Goodwin, Prof, of Greek, Harvard University : " It is a most valuable con-
tribution to classical learning, and I trust It will have all the success it most certainly
deserves."
W. S. Tyler, D. "D., TX. I>., Prof, of Greek, Amherst College : " I find the Notes just
what I expecteo, — the right kind in the right places. I am particularly struck with the
fulness, and yet the brevity and correctness, of the grammatical references and illustrations."
BOISE & FREEMAN.— SELECTIONS FROM VARIOUS
GREEK AUTHORS, — For the first year in College, with Explanatory Notes,
and References to Goodwin's Greek Grammar, and to Hadley's Larger and Smal tr
Grammars. Bv J\mss R. Boise, Ph D , and Jo;jn C. Freeman, M. A., Professors iu
the University of Chicago. Pages 393. Price, $ 2.00
Extract from the Preface : " In the preparation of this work two objects
hive b-^en aimed at, —a compreh^nuve vie.v of ^hi Greek Language in its prncipal
forms, and a general survey of the leading event ■• in th • history of the Greeks. Ihe authors,
as well as the events of which they write, are arranged in the chronological order."
N, li. Andrews, Prof, of the Greek Language and Literature, Madison University :
" Boise's ' Selections from Greek Authors ' fulfils the expectations excited by his formtr
works, and is admirably adapted to the pjurposes set forth in the Preface. > he interestmg
portions so judiciously chosen from various authors; th notes, calculated as they are to
encourage the student to do his own work by wisely lessening its difficulties ; and the rcffr-
ences to Goodwin's and Hadley's Grammars, combine to recommend the book. Its i se for
a TERM PAST with our Freshman Class has tended to increase my appreciation of its
MERITS. Typographically-, the book is simply beautiful, — a delight to the eye."
George R. Bliss, Prof, of Latin and Greek, Lewishurg University, Pa. : " I have ex-
amined this work somewhat carefully, and am so persuatled of its excellence that I have
decided to adopt ic with my classes in the Freshman year."
Rev. Jacob Cooper, D. C. I^., Prof, of Greek, Ratger*s College, N. J. : " After a care-
ful examination of the ' Selections,' I am satisfied that this book meets a real want in
COLLEGE T he copious notes and references appear to be all that could be desired.
'J hey show excellent taste in explaining the difficult rather than the easj passages, and give
ref rences to such authorities as th- student could be expect<'d to possess. In typography
and neatness this book is a model of its kind. I have introduced it in our collegiate
course."
A, H. Buck, Prof, of Greek, Boston University : " I found the book so admirable in the
matter select- d, in the soundness and accuracy of the annotations, and in the unusual
ex'-ellence of the press-work, that I could do no otherwise than urge its adoption for the
eui* ring class in the college, and my high opinion of the book has been corroborated by
daily use."
Mailed, postage paid, on receipt of price.
PUBLISHED BY S. C. GRIGGS ^ CO., CHICAGO.
" It deserves a place in libraries beside the great and classic
essayists of other ddiy^.'' ^ Baptist Union, New York,
THE GREAT CONYERSERS,
AND OTHER ESSAYS.
By WILLIAM MATHEWS, LL. D.,
Professor of Rhetoric and English Literature in the University of Chicc^o^
Author of '' Getting on in the World'''
I vol. i2mo. 306 pages. With Map. Price, % 1.75.
" We certainly have no American essayist who surpasses Prof. Mathews in adorning
his pages with ample and elegant illustrations. They are perhaps unequalled for pol-
ish and pungency." — New York Home Joiirnal.
"They are written in that charming and graceful style which is so attractive in this
author's writings, and the reader is continually reminded by their ease and grace of the
elegant compositions of Goldsmith and Irving We commend the volume to all
lovers of good writing, who enjoy the luxury of an easy, flowing style, and who love to
be instructed while they are entertained." — Boston Transcript.
" These essays are on divers subjects, biographical, literary, and social, and show an
unusual combination of information, good sense, and good writing. The style is their
great charm. It is easy, clear, happy, and forcible. It entertains the reader whatever
subject is treated, and the satisfaction is all the greater because what is so delightfully
said is of itself so well worth saying. Once one begins to read he is beguiled on and
on." — Boston Advertiser.
** He touches lightly on an immense number of subjects, he darts from flower to flower
with the rapidity of the humming-bird, but with all his versatility he is rarely, if ever,
superficial or crude, showing a habit of reflection and a refinement of taste that betray
the cultivation of the scholar no less than the curiosity of the book-fancier. The work
is an excellent one, and could have been produced by no one but a scholar of great read-
ing, cultivated tastes, and prompt decision of choice." — A^^w Vorh Tribune.
*' No one can possibly read the polished essays of Prof. Mathews without feeling that
he has entered into a cultivated circle, and is privileged to share the communion of one
who has touched the hem of the charmed garment. In the society of this skilful artist,
the reader is led into the presence of living memories. One by one they pass before
him, a procession of intellectual majesty, and, led by the hand of a trusty guide, he
meets and is introduced to the men of whom he has heard or read, or whose works he
may have studied. The essays of Prof. Mathews are anjong the most delightful (hat it
has ever been our pleasure to read." — Chicago Inter-Ocean.
2 PUBLISHED BY S. C. GRIGGS ^ CO,, CHICAGO,
" Worth any day ten times its cost for the tenth part it con-
tains ! A book fuller of sensible sense and sounder soundness
we have not seen for a long day." — Sunday School Times, Phila,
GETTING ON IN THE WORLD.
By prof. WILLIAM MATHEWS, LL. D.
Cloth, Price, $2.00; Cloth, full gilt edges, $2.50; Half calf binding,
gilt top, $350; Full calf, gilt edges, $5.00.
From Rev. Noah Porter, D. D., LL. D., President of Yale College. — "A book
in which there is abundant matter of great interest."
Rev. M. B. Anderson, D. D., LL. D., President of Rochester University^ N. Y. —
** It will give heart and hope to many a struggling young man."
Edwin P. Whipple, Esq., the distinguished critic. — " What wealth of illustration
he brings in from English poets, dramatists, divines, lawyers, and jurists ! "
Rev. a. Huelster, Ph. D. {in the '^^Evangelical Messefiger^'). — "The road to
prosperity is marked out with a masterly hand. The volume is replete with thought and
excellent information on the many perplexing problems that are constantly arising in the
various vocations of life. The farmer, merchant, student, teacher, lawyer, preacher,
editor, &c., &c., will all find valuable lessons for their life-work. No one that reads the
twenty-one chapters .... will lay aside the book without being greatly benefited. Every
man, especially every young man, should have it. It should be found in every family
library throughout the whole country."
"There are a great number of good passages and much valuable advice in this book."
— The London Spectator.
"Every page contains a wealth of valuable information, and is brimful of vivid bio-
graphical illustrations." — New York Home Journal
" While it enforces a truth in every line, and teaches invaluable lessons on every pan^e,
it is in manner as absorbing and attractive as a bit of Eastern fable." — Philadelphia
Inquirer.
"Adorned with the graces of polite literature, and poH.shed to a degree of refinement
which adapts it to the demands of modem taste While announcing the laws of
worldly prosperity, he holds up an elevated standard of character. His appeals ar^ not
made to human selfishness, but to the love of excellence." — New York Tribune.
" It is sound, morally and mentally. It gives no one-sided view of life ; it does not
pander to the lower nature ; but it is high-toned, correctly toned, throughout
There is an earnestness and even eloquence in this volume which makes the author ap-
pear to speak to us from the living page. It reads like a speech. Tkere is an electri-
cal fire about every sentence." — Episcopal Register, Philadelphia.
PUBLISHED BY S. C. GRIGGS 6- CO., CHICAGO, 3
THE WORLD ON WHEELS,
AND OTHER SKETCHES.
By benjamin F. TAYLOR.
Illustrated, i vol. i2mo Price, $1.50.
r "?Pfe^° ^r^" "^^"^ *9 'a»g^? I>o you want to cry? Do you want to climb the
Jacob s ladder of imagination, and dwell among the clouds of fancy, for a little while at
«ast? Do you? Then get B. F. Taylor's World on Wheels, read it, and experience
sensations you never lelt before ! ... It is a book of ' word pictures,' a string of pearls.
the very poesy of thought."— T/^ CArw^z^w, 6-^. Zijaw. e. t~ -.
*' Full of humor, and sharp as a Damascus blade." — Thiladelphia Presbyterian,
"The pen-pictures of B. F. Taylor are among the most brilliant and eccentric pro-
ductions of the day. They are like the music of Gottschalk played by Gottschalk him-
self; or hke sky-rockets that burst in the zenith, and fall in showers of fiery rain. They
are word- wonders, reminding us of necromancy, with the dazzle and bewilderment of
their rapid succession."— Chicago Tribune.
Oy-TIK PICTDRES M SHEAVES OF RHYME.
By B. F. TAYLOR.
Red-Line Edition, Small Quarto, Silk Cloth. With 8 fine Illustrations.
Price, $2.00. The same, full gilt edges, $2.50.
"It gives me pleasure to see the poems of B. F. Taylor issued by your house in a
form worthy of their merit. Such pieces as the ' Old Village Choir,' * 'Jhe Skylark.*
*The Vane on the Spire,' and 'June,' deserve their good setting. . . . . I do not know
of any one who so well reproduces the home scenes of long ago. There is a quiet hu-
mor that pleases me." — John G. Whittier.
" A poet he is in the true sense ; a singer of songs so full of tenderness and melody
that their memory lingers like a delicious fragrance. Several of his lyrics have become
classic His 'River of Time' is one of the most perfect poems in the language.
original in conception, full of beautiful imagery, grandly sonorous in rhythm. — 6<mi
Francisco Bulletin.
" Mr. Taylor is a word-painter unsurpassed in America. His style is rare, auaint. full
of images as a brook of pebbles, and his rhythm waves and undulates as softljr and as
sensuously as the wind that sways the summer wheat In the fields he smgs the
songs of the spring, and the passion flowers, of the roses, and the summer time. His
are the birds'-notes. He interprets the quaint, low tune of the busy wren, the soaring
snatches of the skylark, the liquid lanjiuage of the oriole, the ever-sad and quesiioning
call of the partridge, and the pheasant's everlasting monotone. He makes bcautitul
pictures. He gives one champagne to drink, — strong, efTervcscmg, delightful. — .>A
Louis Dispatch.
4 PUBLISHED BY S, C. GRIGGS &- CO., CHICAGO.
PRE-HISTORIC MCES Of THEDHITEE STATES.
By J. W. FOSTER, LL. D.,
Author of " The Physical Geography of the Mississippi Valley y'* etc.
415 pages. Crown 8vo. With a large number of Illustrations. Third
Edition. Price, Cloth, $ 3.00 ; Half calf binding, gilt top, ^ 5.00 ;
Full calf, gilt edges, $6.50.
" One of the best and clearest accounts we have seen of those grand monuments of a
forgotten race." — London Saturday Review.
*• The book is typographically perfect, and with its admirable illustrations and con-
venient index is really elegant and a sort of luxury to possess and read Dr. Foster
goes over the ground inch by inch, and accumulates information of surprising interest
and importance bearing on this subject, which he gives in his crowded but most instruc-
tive and entertaining chapters in a thoroughly scientific but equally popular way. We
have marked whole pages of his book for quotation, and finally from sheer necessity
have been compelled to put the whole volume in quotation marks as one of the few
books that are indispensable to the student, and scarcely less important for the intelli-
gent reader to have at hand for reference." — The Golden Age, New York.
" A careful examination of the book has satisfied us that it is one of the most inter-
esting and important contributions to American archaeology that have yet appeared, and
will take rank among the leading treatises upon the general subject by European archae-
ologists-
" We had thought of making some extracts from the volume, but it is so full of inter-
est, from beginning to end, as to make selection perplexing, and were it not for the re-
straints of copyright we should be tempted to run the whole work through the " Popular
Science Monthly," as it contains just the kind of information, in clear, compressed, and
intelligible form, which is adapted to the mass of readers The whole exposition
is condensed into 400 pages, and the publishers have done their part, in the fine execu-
tion of the engravings, and the beautiful typography of the book." — The Popular Sci-
ence MotUhly^ New York.
"The amount of information which is afforded, the number of important and illustra-
tive facts that have been accumulated, the multitude of mute but indubitable evidences
which zeal and industry have exhumed and collected, and which are recorded in the vol-
ume, give it a substantial and enduring value to the scholar and lover of science, and
invest it with the charm of powerful interest to the non-professional but cultured reader.
'* It forms a compendium of knowledge upon this deeply interesting subject of inquiry
and investigation which is without any rival, — and we may say without a competitor in
this country for fulness and accuracy. It therefore becomes indispensable to every
public or private library worthy of the name." — The Christian Intelligencer, New
York. t
PUBLISHED BY S. C. GRIGGS 6- CO, CHICAGO.
" An argument for the divine origin of the Christian religion
of unanswerable force and extraordinary interest." — T/m Evan-
gelisty New York,
THE
PHILOSOPHY OF THE PLAN OF SALVATION.
By rev. J. B. WALKER, D. D.,
With an Introductory Essay by Calvin E. Stowe, D. D. A new
edition, with supplementary chapter by the author. Sixty- Seventh
Thousand, i vol. i2mo. Price, $ 1.50.
"Though written with great simplicity, it is evidently the production of a master
mind, .... and few works are more adapted to bring sceptics of a certain class to a
stand It is the disclosure of the actual process of mind through which the author
passes, from the dark regions of doubt and intidelity to the clear light and conviction
of a sound and heartfelt belief in the truth as it is in Jesus.
"There is, in many parts of this treatise, a force of argument and a power of convic-
tion almost resistless.
" It is a work of extraordinary power We think it is vtore likely to lodge an
impression in the human conscience^ in favor of the divine authority of Christianity^
than any work of the modern press." — London Evangelical Magazine, England.
*' No single volume we ever read has been so satisfactory a demonstration of the truth
of religion, or has had so strong a controlling influence over our habits of thought
No better book can be put into the hands of the honest and intellectual sceptic. It is
overwhelmingly convincing to reason, and leaves the doubter nothing but his passions
and prejudices to bolster him up Every minister's library should have a copy."— -
The Methodist Protestant, Baltimore.
"We have commended this book before, — not too highly, for, like wine, it has im-
proved by age. We wish it were in eveiy library in the land, and its contents in every
head." — 71te Presbyterian, Philadelphia.
THE DOCTRINE OF THE HOLY SPIRIT;
OR,
PHILOSOPHY OF THE DIVINE OPERATION IN THE REDEMPTION
OF MAN.
Being volume second of " The Philosophy of the Plan of Salvation."
By Rev. J. B. Walker, D. D. Fourth Edition, Revised and En-
larged. Price, ^1.50.
" The author's former able works have prepared the public for the rich treasures of
thought in this volume. It is a book of foundation principles, and deals in the verities
of the gospel as with scientific facts. It is an unanswerable argument in behalf of
Christ's life, mission, and doctrine, and especially rich in its teachings concerning the
office and work of the Spirit. No volume has lately issued from the press which brines
so many timely truths to the public attention. While it is metaphysical and th<»roiij;h,
it is also clever, forceful, winning for its grand truth's sake, and e7>ery way readable-
The author has wrought a great work for the Christian Church, and et'ery minister and
teacher should arm himself with strong weapons by perusing the arguments (if this
book. It is printed and bound in the exquisite style of all publications which issue from
Messrs. S. C. Griggs & Co.'s establishment." — i)/^///c7</w/ Recorder^ Fiitsburgk.
6 PUBLISHED BY S. C. GRIGGS &- CO., CHICAGO.
" One of the most valuable books printed in modern times."
— Albany Press.
WORDS:
THEIR USE JLNJD JlBTISE.
By prof. WM. MATHEWS, LL. D.,
Author of " TJwmas De Quincey and Other Essays,''^ " Getting on in the 'World"
and " The Great Conversers and Other Essays."
One handsome volume. i2mo. Cloth, $200.
'* It can be read with profit by every intelligent student of the English language." —
The International Review^ New York.
** We heartily commend the work as rich in valuable suggestions to those who desire
TO CULTIVATE ACCURACY IN SPEAKING AND WRITING." — TJte Lutheran Qjiarterly
Review.
"This book is so interesting that the reader is tempted to take it with him for
reading on the cars, or under the shade of the trees in his summer retreat, instead of
the newspaper or the last novel." — Boston Transcript.
" As interesting AS A romance It gives the condensed wisdom of every
man who ever handled the subject of which it treats It is a book that can be
studied with profit by all men who love our noble tongue." — Catholic Mirror^ Balti-
more.
*' We should like to put a copy of this book into the hands of every man and woman
who is using our good old Anglo-Saxon with voice or pen for any public service. It is
a text-book full of information." — Christian at Work, New York.
"A BOOK OF rare INTEREST From the chapter on "The Morality in
Words," alone, a whole library of faults might be brought home to many readers, and a
WORLD OF BENEFIT would be gleaned from it by those who care to improve them-
selves." — Brooklyn Eagle.
'* This book cannot be read by any one without conveying a great many practical hints
of easy application It will lead to the reformation of thousands of car-
less TALKERS, and save sensitive ears from much unnecessary annoyance." — 7 he
Christian U^nion, New York.
" Such a work as this, in which much and varied reading has been digested and con-
centrated, and by good memory, solid judgment, and entire mastery of the art of uniting
solidity with graceful easiness of style, maybe regarded as a literary <5<?««^ ^^7^^^^
The elder Disraeli never attained the art, of which the present volume is a fair and rare
example, of blending graceful ease and dignified familiarity. The philologist will turn
to Dr. Mathews's pages for exact inQ)rmation, while the general reader will be charmed
by their extent of literary anecdote." — Philadelphia Press.
> Of TH^^^-^
THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE
STAMPED BELOW
AN INITIAL FINE OF 25 CENTS
WILL BE ASSESSED FOR FAILURE TO RETURN
THIS BOOK ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY
WILL INCREASE TO 50 CENTS ON THE FOURTH
DAY AND TO $1.00 ON THE SEVENTH DAY
OVERDUE.
SEP 10 Ibo.
Vi^
\%'i'i
LD 21-20m-6,'32
iT
';'■ -
[25m-]